Sociology 2008 (UK) : New Titles and Key Backlist by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

Routledge

New Titles and Key Backlist

Sociology

2008

www.routledge.com/sociology

www.routledge.com/sociology WELCOME To all sociologists and sociologically minded readers, 2007 was one of the greatest years in Routledge’s 150-year tradition of publishing innovative book titles on issues of enduring social concern. From our editorial offices in England and the United States, we published more than 150 new monographs and teaching books in sociology and related social sciences. The sales and positive reception for our titles grew at an unprecedented rate, far surpassing the industry standard for academic publishing. For this, we are truly grateful to you: our authors, critics, and readers. We are proud of the fact our author Patricia Hill-Collins was voted President of the American Sociological Association for 2007-2008 and that her Routledge title Black Sexual Politics also won the ASA’s distinguished publication award. We are equally proud to have published last year and in 2008 so many other distinguished books which continue our company’s tradition of issuing agenda-setting ideas in social thought: Race, Law, and American Society, Food and Culture, 2nd Edition, The Transnational Studies Reader, White Weddings, 2nd Edition, Nations Matter, Un-Representational Theories, a completely new translation of Weber’s Economy and Society, Youth Cultures: A Crisis of Waste? and a dazzling new Introduction to Contemporary Social Theory and Theorists, are just a few of many such Routledge titles we are proud to include in our catalogue. In 2008 we begin a host of new initiatives to strengthen our publishing programs and introduce innovative formats to readers and educators, worldwide. As we continue our efforts, we hope you will contact us if you have a new book idea, or if you have other ideas and suggestions for how we can publish better. Thank you, Steve Rutter – Publisher, Sociology and Social Science – New York, USA Steve.Rutter@taylorandfrancis.com

CONTENTS Course Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Introductory Sociology

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Social Inequality/Class Sexuality Gender

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Race and Ethnicity

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

Marriage and the Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Social Policy

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Sociology of Medicine, Health and Illness Sociology of Education Globalization

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Political Sociology and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . .40 Migration and Diaspora Cultural Sociology

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Sociology of Media and Communication Social Theory

. . . . . .54

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Gerhard Boomgaarden – Publisher, Sociology and Social Science – Oxford and London, UK Gerhard.Boomgaarden@tandf.co.uk

Sociology of Sport

Benjamin Holtzman – Editor, Routledge Research – New York, USA Benjamin.Holtzman@taylorandfrancis.com

Sociology of Religion

P.S. Here is a partial list of the sociology conferences where Routledge will exhibit in 2008.

The Body, Self and Social Identity

• • • • • • • • • •

Sociology of Place and Environment

Eastern Sociological Society, 2/21 – 2/24, New York City, USA International Association for Research in Juvenile Criminology, 3/26 – 3/29, Swansea, UK Midwest Sociological Society, 3/27 – 3/30, St. Louis, USA The British Sociological Association, 3/28 – 3/30, University of Warwick, UK Pacific Sociological Association, 4/10 – 4/13, Portland, USA World Congress of Criminology, 7/20 – 7/25, Barcelona, Spain The American Sociological Assocation, 8/1 – 8/4, Boston, USA Society for Social Studies of Science, 8/20 – 8/23, Rotterdam, the Netherlands European Sociological Association, 9/3 – 9/6, Glasgow, UK ISA Forum of Sociology, 9/5 – 9/8, Barcelona, Spain

. . . . .26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Sociology of Work, Economy and Industry

Science, Technology and Society

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 . . . . . . . . . . .77

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Criminology: New Textbooks and Highlights Index

This catalogue only includes a selection of our titles in Sociology. Our online catalogue gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, ISBN or full text. All the entries have a description of the book’s content. www.routledge.com/sociology

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER Ordering online is fast and efficent, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

E-UPDATES Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

EBOOKS – MARKED AS ‘EBOOK’ IN THIS CATALOGUE Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online. www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk

INSPECTION COPIES Textbooks marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ can be sent to lecturers considering adopting them for relevant courses. See the order form in the middle of the catalogue for more information.

. .85

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Order Form

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .middle

EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES COMPLETE CATALOGUE

. . . .70

Gerhard Boomgaarden, Publisher Email: gerhard.boomgaarden@tandf.co.uk Miranda Thirkettle, Editorial Assistant Email: miranda.thirkettle@tandf.co.uk Stephen Rutter, Publisher Email: steve.rutter@taylorandfrancis.com Beatrice Schraa, Editorial Assistant Email: Beatrice.schraa@taylorandfrancis.com

MARKETING ENQUIRIES Gemma-Kate Hartley, Senior Marketing Coordinator Gemma-kate.hartley@tandf.co.uk David Jurman, Marketing Manager (USA and Canada) david.jurman@taylorandfrancis.com Rachel Markowitz, Marketing Assistant (USA and Canada) Rachel.markowitz@taylorandfancis.com Please contact Gemma-Kate Hartley for a copy of our 2008 Criminology Catalogue

pages

COURSE TABLE

Introductory Sociology

Social Policy

Migration and Diaspora

Sociology: The Key Concepts

Social Capital, 2nd Edition

Introduction to Sociology: Feminist Perspectives

Welfare in the United States

Sociology: The Basics

Community and Everyday Life

Social Sciences: The Big Issues

Freaks, Geeks, and Cool Kids

The Body, Self and Social Identity

Understanding Society through Popular Music

The Body and Everyday life

Class and Social Inequality

Global Diasporas, 2nd Edition

The Media and Social Theory

Celebrity Culture

The Celebrity Culture Reader

Self Identity and Everyday Life

Crime and Media

Social Identity, 3rd Edition

The Body : A Reader

Social Theory

Segregation: The Rising Costs For America

Hoop Dreams on Wheels

Perspectives in Sociology, 5th Edition

There is No Such Thing as a Natural Disaster

The Disability Studies Reader 2nd Edition

The New Social Theory Reader, 2nd Edition

2 57

Contemporary Social Theory

The Contemporary Bauman

Emotions and Social Theory

Key Sociologists series

Jean Baudrillard

When Welfare Disappears

Cultural Sociology

The American Dream and the Power of Wealth

Practicing Culture Food and Culture, 2nd Edition Fashion Theory: A reader

51 53

Marriage and the Family

Sociology of Media and Communication

The Way Class Works

Black Wealth / White Wealth

Families in Todays World

Culture and Everyday Life

American Families

White Weddings, 2nd Edition

Sociology of Sport

White Weddings, 2nd Edition

Risk Vulnerability and Everyday Life

Hoop Dreams on Wheels

Multiracial Families

Freaks, Geeks, and Cool Kids

Making Sense of Sport, 4th Edition

Between Sex and Power

Consumption and Everyday Life

Sport, Culture and Society

Childhood, 2nd Edition

Branding New York

The Sport and Society Reader

Sexuality

Criminology

A wider Social Role for Sport

Bodies, Sport and Societies

Introducing the New Sexuality Studies

Criminology

Sexuality, 2nd Edition

Criminology: The Basics

Sociology of Religion

Theories of Crime

Religion and Everyday Life

International Criminology

Political Justice and Religious Values

Race and Ethnicity Whiteness

Crime and Media

Black Sexual Politics

Contemporary Biosocial Criminology

Encyclopedia of Race and Ethnic Studies

Segregation: The Rising Costs For America

Globalization

Sociology of Work, Economy and Industry Sociology, Work and Industry, 5th Edition

Economic Sociology: An introduction

Work and Society

Racist America 2nd Edition

The Transnational Studies Reader

Two-Faced Racism

Globalization

Theories of Race and Racism: A reader

Altered States

Sociology of Place and Environment

Race and Ethnicity

A Globalising World, 2nd Edition

The Urban Sociology Reader

Mixed Race Studies: A reader

Globalisation, 2nd Edition

The Commnunity Development Reader

Ethnicity and Everyday Life

Globalisation and Everyday Life

Environmental Sociology, 2nd Edition

Race and Ethnicity: The Key Concepts

Global Realities: A Routledge Series

Nature and Sociology

Black Feminist Thought, 2nd Edition

Cities and Everyday Life

37-38

Political Sociology and Human Rights Social Research Methods, Data Analysis and Study Skills

There is No Such Thing as a Natural Disaster

Nationalism and Everyday Life

Cities and the Creative Class

7 79

Cosmopolitanism

Sacred Ecology 2nd Edition

Research Methods, 3rd Edition

Social Movements: A Reader

The American Suburb: The Basics

Research Methods A Reader

Social Movements: The Key Concepts

Ethnography, 3rd Edition

Social Movements and Activism in the USA

Science, Technology and Society

Ethnographic Methods

Recapturing Democracy

Science in Society

Statistical Modelling for Social Researchers

Information Society Reader

Studying Society: The Essentials

Sociology of Medicine, Health and Illness

Social Networks

Sociology of Health and Illness: A Reader

Evaluation Practice

The Disability Studies Reader, 2nd Edition

GIS and Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences

Sociology and Health, 2nd Edition

Gender

The Psychology of Lifestyle

HIV / Aids: Global Frontiers in Prevention/Intervention

Hoop Dreams on Wheels

Gender: A Reader

When Sex Became Gender

Sociology of Education

The Womanist Reader

Freaks, Geeks, and Cool Kids

The Cavemen Mystique

Education and the Family

Global Gender Research

Education Research on Trial

Women Science and Technology

The American Dream and the Power of Wealth

Disposable Women and Other Myths of Global Capitalism

Men Speak Out

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Women, Science, and Technology, 2nd Edition

Gender and Everyday Life

Theories of the Information Society, 3rd Edition

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGY

RESEARCH METHODS

TEXTBOOK

5TH EDITION

3RD EDITION

Perspectives in Sociology

An Introduction to Sociology

Ethnography

E.C. Cuff, Manchester University, UK, W.W. Sharrock, Manchester University, UK and D.W. Francis, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Feminist Perspectives

Principles in Practice

Pamela Abbott, Melissa Tyler and Claire Wallace all at Glasgow Caledonian University, UK

Martyn Hammersley, The Open University, UK and Paul Atkinson, Cardiff University, UK

This third edition of this bestselling book confirms the ongoing centrality of feminist perspectives and research to the sociological enterprise, and introduces students to the wide range of feminist contributions in key areas of sociological concern.

Now in its third edition this leading introduction to ethnography has been thoroughly updated and substantially rewritten. It offers a systematic introduction to ethnographic principles and practice. New material covers the use of visual and virtual research methods, hypermedia software and the issue of ethical regulation. There is also a new prologue and epilogue.

From its first edition in 1979, this informative book has provided undergraduates with a clear, reassuring introduction to the complications of sociological theory. This fifth edition has been wholly rewritten and restructured. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Rethinking Sociology Part 1: 2. Karl Marx 3. Max Weber 4. Emile Durkheim Part 2: 5. Consensus and Conflict 6. Symbolic Interaction 7. Ethnomethodology Part 3: 8. Western Marxism 9. Structuralism Part 4: 10. Poststructuralism: Abandoning Reason 11. Michel Foucault 12. Poststructuralism and Postmodernity 13. Back to Sociological Theory?: Theoreticism and Synthesis 14. From Class to Culture 15. Emancipatory Sociology 16. Conclusion 2006: 246x174: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-30110-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30111-4: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Feminism and the Sociological Imagination 2. Feminist Sociological Theory 3. Stratification and Inequality 4. Education 5. The Life Course 6. The Family and the Household 7. Health, Illness and Medicine 8. Sexuality 9. Work and Organisation 10. Crime, Deviance and Criminal Justice 11. Politics 12. Media Culture 13. Feminist Knowledge 2005: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-31258-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31259-2: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The authors argue that ethnography is best understood as a reflexive process. What this means is that we must recognise that social research is part of the world that it studies. From an outline of the principle of reflexivity the authors go on to discuss and exemplify main features of ethnographic work, including: •the selection and sampling of cases

Social Sciences The Big Issues Kath Woodward, The Open University, UK

NEW

•the problems of access

2ND EDITION

•observation and interviewing

Social and Cultural Anthropology: The Key Concepts

•recording and filing data

Nigel Rapport and Joanna Overing

2003: 234x156: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-30080-3: £16.99

Throughout, the discussion draws on a wide range of illustrative material from classic and more recent studies within a global context. The new edition of this popular textbook will be an indispensable resource for students and researchers utilizing social research methods in the social sciences and cultural studies.

Series: Routledge Key Guides September 2007: 216x138: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-36751-6: £14.99

NEW

Understanding Society through Popular Music

Sociology: The Basics

Joe Kotarba, University of Houston and Phillip Vannini, Royal Roads University, Canada

Series: The Basics

Martin Albrow

Popular music is one of the most important sources of culture in our society, a source that provides the soundtrack for everyday life in America, while also providing practical meanings for making sense of everyday life. Accordingly, Kotarba’s Popular Music and Society is organized to accomplish two instructional objectives. First, it shows how popular music affects all major social institutions; and secondly, it illustrates how popular music can be used to illustrate fundamental sociological theories and concepts. Ultimately, this creative text brings the concepts of sociology to life through the example of popular music. September 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95408-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95409-9: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

•the process of data analysis and writing research reports.

1999: 198x129: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-17264-6: £9.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Sociology: The Key Concepts Edited by John Scott Series: Routledge Key Guides

Selected Contents: Prologue 1. What is Ethnography? 2. Research Design: Problems, Cases, and Samples 3. Access 4. Field Relations 5. Oral Accounts and the Role of Interviewing 6. Documents and other Artefacts, Real and Virtual 7. Recording and Organizing Data 8. The Process of Analysis 9. Writing Ethnography 10. Ethics. Epilogue June 2007: 246x174: 278pp Hb: 978-0-415-39604-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39605-9: £25.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 216x138: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-34405-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34406-7: £12.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Social Research Methods A Reader

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Clive Seale, Brunel University, Bristol, UK

Freaks, Geeks, and Cool Kids Murray Milner

Series: Routledge Student Readers

2006: 6x9: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-95391-7: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

ORDER NOW!

2003: 246x174: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-30084-1: £25.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

RESEARCH METHODS

NEW

TEXTBOOK

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

GIS and Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences

2ND EDITION

Evaluation Practice

Reflexive Ethnography

Coding, Mapping, and Modeling

A Guide to Researching Selves and Others

How To Do Good Evaluation Research In Work Settings

Robert Nash Parker, University of California, Riverside, USA and Emily K. Asencio, University of California, Riverside, USA

Charlotte Aull Davies Reflexive Ethnography provides a practical and comprehensive guide to ethnographic research methods which fully engages with the significant issues of modernism/postmodernism, subjectivity/objectivity and self/other.

Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives This is the first book to provide sociologists, criminologists, political scientists, and other social scientists with the methodological logic and techniques for doing spatial analysis in their chosen fields of inquiry. It contains a wealth of examples as to why these techniques are worth doing, over and above conventional statistical techniques using SPSS or other statistical packages. GIS is a methodological and conceptual approach that allows for the linking together of spatial data, or data that is based on a physical space, with non-spatial data, which can be thought of as any data that contains no direct reference to physical locations. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Geocoding and Mapping Part 2: Mapping for Analysis, Policy, and Decision Making Part 3: Geospatial Modeling and G.I.S. July 2008: 8x11: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-98961-9: £69.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98962-6: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92934-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Elizabeth DePoy, University of Maine, USA and Stephen French Gilson, University of Maine, USA

Series: The ASA Research Methods

October 2007: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40902-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40901-8: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK 3RD EDITION

Research Methods Steve Chapman, Notre Dame Catholic Sixth Form College, UK and Patrick Mcneill, Education Training and Publishing Consultant, UK

NEW

This classic introductory text for students of sociology and specialists in various disciplines, retains the clarity of style of the second edition, brings the content up to date, and adds new material regarding the presentation of research findings.

Multilevel Analysis of Individuals and Cultures Edited by Fons J.R. Van de Vijver, Tilburg University, the Netherlands, Dianne A. Van Hemert, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Ype H. Poortinga, Tilburg University, the Netherlands and University of Leuven, Belgium ’This book will have broad appeal to many scholars ... Cross-cultural psychology is a hot topic and this book would be a great asset for educators in psychology, sociology, education, and cultural psychology ... This is a terrific book with many strengths.’ - Todd Little, Ph.D., University of Kansas, USA

2005: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-34075-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34076-2: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

In this new book, top specialists address theoretical, methodological, and empirical multilevel models as they relate to the analysis of individual and cultural data.

Ethhographic Methods Karen O'Reilly, University of Aberdeen, UK 2004: 198x129: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-32156-3: £21.99

Professional accountability has become central to both public and private sectors. Governments have emphasized, and even developed empirical models, logic modeling, and evidencebased practice in the programs they support, and not-for-profit, for-profit and NGO entities increasingly rely on systematic strategies such as strategic planning, marketing research, outcome measures, and benchmarking to identify needs and determine success. In Evaluation Practice, DePoy and Gilson bridge the apparent gap between practice and research to present a logical, systematic model to guide all professional thinking and action within the context of everyday professional life. Their framework embraces diverse theories, action, and sets of evidence from a range of professional and disciplinary perspectives. Selected Contents: Section 1: Beginnings 1. Introduction to Evaluation Practice: A Problem Solving Approach through Informed Thinking and Action 2. The Conceptual Framework of Evaluation Practice Section 2: Thinking Processes of Evaluation on Practice 3. Identifying Problems and Issues: Mapping and Analyzing your Territory 4. Obtaining and Organizing Information: How Do You Know? 5. Ascertaining Need: What is Needed to Resolve All or Part of the Problem or Issue 6. Examining Need with Previously Supported Approaches: Designing Deductive-Type Inquiry 7. Obtaining Information in Deductive-Type Needs Assessment 8. Ascertaining Need in Unexamined Contexts: Designing Inductive Inquiry 9. Goals and Objectives Section 3: Reflexive Action 10. Reflexive Action: What is it? 11. Thinking Processes of Reflexive Action 12. Action Processes of Reflexive Action Section 4: During and After Professional Effort: Did you Resolve your Problem, How do you Know, and How did you Share what you Know? 13. Thinking Processes in Outcomes Assessment 14. Action Processes of Outcome Research 15. Commencement: Sharing Evaluation Practice Knowledge and on to a New Problem Statement December 2007: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6299-7: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6300-0: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

January 2008: 6x9: 1104pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5891-4: £61.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5892-1: £27.95 eBook: 978-0-415-96336-7

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

RESEARCH METHODS

NEW

TEXTBOOK

E-Research

Social Networks

Statistical Modelling for Social Researchers

Transformation in Scholarly Practice

Jeroen Bruggeman, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Social Networks is the first textbook that combines new with still-valuable older methods and theories. Designed to be a core text for graduate (and some undergraduate) courses in a variety of disciplines it is wellsuited for everybody who makes a first encounter with the field of social networks, both academics and practitioners. The book includes review, study questions and text boxes as well as using innovative pedagogy to explain mathematical models and concepts. Examples ranging from anthropology to organizational sociology and business studies ensure wide applicability. An easy to use software tool, free of charge and open source, is appended on the supporting website that enables readers to depict and analyze networks of their interest. It is essential reading for students in sociology, anthropology and business studies and can be used as secondary material for courses in economics and political science. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Graph Representation of Social Relations 2. Conceptualization: Making Ideas Rigorous 3. Unifying Local and Global: Small Worlds 4. From Local to Global: Search and Power Laws 5. Communities, Roles, and Social Cohesion 6. Social Capital as Network Centrality 7. Organizations as Networks 8. Computer Tools. Exercises June 2008: 234x156: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-45802-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45803-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93046-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Principles and Practice

Edited by Nicholas W. Jankowski, Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Amsterdam

Roger Tarling, University of Surrey, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Research Methods

Statistical Modelling for Social Researchers introduces social researchers to all aspects of statistical modelling in an easily accessible but informative way. A website accompanies the book which provides additional information and exercises. This is the first text to introduce the social researcher to the principles of statistical modelling and to the full range of methods available.

No less than a revolutionary transformation of the research enterprise is underway. This transformation extends beyond the natural sciences, where ‘eresearch’ has become the modus operandi, and is penetrating the social sciences and humanities, sometimes with differences in accent and label. Many suggest that the very essence of scholarship in these areas is changing. The everyday procedures and practices of traditional forms of scholarship are affected by these and other features of e-research. This volume, which features renowned scholars from across the globe who are active in the social sciences and humanities, provides critical reflection on the overall emergence of e-research, particularly on its adoption and adaptation by the social sciences and humanities.

The book describes in words, rather than mathematical notation, the aims and principles of statistical modelling but helpfully remains fully comprehensive. Tarling clearly explains what appears to be a bewildering, impenetrable and extensive terminology. As well as explaining principles and developing understanding, this practical book demonstrates how to fit statistical models in SPSS, Stata, Amos and MLwiN and how to read and interpret the output. This is an ideal tool for postgraduate social science students, research students and practising social researchers in universities, market research, government social research and the voluntary sector. Selected Contents: 1. Statistical Modelling: An Overview 2. Research Designs and Data 3. Statistical Preliminaries 4. Multiple Regression for Continuous Response Variables 5. Logistic Regression for Binary Response Variables 6. Multinomial Logistic Regression for Multinomial Response Variables 7. Loglinear Modelling 8. Ordinal Logistic Regression for Ordered Categorical Response Variables 9. Multilevel Modelling 10. Latent Variables and Factor Analysis 11. Causal Modelling: Simultaneous Equation and Structural Equation Models 12. Longitudinal Data Analysis 13. Event History Models July 2008: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-44837-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44840-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92948-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Studying Society The Essentials Karen Evans, University of Liverpool, UK and Dave King, University of Liverpool, UK This introductory text combines study skills and research methods to provide students with an invaluable guide to the techniques, practical skills and methods of study that will enable them to become effective ’students of society’. Selected Contents: Part 1: Studying Society Part 2: Finding Out About Society Part 3: Using Your Sources Part 4: Researching Society Part 5: Communicating Your Ideas. Afterthoughts

September 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99028-8: £60.00

BACKLIST

FORTHCOMING

Multi-Sited Ethnography

The Basics of Essay Writing

Problems and Possibilities in the Translocation of Research Methods

Nigel Warburton

Edited by Simon Coleman, University of Sussex, UK and Pauline von Hellermann, University of Sussex, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Research Methods

Managing Social Research Roger Tarling Series: Social Research Today 2005: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35516-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35517-9: £24.99

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

2006: 198x129: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-23999-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24000-0: £8.99

A Practical Guide

March 2009: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96524-8: £60.00

2005: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-35519-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35520-9: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Context and Claims of E-Science Nicholas W. Jankowski Part 1: Conceptualizing E-Science 2. Social Science and EScience: Mapping Disciplinary Approaches Ralph Schroeder and Jenny Fry 3. Critical Accountability: Dilemmas for Interventionist Studies in E-Research Paul Wouters and Anne Beaulieu 4. Many Challenges, Multiple Solutions: Facing the Barriers to Data Sharing and Reuse Ann Zimmerman, Nathan Bos, Judy Olson and Gary Olson Part 2: Management and Collaboration 5. E-Research and Scholarly Community in the Humanities Paul Genoni, Helen Merrick and Michele Willson 6. Creating Shared Understanding in Research Across Distances and Cultures Petra Sonderegger Part 3: Issues of Design, Method and Ownership 7. Impact of EScience on Social Science Data and Methods Samuelle Carlson and Ben Anderson 8. Collecting and Visualizing Internet Data Mike Thelwall 9. Web Archiving as EResearch Steven M. Schneider, Kirsten A. Foot and Paul Wouters 10. Intellectual Property in the Context of EScience Dan L. Burk Part 4: Case Studies 11. Situated Innovations in E-Social Science Bridgette Wessels and Max Craglia 12. Wikipedia as a Knowledge Production Laboratory Clifford Tatum 13. Digitalization of Election Studies in Britain Waner Lusoli

An Introduction

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL INEQUALITY/CLASS

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

TEXTBOOK

Social Inequalities (Re)formed

Segregation

The Way Class Works

Consulting Pupils about Learning

The Rising Costs for America

Readings on School, Family, and the Economy

Edited by James H. Carr, National Community Reinvestment Coalition and Columbia University, USA and Nandinee K. Kutty

Edited by Lois Weis, University at Buffalo, SUNY, USA

Segregation: The Rising Costs for America documents how discriminatory practices in the housing markets through most of the past century, and that continue today, have produced extreme levels of residential segregation that result in significant disparities in access to good jobs, quality education, homeownership attainment and asset accumulation between minority and non-minority households. The book also demonstrates how problems facing minority communities are increasingly important to the nation’s long-term economic vitality and global competitiveness as a whole. Solutions to the challenges facing the nation in creating a more equitable society are not beyond our ability to design or implement, and it is in the interest of all Americans to support programs aimed at creating a more just society. The book is uniquely valuable to students in the social sciences and public policy, as well as to policy makers, and city planners. Selected Contents: 1. The New Imperative for Equality James H. Carr and Nandinee Kutty 2. Origins of Economic Disparities: Historical Role of Housing Segregation Douglas S. Massey 3. The Past as Present: The Continuing Practice of Housing Discrimination Stephen L. Ross 4. Predatory Lending: Further Eroding Minority Wealth Kathleen C. Engel and Patricia A. McCoy 5. Housing and Education: The Inextricable Link Deborah McKoy and Jeffrey M. Vincent 6. Residential Segregation and Employment Inequality Margery Austin Turner 7. Access to Decent Housing and Impacts on Individual Health Dolores Acevedo-Garcia and Theresa Osypuk 8. Social Networks, Neighborhood Segregation, and Economic Outcomes Rachel Garshick Kleit 9. Continuing Isolation: Segregation in America Today Ingrid Gould Ellen 10. Trends in the U.S. Economy: The Evolving Role of Minorities Dean Baker and Heather Boushey 11. The Prospects and Pitfalls of Fair Housing Enforcement Efforts Gregory Squires 12. Attaining a Just (and Economically Secure) Society James H. Carr and Nandinee Kutty January 2008: 6x9: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-96534-7: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96533-0: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This collection discusses conditions of social class and the ways in which class is produced in educational institutions and families, while simultaneously interrogating and challenging reader’s understandings of social class as it is linked to race, gender, and nation. Selected Contents: Section 1: Thinking/Living Class 1. Why the Rich are Getting Richer and the Poor, Poorer Robert B. Reich 2. The Continuing Importance of Class Analysis Erik Olin Wright 3. Behind the Gates: Social Splitting and the ’Other’ Setha Low 4. The Two-inOneness of Class Wendy Luttrell 5. Reflections on Class and Educational Reform Stanley Aronowitz Section 2: Parenting Class 6. Class Out of Place: The White Middle Classes and Intersectionalities of Class and ’Race’ in Urban State Schooling in England Diane Reay 7. Class Reproduction and Social Networks in the U.S. Fiona Devine 8. Watching, Waiting, and Deciding When to Intervene: Race, Class, and the Transmission of Advantage Annette Lareau 9. Are Middle-Class Families Advantaging their Children? Kimberly S. Maier, Timothy G. Ford, and Barbara Schneider 10. Parenting Practices and Schooling: The Way Class Works for New Immigrant Groups Guofang Li Section 3: Schooling Class 11. Persisting Social Class Inequality in U.S. Education Adam Gamoran 12. The Social Cost of Inadequate Education of Black Males Henry M. Levin 13. Social Class and School Knowledge Jean Anyon 14. Social Class and Tracking within Schools Sean Patrick Kelly 15. How Class Matters: The Geography of Educational Desire and Despair in Schools and Courts Michelle Fine, April Burns, María Elena Torre and Yasser A. Payne 16. Playing to Middle Class Self-Interest in Pursuit of School Equity Ellen Brantlinger 17. Class, Teachers, and Teacher Education Greg Dimitriadis 18. Social Class and Higher Education: A Reorganization of Opportunities Scott L. Thomas and Angela Bell Section 4: Complicating Class, Race and Gender Intersectionality 19. Towards a Re-Thinking of Class as Nested in Race and Gender: Tracking the White Working Class in the Final Quarter of the Twentieth Century Lois Weis 20. The Ideological Blackening of Hmong American Youth Stacey J. Lee 21. Schools, Social Class and Youth: A Bernsteinian Analysis Alan R. Sadovnik 22. Spatial Containment in the Inner City: Youth Subcultures, Class-Conflict and Geographies of Exclusion Jo-Anne Dillabough, Jacqueline Kennelly and Eugenia Wang 23. Class and the Middle: Schooling, Subjectivity and Social Formation Julie McLeod and Lyn Yates 24. Rereading Class, Rereading Cultural Studies Jennifer Logue and Cameron McCarthy December 2007: 7x10: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-95707-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95708-3: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93500-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Madeleine Arnot, University of Cambridge, UK and Diane Reay, University of Cambridge, UK There is now considerable international interest in pupil consultation. It has been fuelled to some extent by the encouragement of personalized/individualized learning strategies and the involvement of pupils in their learning. This book draws on an in-depth empirical sociological study which consulted eight to fourteen year old pupils from a variety of ethnic and class backgrounds in different school settings. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Performance Pedagogies and Individualised Learning 3. Researching Pupil Voice and Pupil Message 4. Confidence and Learning Identities 5. Marginalisation and Inclusion in the Classroom 6. Controlling Learning: Setting the Pace and Choosing the Content 7. Social Inequalities (Re)formed October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41198-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41199-8: £22.99

FORTHCOMING BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Hoop Dreams on Wheels Disability and the Dedicated Wheelchair Athlete Ronald J. Berger, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Hoop Dreams on Wheels is written in an accessible story-telling style, as it will be read by a general audience as well as by students in college courses on disability, sport, the body, and social problems. The main component of the book, the life histories of the players, will be especially appealing to students, who will find these accounts useful as a way to develop their sociological imagination, that is, an understanding of the interrelationship between biography and history in society and the ways in which personal troubles are related to public issues. By linking personal stories to collective narratives, the life histories reveal the world of ordinary people’s "problematic living experience," to quote Norman Denzin, and show how society "speaks itself" through the lives of individuals. Additionally, the book is of interest to scholars in the sociology of disability, sociology of sport, sociology of the body, life-story researchers, and professionals in the fields of therapeutic recreation and rehabilitative counseling. Selected Contents: Part I Disability, Sport and Society 1. Disability in Society 2. Disability, Sports, and Basketball 3. A Case Study of Dedicated Wheelchair Athletics Part 2. Life Histories of Wheelchair Basketball Players 4. The First Generation 5. The Second Generation 6. The third Generation 7. The Fourth Generation Part 3. Sociological Themes 8. Growing Up With Congenital and Acquired Disabilities 9. Disability and the Dilmmas of Athletic Identity 10. The Future of Disability and Sport. References / Index

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

January 2009: 6x9: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-96510-1: Pb: 978-0-415-96509-5: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIAL INEQUALITY/CLASS

NEW

Child Poverty in Historical Perspective From 1900 to the Present Lucinda Platt, University of Essex, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This book combines detailed historical investigation with original empirical analysis and an understanding of the most recent developments in child poverty research.

(Mis)recognition, Social Inequality and Social Justice Nancy Fraser and Pierre Bourdieu Edited by Terry Lovell

2ND EDITION

Series: Critical Realism: Interventions

’We Are Not Garbage!’

This collection of essays considers some of the conceptual and philosophical contentions that Nancy Fraser’s work has provoked, presenting some compelling examples of its analytical power in a range of contexts.

The Homeless Movement in Tokyo, 1994-2002

August 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40466-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46494-9: £20.00

December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-33948-3: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-44907-3

BACKLIST

Miki Hasegawa Series: East Asia: History, Politics, Sociology and Culture 2006: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-97693-0: £55.00

NEW

An Atlas of Poverty in America

The Institutionalization of Social Welfare

MAJOR WORK 4-VOLUME SET

One Nation, Pulling Apart 1960–2003

Health and Inequality

Amy Glasmeier

A Study of Medicalizing Management Mikael Holmqvist, Stockholm University, Sweden

Edited by Kate Pickett and Richard Wilkinson, University of Nottingham, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Series: Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare

This study generates new understandings of how institutionalization of organizations comes about and contributes fresh insight to the area of social welfare policies.

A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research in the area of health and inequality.

November 2007: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95802-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93735-8

October 2008: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-44313-5: £595.00

Social Class in Europe An Introduction to the European Socio-Economic Classification Edited by David Rose, Institute for Social and Economic Research, UK and Eric Harrison, Institute for Social and Economic Research, UK Series: Routledge/ESA Studies in European Societies Offering a comprehensive introduction to the new European socio-economic classification, this book covers theoretical, methodological, operational and substantive issues, including the use of ESeC in research on health, poverty, deprivation and mobility. June 2008: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-45801-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93058-8

Rational Recreation and the Contest for Control, 1830-1885 2006: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41295-7: £85.00

MAJOR WORK 4-VOLUME SET

The Impact of Inequality

Social Exclusion

How to Make Sick Societies Healthier

Edited by David Byrne

Richard G. Wilkinson

Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology

2005: 216x138: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-37268-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37269-5: £20.99

Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four-volume collection of canonical and cutting-edge research on the intellectual origins and the development of ’socal exclusion’, a critical concept in the social sciences in general, and sociology in particular. September 2008: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-43338-9: £595.00

Residential Segregation Patterns of Latinos in the United States, 1990–2000 Michael E. Martin Series: Latino Communities: Emerging Voices Political, Social, Cultural and Legal Issues 2006: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-97903-0: £65.00

NEW

The Culture of Welfare Markets The International Recasting of Pension and Care Systems

Tony Bennett, The Open University, UK, Mike Savage, University of Manchester, UK, Elizabeth Bortolaia Silva, The Open University, UK, Alan Warde, University of Manchester, UK, Modesto Gayo-Cal, University of Manchester, UK and David Wright, The Open University, UK Series: CRESC Drawing on the first systematic study of cultural capital in contemporary Britain, Culture, Class, Distinction examines the role played by culture in the relationships between class, gender and ethnicity. Its findings promise a major revaluation of the legacy of Pierre Bourdieu’s account of the relationships between class and culture. June 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-42242-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93057-1

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Social Isolation in Modern Society

Ingo Bode, University of Duisburg Meal, Germany

Roelof Hortulanus, Anja Machielse and Ludwien Meeuwesen

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

This book examines the rise of welfare markets in Western societies and explores their functioning, regulation and embeddedness by addressing the particular field of old age provision, including both retirement provision and elderly care.

2005: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-36768-4: £95.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Welfare Markets: Institutional Forms and Organizational Landscapes 3. Welfare Markets in Old Age Provision: The State of Things 4. The Role of (Welfare) Culture: The State of the Art and an Analytical Grid 5. Sense-Making of Welfare Markets for Old Age

Spaces of Social Exclusion Jamie Gough, Aram Eisenschitz and Andrew McCulloch 2005: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-28088-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28089-1: £24.99

October 2007: 6x9: 262pp Hb: 978-0-415-95801-1: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93515-6

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Culture, Class, Distinction

NEW

ORDER NOW!

Leisure and Class in Victorian England

Peter Bailey

NEW NEW

2005: 12x9: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-95335-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95336-8: £20.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

SEXUALITY

The American Dream and the Power of Wealth Choosing Schools and Inheriting Inequality in the Land of Opportunity Heather Beth Johnson 2006: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95238-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95239-2: £14.99

The Sociology of Elites Michael Hartmann Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought 2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-41197-4: £70.00

TEXTBOOK

There is No Such Thing as a Natural Disaster Race, Class, and Hurricane Katrina Edited by Gregory Squires and Chester Hartman 2006: 6x9: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-95486-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95487-7: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Understanding White Privilege Removing Barriers to Authentic Relationships Across Race Frances E. Kendall 2006: 6x9: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-95179-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95180-7: £14.99

TEXTBOOK

When Welfare Disappears The Case for Economic Human Rights Kenneth J. Neubeck

TEXTBOOK

NEW

Introducing the New Sexuality Studies

Sociability, Sexuality, Self

Original Essays and Interviews

Sasha Roseneil, Birkbeck College, London, UK

Edited by Steven Seidman, State University of New York, USA, Nancy Fischer, Augsburg College, Minnesota, USA and Chet Meeks, Georgia State University, Atlanta, USA

Series: Transformations

Breaking new ground, both substantively and stylistically, this book offers students, academics and researchers an accessible and engaging introduction and overview of this emerging field. It explores the social character of sexuality, the role of social differences such as race or nationality in creating sexual variation, and the ways sex is entangled in relations of power and inequality. Through this novel approach the field of sexuality is considered, for the first time, in multicultural, global, and comparative terms and from a truly social perspective. This important volume consists of over fifty short and original essays on the key topics and themes in sexuality studies, and interviews with twelve leading scholars in the field which convey some of the most innovative work being done. Each contribution is original and conveys the latest thinking and research in writing that is clear and that uses examples to illustrate key points.

Relationality and Individualization

As more and more people spend longer periods of their lives outside conventional families and couples, radical transformation in personal life is underway. Much of the love, care and support that matters to people now takes place beyond the boundaries of the family, between partners who do not live together and within networks of friends. This book proposes a new way of understanding recent social change in three aspects of personal life – sociability, sexuality and self. Developing a theory of queer individualization, it identifies a set of counter-heteronormative relationship practices emerging amongst those at the cutting-edge of change: the prioritization of friendship, the decentring of sexual/love relationships and the forming of non-conventional sexual partnerships. Arguing for a psychosocial approach to personal life, the book proposes a queer re-theorizing of individualization, which disrupts the binary category of individual/society, and which holds the relational nature of human life as central. Selected Contents: Part 1: Rethinking Intimacy and Personal Life 1. Theorizing Intimacy, Personal Life and Social Change 2. Researching Intimacy and Personal Life at the Cutting-Edge of Change Part 2: Individuals in Relationships Part 3: Sociability, Sexuality, Self 3. Sociability 4. Sexuality 5. Self Part 4: Thinking the Future 6. Queer Individualization 7. Politics, Ethics, Policy

This topical and timely volume will be an invaluable resource to all those with an interest in sexuality studies.

November 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40367-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40368-9: £22.99

Selected Contents: General Introduction Part 1: Sex as a Social Fact Part 2: Sexual Meanings Part 3: Sexual Bodies and Behaviors Part 4: Sexual Identities Part 5: Sexual Institutions and Sexual Commerce Part 6: Sexual Cultures Part 7: Sexual Regulation and Inequality Part 8: Sexual Politics

The World We Have Won The Remaking of Erotic and Intimate Life Jeffrey Weeks The World We Have Won is a major study of transformations in erotic and intimate life since 1945. We are living in a world of transition, in the midst of a long, unfinished but profound revolution that has transformed the possibilities of living out our sexual diversities.

2006: 246x174: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-39900-5: £25.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-94779-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94780-0: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This book provides a balance sheet of the changes that have transformed our ways of being, from welfarism to the pill, women's and gay liberation, from globalization, consumerism and individualization to new forms of intimacy, from friends as family to same sex marriage. Some respond to these challenges with a deep cultural pessimism or moral conservatism. It rejects such views and argues that this is a world we are increasingly making for ourselves, part of the long process of democratization of everyday life. Unless we grasp this we cannot understand, not only the problems and anxieties, but the opportunities and hopes in this world we have won.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

June 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42200-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42201-7: £22.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SEXUALITY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

The Sciences of Homosexuality in Early Modern Europe

Accounting for Rape

The Languages of Sexuality Jeffrey Weeks, London South Bank University, UK Words, Freud once wrote, are like magic. Nowhere have words been more magical than in the writing of sexuality. Through words we learn what is good or bad, pleasurable or painful, significant and insignificant. The words used about sexuality do not simply describe something out there. They help shape what sexuality is. A clearly written presentation of complex ideas, this book provides a pathway to further reading. Arranged alphabetically it is a compendium of one hundred words that are key to the understanding of contemporary sexualities and intimacies. This fascinating book becomes a personal exploration of meanings, as reflected through key words by a renowned theorist of sexuality. It is both a valuable text through which to explore individual meanings of key concepts; and part of a long-term project to investigate the fluid, shifting, ever evolving meanings of the erotic. Throughout Weeks shows how meanings change, their need to be contextualized, and how they can become ‘magical’ in the unfolding of sexual meanings. Selected Contents: A-Z of Entries. Addiction. Age. Authenticity. Autonomy. Bisexuality. Blackmail. Bodies. Bohemia. Boundaries. Care. Citizenship. Commitment. Community. Commodities. Consent. Construction. Cultures. Curiosity. Cybersex. Death. Democracy. Desire. Dirt. Disease. Drugs. Ecstasy. Equality. Eros. Essence. Experiments. Families. Fantasy. Femininity. Feminism. Fetish. Friendship. Fundamentalism. Gay. Gender. Genes. Globalisation. Heterosexuality. Homosexuality. Homophobia. Identity. Individualism. Intimacy. Jealousy. Knowledge. Lesbianism. Liberation. Love. Masculinity. Marriage. Masturbation. Metrosexuality. Movements. Needs. Orgasm. Otherness. Paedophilia. Parenting. Partnership. Panic. Performance. Perversion. Phallus. Pleasure. Polyamorous. Pornography. Prostitution. Power. Privacy. Queer. Race. Religion. Regulation. Relationships. Reproduction. Respect. Responsibility. Rights. Rites. Sadomasochism. Safety. Science. Sexuality. Sodomy. Space. Stories. Tourism. Tradition. Transgender. Transgression. Utopia. Values. Vice. Victims. Violence. Voyeurism. Words. Postscript September 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37572-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37573-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93032-8 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by Kenneth Borris and George S. Rousseau This collection establishes that efforts to produce scientific explanations for same-sex desires and sexual behaviors are not a modern invention, but have long been characteristic of European thought. This original book freshly illuminates many of the questions that are current today about the nature of homosexual activity and reveals how the early modern period and its scientific interpretations of same-sex relationships are fundamental to understanding the conceptual development of contemporary sexuality. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Prehistory of Homosexuality in the Early Modern Sciences Kenneth Borris Part 1: Medicine 2. Disorder of Body, Mind or Soul: Male Sexual Deviance in Jacques Despars’s ’Commentary on Avicenna’ Derek Neal 3. Giulio Guastavini’s Commentary on Pseudo-Aristotle’s Account of Male Same-Sexual Coitus, ’Problemata 4.26’ Faith Wallis 4. Policing the Anus: Stuprum and Sodomy According to Paolo Zacchia’s ’Forensic Medicine’ George Rousseau 5. Syphilis and the Silencing of Sodomy in Juan Calvo’s ’Tratado del Morbo Gálico’ Cristian Berco 6. The Strange Medical Silence on Same-Sex Transmission of the Pox, c.1660–c.1760 Kevin Siena Part 2: Divinatory, Speculative and other Sciences 7. Sodomizing Science: Cocles, Patricio Tricasso, and the Constitutional Morphologies of Renaissance Male Same-Sex Lovers Kenneth Borris 8. Representations of Same-Sex Love in Early Modern Astrology P.G. Maxwell-Stuart 9. Astrological Conditioning of Same-Sexual Relations in Girolamo Cardano’s Theoretical Treatises and Celebrity Genitures H. Darrel Rutkin 10. ’Bolognan Boys are Beautiful, Tasteful, and Mostly Fine Musicians’: Cardano on Male Same-Sex Love and Music Guido Giglioni 11. Mercury Falling: Gender Flexibility and Eroticism in Popular Alchemy Allison B. Kavey Part 3: Science and Sapphisms 12. Intrigues of Hermaphrodites and the Intercourse of Science with Erotica Winfried Schleiner 13. Erotics versus Sexualities: Current Science and Reading Early Modern Female Same-Sex Relations Harriette Andreadis November 2007: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-40321-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44692-1: £21.99

Psychology, Feminism and Discourse Analysis in the Study of Sexual Violence Irina Anderson, University of East London, UK and Kathy Doherty, Sheffield Hallam University, UK Series: Women and Psychology ’Accounting for Rape provides a timely, in-depth critique of contemporary rape supportive culture in western societies. Anderson and Doherty offer compelling insights into the prejudices informing our understandings of sexual violence, including assumptions about the gendering of victims of rape. Presented in an accessible and engaging way, Accounting for Rape is destined to make a significant impact on contemporary scholarship on sexual violence and rape culture.’ - Annie Potts, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Accounting for Rape presents an original perspective on the subject of rape and sexual violence by scrutinizing existing social psychological research on rape and, in particular, rape perception research. Selected Contents: Rape Supportive Culture. The Social Psychology of Rape Perception. Toward a Feminist Discourse Analysis of Accounts for Rape. Talking about Female Rape: The Social Construction of Hazard/Risk and Accountability. Making Sense of Male Rape. Metaphors about Female and Male Rape. Conclusions November 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-21173-4: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-21174-1: £14.95 eBook: 978-0-203-08754-1

NEW

Sex Research and Sex Therapy A Sociological Analysis of Masters and Johnson Ross Morrow, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Exploring the theoretical, conceptual and historical issues surrounding the topic of sex research and sex therapy, this book examines the influential scientific sex research completed by Masters and Johnson and its implications for sex therapy and the study of human sexuality. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Sociology of Sex in Historical Perspective 3. Theoretical Perspectives on Sexuality 4. Masters and Johnson’s Research on Human Sexual Response 5. A Critique of Masters and Johnson’s Model of the Human Sexual Response Cycle 6. A Critique of Masters and Johnson’s Concept and Classification of Sexual Dysfunction 7. A Critique of Masters and Johnson’s Sex Therapy Program 8. Conclusion

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

October 2007: 6x9: 212pp Hb: 978-0-415-40652-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93965-9

www.routledge.com/sociology

SEXUALITY

NEW

Are We Thinking Straight?

TEXTBOOK

Queer Political Performance and Protest

The Politics of Straightness in a Lesbian and Gay Social Movement Organization

Desire

Benjamin Shepard, California State Long Beach School of Social Work, USA

A History of European Sexuality Anna Clark, University of Minnesota, USA A sweeping survey of sexuality in Europe from the Greeks to the present, Desire follows changing attitudes toward sexuality through the major turning points of European history. Drawing on a rich array of sources including poetry, novels, pornography and film as well as court records, autobiographies, and personal letters, this volume integrates the history of heterosexuality with same-sex desire, and explores the emotions of love and lust as well as the politics of sex and personal experiences. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Sex and the Problem of Western Civilization 2. Sex and the City: Greece and Rome 3. Divine Desire in Judaism and Early Christianity 4. Fantasies of Desire, Sacred and Profane 5. From Twilight Moments to Moral Panics: The Regulation of Sex from the Thirteenth Century to the Sixteenth Century 6. The Age of Exploration: Sexual Contact and Culture Clash in Spain and Colonial Mesoamerica 7. Enlightening Desire: New Attitudes Toward Sexuality in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries 8. In the Victorian Twilight: Illegitimacy, Sexual Commerce, and Same-Sex Desire, 1750-1870 9. Boundaries of the Nation, Boundaries of the Self: 1860-1914 10. Managing Desire or Consuming Sex in Interwar Culture 11. Sex and the State in the 1930s: Sweden, the Soviet Union, and Nazi Germany 12. The Reconstruction of Desire and Sexual Consumerism in Postwar Europe August 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77517-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77518-2: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Series: New Approaches in Sociology

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

2006: 6x9: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-97701-2: £50.00

This book examines the role of play in gay liberation and queer activism, and the ways in which queer notions of play have influenced a broad range of social movements.

Love, Heterosexuality and Society Paul Johnson

Selected Contents: Introduction: What if Chicago had been an Orgy? 1. Play as Pleasure: Gay Liberation and Movements for Sexual Freedom 2. Play as Resilience: Eros vs. Thanatos in ACT UP 3. Playing by Different Rules: DIY Experiments in Cultural Production and Harm Reduction 4. Play and Panic in the Neoliberal City: The AIDS Prevention Action League and SexPanic! 5. Play as Community Building: From Gardens to Carnivals to Circus Amok 6. Fences and Piers: An Investigation of a Disappearing Queer Public Space in Manhattan 7. From Queer to Eternity: From ACT UP to the Absurd Response to an Absurd War. Conclusion: From Radical Faeries to a New Democracy

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

February 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96096-0: £60.00

Sexual Orientation Discrimination

2005: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-36485-0: £90.00

Sex and Sexuality in China Edited by Elaine Jeffreys Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition 2006: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40143-2: £75.00

An International Perspective Edited by Lee Badgett and Jeff Frank

NEW

Series: Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics

Shaping Sexual Knowledge A Cultural History of Sex Education in Twentieth Century Europe Edited by Lutz Sauerteig, University of Durham, UK and Roger Davidson, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Social History of Medicine This volume makes a considerable contribution to the history of sex education by incorporating all aspects of the formal and informal shaping of sexual knowledge and awareness of the young, from the school system, the state, the family and the media.

February 2007: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-77023-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77024-8: £29.99

Sexuality and the Law Feminist Engagements Edited by Vanessa Munro and Carl Stychin March 2007: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-904385-67-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-904385-66-0: £29.99

The Future of Gay Rights in America

April 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41114-1: £65.00

NEW

Daniel K. Cortese

H.N. Hirsch

Play, Creativity, and Social Movements

BACKLIST

2005: 6x9: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-95077-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95078-7: £22.99

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

TEXTBOOK

The streets of cities around the world have been filled with a new theatrical model of protest, with creativity, fun, pleasure, and play as the cornerstones of this new approach. This book examines the historical use and development of ’play’ as well as the recent ways in which it has infused protest and community building.

21st Century Sexualities

2ND EDITION

Contemporary Issues in Health, Education, and Rights

Sexuality

Edited by Gilbert Herdt and Cymene Howe

Series: Key Ideas

March 2007: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77306-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77307-2: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2003: 198x129: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-28286-4: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Benjamin Shepard, California State Long Beach School of Social Work, USA

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Play as Prank: From the Yippies to the Young Lords 2. Send in the Clowns: Play, Pleasure and Movements for Sexual Freedom 3. Play as Community Building: From Gardens to Global Peace and Justice 4. Playing in Topsy-Turvery Times: From Carnival to Carnage 5. The Limits of Play: Radical Clowning vs. Tomato Picking. Conclusion: Methodological Reflections on the Study of Play in Social Movements

Jeffrey Weeks, London South Bank University, UK

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-96324-4: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GENDER

NEW

Judith Butler in Conversation

TEXTBOOK

Judith Butler

Analyzing the Texts and Talk of Everyday Life

Gender and Everyday Life

Sexual Politics, Social Change and the Power of the Performative

Mary Holmes, Flinders University, Australia

Gill Jagger, University of Hull, UK

Series: The New Sociology Why are we so insistent that women and men are different? This book provides a fascinating and highly readable look at how society divides people into feminine women and masculine men. It explores gender as a way of seeing women and men as not just biological organisms but people shaped by their everyday social world. The book examines how gender has been understood and lived in the past, how it is understood and done differently by different cultures and groups within cultures and what might be the strengths and limitations of different ways of thinking and doing gender. Key sociological and feminist ideas about gender are illustrated with a range of examples dealing with everything from nineteenth century fashions in China and Britain, to discussions of what Barbie can tell us about gender in America, to the lives of working women in Japan. Selected Contents: Introduction: Gender and Everyday Life 1. Sexed Bodies? 2. Learning and Doing Gender 3. Gendered Relationships in Everyday Life 4. Resisting Gender in Everyday Life 5. The Future of Gender June 2008: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42348-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42349-6: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92938-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Feminism and Empire Women Activists in Imperial Britain, 1790–1865 Clare Midgley, Sheffield Hallam University, UK This original work throws fascinating new light on the roots of later ’imperial feminism’ and contemporary debates concerning women’s rights in an era of globalization and neoimperialism.

Judith Butler’s work on gender, sexuality, identity, and the body has proved massively influential across a range of academic disciplines in the humanities and social sciences. Yet it is also notoriously difficult to access. This key book provides a comprehensive introduction to Butler’s work, plus a critical examination of it and its precursors, both feminist (including Simone de Beauvoir, Monique Wittig, Julia Kristeva and Luce Irigaray), and non-feminist (including Erving Goffman, Michel Foucault, Jacques Lacan, and Jacques Derrida). The volume covers such topics as: •gender as performance and performativity •sociological notions of performance •the materiality of the body and the role of biology •power, identity and social regulation •subjectivity, agency and feminist political practice. A comprehensive introduction to Butler’s work, this book also covers melancholia and gender identity, hate speech, pornography and ’race’, social change and transformation, and Butler’s shifting relation to psychoanalysis. Clearly laid out to cover key themes for a student audience, this key text will be an essential read for undergraduates in the fields of gender, psychoanalysis and sociology. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Gender as Performance and Performative 2. Body Matters: From Construction to Materialization 3. Performativity, Subjection and the Possibility of Agency 4. The Politics of the Performative: Hate Speech, Pornography and ‘Race’ 5. Beyond Identity Politics: Gender, Transgender and Sexual Difference Conclusion

Bronwyn Davies, University of Western Sydney, Australia How has Judith Butler’s writing contributed to thought in the Social Sciences and the Humanities? The participants in this project draw on various aspects of Butler’s conceptual work and they question how it has opened up the possibilities of thought in areas of study as diverse as theatre studies, education and narrative therapy. In a format that demands careful listening and response, the scholars in this book interact with Butler, her writing, and each other. Within this dynamic space they take up Butler’s body of work and carry it in new and exciting directions. Their conversations and writing are, in turn, funny, exciting, surprising and moving. Selected Contents: Introduction. Conversation with Judith Butler 1 1. An Account of Oneself Judith Butler. Forgiving, Given Over, Given Away: Response to Judith Butler’s Presentation Fiona Jenkins 2. Passionately Attached: Academic Subjects of Desire Eva Bendix Petersen. Found/Wanting and Becoming/Undone: A Response to Eva Bendix Petersen Sheridan Linnell. Conversation with Judith Butler 2 3. Sissy Boy Melancholy and the Educational Possibilities of Incoherence David McInnes. A Dialogue on ‘Becoming Sissy’ Cristyn Davies. Conversation with Judith Butler 3 4. Words That Matter: Reading the Performativity of Humanity through Butler and Blanchot Linnell Secomb. Sustaining Language/Existing Threats: Resistance and Rhetoric in Australian Refugee Discourses Susanne Gannon and Sue Saltmarsh. Conversation with Judith Butler 4 5. ’Bringing the Elsewhere Home’: Drag-Kids and Queer Belongings Affrica Taylor. Dressing Up and Growing Up: Rehearsals on the Threshold of Intelligibility Jonathan Bollen. Conversation with Judith Butler 5 August 2007: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-95653-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95654-3: £15.99

February 2008: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-21974-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-21975-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93190-5

Selected Contents: 1. The ‘Woman Question’ in Imperial Britain 2. Sweetness and Power: The Domestic Woman and Anti-Slavery Politics 3. White Women Saving Brown Women?: The Campaign Against 4. Can Women be Missionaries?: Providential Imperialism and Female Agency 5. Feminism, Colonial Emigration and the New Model Englishwoman

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

October 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-25014-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25015-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93215-5

www.routledge.com/sociology

GENDER

NEW

FORTHCOMING

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

TEXTBOOK

Global Gender Research

Negotiating the Global

Men Speak Out

Transnational Perspectives

Women’s Movements in Brazil and the Transnational Feminist Public

Views on Gender, Sex, and Power

Edited by Christine Bose, SUNY-Albany, USA and Min Jeong Kim, Hong Kong University

Millie Thayer, University of Massachusetts, USA

Series: Perspectives on Gender

This volume provides an in-depth comparative picture of the current state of feminist sociological gender research and/or women’s studies research for five regions of the world, represented by ten or eleven countries. A synthetic overview essay for each representative country is organized around key issues. It familiarizes readers with the wide range of salient issues, research methods, writing styles, and leading authors from around the globe. Readers can compare and contrast the threads of similarity and strands of difference in feminist concerns globally, gaining familiarity with the breadth of gender research, and understanding the national contexts that produced it. In addition, the editors illustrate this new wave of gender research with a translated/reprinted sample of important contemporary theoretical or empirical work from each country. Pieces are included from scholars in: India, China (Asia), sub Saharan Africa, Western and Eastern Europe, South/Central America, and both the English, and Hispanic speaking Caribbean.

This ethnographic study examines the transnational relations among feminist movements at the end of the twentieth century, exploring two differently situated women’s organizations in the Northeast Brazilian state of Pernambuco.

Selected Contents: Introduction to Global Gender Studies Christine E. Bose and Minjeong Kim Part 1: Latin America and the Caribbean Part 2: Africa Part 3: Asia and the Middle East Part 4: Eastern Europe/Western Europe September 2008: 7x10: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-95269-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95270-5: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW 2ND EDITION

Routledge Companion to Feminism and Postfeminism

The conventional narrative of globalization tells the story of inexorable forces beyond the capacity of individuals to mute or transcend. But this study tells a different story, one of social actors purposefully weaving cross-border relationships. From this vantage point, global social forces are not immaculately conceived. Instead, they are constituted by human actors with their own interests and identities, located in particular social contexts. This book takes what some have called ’global civil society’ as its object, moving beyond both dire predictions and euphoric celebrations to understand how transnational political relationships are constructed and sustained across social and geographical divides. It also provides a compelling case study for use in advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in globalization, gender studies, and social movements. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Re-Reading Globalization from Northeast Brazil 2. Traveling Feminisms: From Embodied Women to Gendered Citizenship 3. The Leverage of the Local: Political Negotiations in a Global Sphere 4. Feminists and Funding: Plays of Power in a Social Movement Market 5. Conclusion: Defending the Endangered Public. Methodological Appendix: Transnational Feminism as Field - Power, Solidarity and the Researcher January 2009 Hb: 978-0-415-96212-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96213-1: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by Sarah Gamble Series: Routledge Companions Now in its second edition, thoroughly revised, updated and expanded with new material, The Routledge Companion to Feminism and Postfeminism combines a series of in-depth background chapters with A-Z entries to provide an authoritative yet readable guide to this fascinating area. November 2008: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-35976-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35977-1: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00771-6

Edited by Shira Tarrant, California State University, Long Beach, USA Men Speak Out is a collection of essays written by and about pro-feminist men. In the essays, which feature original, lively and accessible prose, anti-sexist men make sense of their gendered experiences in today’s culture. The authors tackle the issues of feminism, growing up male, recognizing masculine privilege, taking action to change the imbalance of power and privilege and the constraints that men experience in confronting sexism. They describe their successes and challenges in bucking patriarchal systems in a culture that can be unsupportive of - or downright hostile to - a profeminist perspective. In these chapters, a diverse group of men reflect on growing up, share moments in their day-to-day lives, and pose serious questions about being a profeminist male living, working, thinking, and learning in a sexist society. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Masculinity and Identity. Introduction 1. Daytona Beach: Beyond Beats and Rhymes 2. The Real Slim Shady 3. The Enemy Within: On Becoming a Straight White Guy 4. Redefining Manhood: Resisting Sexism 5. Straight Guys Can Dance, Too 6. Stepping Out of Bounds 7. Hombres y Machos Section 2: Sexuality. Introduction 8. Just a John?: Pornography and Men’s Choices 9. Staring at Janae’s Legs 10. Trying to be Sexy and Anti-Sexist … at Exactly the Same Time 11. Bye-Bye Bi?: Bailey, Biphobia, and Girlie-Men 12. Darker Shades of Queer: Race and Sexuality at the Margins 13. Let us be Seen 14. How We Enter Section 3: Feminism. Introduction 15. How Two Aspiring Pornographers Turned Me into the Ultimate F Word 16. Exposed in Iraq: Sexual Harassment and Hidden Rank Structure of the U.S. Army 17. Why I am not a Feminist 18. Preaching to the Choir 19. The Starbucks Intervention 20. This is What a Feminist Looks Like 21. From Oppressor to Activist: Reflections of a Feminist Journey 22. It’s Just Common Sense Section 4: Points and Perspectives. Introduction 23. Abandoning the Barricades: Or How I became a Feminist 24. Confessions of a Premature ProFeminist 25. Learning From Women 26. A Tribute to my Father 27. Playground Vertigo 28. Judging Fathers: The Case for Gender-Neutral Standards 29. What’s Wrong With Fathers’ Rights? 30. Engendering the Classroom: Experiences of a Man in Women’s and Gender Studies 31. Gender in Jakarta: Lessons on Discourse and Disparity Section 5: Taking Action, Making Change. Introduction 32. Sport, Strong Women, and Feminist Epiphanies 33. Violation 34. Steel-Toed Boots 35. Men’s Manifesto 36. Breaking the Silence One Mile at a Time 37. Being a Social Justice Ally: A Feminist’s Perspective on Preventing Male Violence 38. Good Ol’ Boy: A Tale of Transformation in the Rural South 39. How Can I be Sexist?: I’m an Anarchist!

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

December 2007: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-95656-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95657-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93506-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GENDER

NEW

Sexing the Soldier

NEW

TEXTBOOK

The Politics of Gender and the Contemporary British Army

Violent Femmes

Women, Science, and Technology

Rachel Woodward, University of Newcastle, UK and Trish Winter, University of Sunderland, UK

Rosie White, University of Northumbria, UK

A Reader in Feminist Science Studies

Series: Transformations

2ND EDITION

Women, Science, and Technology is an ideal reader for courses in feminist science studies, science studies more generally, women’s studies, and studies in gender and education. This second edition fully updates its predecessor, dropping ten readings and replacing them with new ones that: •extend content coverage into areas not originally included, such as reproductive, agricultural, medical and imaging technologies •reflect new feminist theory and research on biology, language, the global economy and the intersection of race and class with gender

Series: Transformations

Sexing the Soldier takes a critical look at how gender what it means to be a man or a woman - is understood within the contemporary British Army, and the political and practical consequences of this. Drawing on original research, this informaive volume looks at:

Edited by Mary Wyer, Mary Barbercheck, Donna Giesman, Hatice Ozturk and Marta Wayne

• the history and structure of the British Army as a masculine institution •personnel policies which deal with gender issues

•provide current statistical information about the representation of women and people of colour in science, technology, engineering and mathematics

•the construction of ideas about military masculinities and femininities within the Army

•are more accessible for students.

Using case studies ranging from the exclusion of women from direct combat posts, to the issues surrounding bullying, this book argues that we need a fuller, more nuanced assessment of gender issues in the military that moves beyond the simplistic ideas about women’s and men’s ’natural’ capacities for soldiering.

Section introductions have also been fully updated to cover the latest controversies, such as Harvard president Lawrence Summers’ widely debated discussion about women and science and the current debates surrounding reports on the low numbers of female engineers. Selected Contents: General Introduction: Feminism, Science and Technology Section 1: High Hopes, Broken Promises and Persistence: Educating Women for Science and Engineering Careers Section 2: Stereotypes by/about Scientists and Engineers Section 3: Technologies of Difference: How Ideas about Women and Men Shape Science and Technology Section 4: The Next Generation: Bringing Feminist Perspectives into Science and Technology Studies Section 5: Reproducible Insights: Women Creating Knowledge, Social Policy, and Change May 2008: 7x10: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-96039-7: £68.75 Pb: 978-0-415-96040-3: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Women as Spies in Popular Culture

•media representations of the figure of the soldier.

Selected Contents: 1. Gender and the British Army: Military, Civilian and Conceptual Issues 2. Patterns and Histories of Gender in the British Army 3. British Army Personnel Policies and the Politics of Female Difference 4. Masculinities and the British Army 5. Gender and the Soldier in the British Media and Popular Culture 6. The Politics of Gender and the Contemporary British Army July 2007: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-39256-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39255-6: £25.99

The female spy has long exerted a strong grip on the popular imagination. With reference to popular fiction, film and television Violent Femmes examines the figure of the female spy as a nexus of contradictory ideas about femininity, power, sexuality and national identity. Fictional representations of women as spies have recurrently traced the dynamic of women’s changing roles in British and American culture. Employing the central trope of women who work as spies, Rosie White examines cultural shifts during the twentieth century regarding the role of women in the professional workplace. Violent Femmes examines the female spy as a figure in popular discourse which simultaneously conforms to cultural stereotypes and raises questions about women’s roles in British and American culture, in terms of gender, sexuality and national identity. Immensely useful for a wide range of courses such as film and television studies, English, cultural studies, women’s studies, gender studies, media studies, communications and history, this book will appeal to students from undergraduate level upwards. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Spies, Lies and Sexual Outlaws: Male Spies in Popular Fiction 2. Femmes Fatale and British Grit: Women Spies in the First and Second World Wars 3. Dolly Birds: Female Spies in the 1960s 4. English Roses and All-American Girls: The New Avengers and The Bionic Woman 5. Nikita: From French Cinema to American Television 6. Alias: Quality Television and the Working Woman October 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-37077-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37078-3: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03057-8

NEW

The Single Woman A Discursive Investigation Jill Reynolds, The Open University, UK Series: Women and Psychology Single women are a crucial group for study in relation to perceived changes in family life and relationships. This book provides a new understanding of what is often taken for granted female single identity. Selected Contents: 1. Developing a Feminist Discursive Analysis of Singleness 2. Contrasting Models of a Single Identity 3. Working with a ’Single’ Identity 4. A Narrative of Relationships and Singleness 5. Choice and Chance in Relationships: Negotiating Agency 6. The Everyday Politics of Singleness. Conclusions

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

April 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40568-3: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40569-0: £14.95

www.routledge.com/sociology

GENDER

NEW

Her Husband was a Woman!

The Caveman Mystique

Endowed

Women’s Gender-Crossing in Modern British Popular Culture

Pop-Darwinism and the Debates Over Sex, Violence, and Science

Regulating the Male Sexed Body

Alison Oram, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Martha McCaughey, Appalachian State University, USA

Spanning topics such as male circumcision and the regulation of state access to Viagra, this book uncovers recurring motifs that define masculinity and the male body in the legal imagination. In looking to these understandings the book engages with broader questions regarding the relationship between law and gender, and masculinity and social organization.

Series: Women’s and Gender History Tracking the changing representation of female gender-crossing in the press, this text explores real-life case studies from the British tabloids of women who successfully passed as men in everyday life. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Work and War: Masculinity, Gender Relations and the Passing Woman 2. Sexuality, Love and Marriage: The Gender-Crossing Woman as Female Husband 3. Gender-Crossing and Modern Sexualities: 1928-1939 4. ’The Sheik was a She!’: The Gigolo and Cosmopolitanism in the 1930s 5. The 1930s ’Sex Change’ Story: Medical Technology and Physical Transformation 6. ’Perverted Passions’: Sexual Knowledge and Popular Culture 1940-1960. Epilogue December 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40006-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40007-7: £19.99

NEW

The Gendered Unconscious Can Gender Discourses Subvert Psychoanalysis? Louise Gyler, Child and Adult Psychoanalyst in Private Practice in Sydney, UK Series: Women and Psychology This book investigates the nature of feminist interventions in psychoanalysis by comparing the status and treatment of women in two different psychoanalytic models: the Kleinian and the feminist psychoanalytic models. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Sex Question, Psychoanalysis and Feminism 2. Concepts, Values and Assumptions: Freud and Klein 3. Contemporary Kleinian Clinical Developments 4. The Depressive Position, the Oedipus Complex and Thinking Beyond Categorization 5. Developments in Psychoanalytic Feminist Theories of Gender 6. Clinical Practice: ’Silencing Effects’. Conclusion: Theory and Practice - Conscious Desires and Unconscious Identifications September 2008: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-40170-8: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40171-5: £14.95

Has evolution made men promiscuous skirt chasers? Pop-Darwinian claims about men’s irrepressible heterosexuality have become increasingly common, and increasingly common excuses for men’s sexual aggression. The Caveman Mystique traces such claims about the hairier sex through evolutionary science and popular culture. After outlining the social and historical context of the rise of pop-Darwinism’s assertions about male sexuality and their appeal to many men, Martha McCaughey shows how evolutionary discourse can get lived out as the biological truth of male sexuality.

Michael Thomson, Keele University, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Masculinity, Reproductivity and Law 2. Short Changed?: The Law and Ethics of Male Circumcision 3. Reproductivity, the Workplace and the Gendering of the Body (Politic) 4. Viagra Nation: Sex and Prescribing Familial Masculinity 5. Regulating (for) Sperm Donor Identity 6. A Question of Sex?: Sport, the Healthy Body and Masculinity 7. Conclusions: Perverse Fantasy and Bodily Possibility

Although evolutionary scientists want to use their theories to solve social problems, evolutionary narratives get invoked by men looking for a Darwinian defense of bad-boy behaviors. McCaughey argues that evolution has nearly replaced religion as a moral guide for understanding who we are and what we must overcome to be good people.

October 2007: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95060-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95061-9: £18.99

Bringing together insights from the fields of science studies, body studies, feminist theory and queer theory, The Caveman Mystique offers a fresh understanding of science, science popularization, and the impact of science on men’s identities; making a convincing case for deconstructing, rather than defending, the caveman.

Richard Collier, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction: Welcome Back to the Caveman Times 1. Sperm Wars, Sex Wars and Science Wars 2. Homo Resurrectus: The Theory of Evolution as a Moral Answer for Men 3. Homo Habitus: Evolution, Popular Culture and the Embodied Ethos of Male Sexuality 4. Homo Sexual: Perverting Evolutionary Stories of Male Sexuality 5. Homo Textual: A Missing Link between Science and Culture November 2007: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-93474-9: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-93475-6: £13.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93908-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Essays on Law, Men and Masculinities This book presents the first comprehensive overview and critical assessment of the relationship between law and masculinities. It provides a general introduction to the subject whilst engaging with the difficult question of what it means to speak of the masculinity of law in the first place. Selected Contents: Introduction. Rethinking the Man Question in Legal Studies: Theorising Masculinities and Law. Masculinities, Gender and the Legal Profession. Gentlemen Scholars. Masculinities, Law and the Family Man. Changing Law, Changing Men?: Rethinking the Masculine Other. Concluding Remarks August 2008: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-904385-49-3: £70.00

NEW

Feminism, Domesticity and Popular Culture Edited by Stacy Gillis and Joanne Hollows Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This collection makes sense of feminism’s contentious relationship with domesticity and domestic femininities.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96314-5: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GENDER

NEW

Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process

Gender and Agrarian Reforms

Gender, Islam and Democracy in Indonesia

Feminist Reflections

Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book presents an overview of gender and agrarian reform experiences globally, highlighting case studies from Latin America, Asia, Africa and Eastern Europe. Jacobs compares agrarian and land reforms organized along collective lines as well as those organizing along individual household lines.

Edited by Róisín Ryan-Flood, University of Essex, UK and Rosalind Gill, London School of Economics, UK Series: Transformations Researchers face difficult dilemmas about who to represent and how and what to omit and what to include. This book explores such questions in a fascinating collection of essays from international scholars making an important contribution to theoretical and empirical debates about epistemology, subjectivity and identity in qualitative research. Selected Contents: Introduction Rosalind Gill and Róisín Ryan-Flood Section 1: Interpreting and Theorising Silence 1. Reconceptualising Secrecy and Silence Kath Weston 2. Choosing Silence: Rethinking Voice, Agency and Women’s Empowerment Jane L. Parpart 3. Secrets, Silences and Toxic Shame in the Neoliberal University Rosalind Gill 4. Discursive Strategies: Searching for the Voice of Women in Diaries of the Second World War Sabine Grenz Section 2: The Unspoken in the Research Process 5. Silencing Differences: The ‘Unspoken’ Dimensions of ‘Speaking for Others’ Christina Scharff 6. Not Telling it How it is: Secrets and Silences of a Critical Feminist Researcher Bipasha Ahmed 7. Critiquing Thinness and Wanting to be Thin Debra Gimlin and Karen Throsby 8. Noticing Ourselves: Managing the Shifts between Participant and Researcher Selves in Dance Club and Party Research Sarah Riley and Yvette Morey Section 3: Silence, Secrecy and Telling Research Stories 9. Avoiding the ‘R-Word’: Racism in Feminist Collectives Kathy Davis 10. Negotiating Power and Vulnerability in Research with Children Suki Ali 11. Dirty Work: Researching Women and Sexual Representation Feona Attwood 12. Keeping Mum: Secrecy and Silence in Research on Lesbian Parenthood Róisín Ryan-Flood 13. Suppressing Intertextual Understandings: Negotiating Interviews and Analysis Ann Phoenix Section 4: Affective Dilemmas 14. Difficult Multiculturalism/Multicultural Difficulties: Researching Cultural Difference Ien Ang 15. The Silence of the Victim Bruna Seu 16. Where is the Love?: Searching for the Place of Love in Sexuality Research Lynda Johnston 17. Facing Death, Staying with the Living Kate Powis. Conclusion Rosalind Gill and Róisín Ryan-Flood September 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45214-4: £75.00

Susie Jacobs

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Overviews 2. Agrarian and Land Reforms 3. Gender, Households and Peasantries: Theoretical Overview 4. Gender and Land reforms Along Individual Household Lines: A Global Comparison Part 2: Gender, Agricultural Collectives and Decollectivisation 5. Collectivisation of Agriculture and Gender: Russia and Eastern Europe 6. The Chinese Experience 7. Collectivisation Decollectivisation: Cuba, Vietnam and General Trajectories Part 3: Case Studies of Land Reform Along Individual Household Lines 8. Latin American Examples: Mexico, Nicaragua and Brazil 9. Sub-Saharan African Examples: Zimbabwe, South Africa and the Issue of Land Titling 10. Conclusion

FORTHCOMING

Gender and Neoliberalism in India The All India Democratic Women’s Association and Globalization Politics Elisabeth Armstrong, Smith College, USA Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society This book explores how the All India Democratic Women’s Association (a socialist women’s organization based in India) has flourished in neoliberalism’s shadow.

NEW

Gender, Nation and State in Modern Japan Edited by Vera Mackie, University of Melbourne, Australia, Ulrike Woehr, Hiroshima City University, Japan and Andrea Germer, German Institute for Japanese Studies, Tokyo, Japan Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

October 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-38138-3: £75.00

NEW

Feminist Movements in Contemporary Japan Laura Dales, University of South Australia Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

March 2009: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96158-5: £60.00

June 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45941-9: £75.00

NEW

Gendered Risks

Child Abuse, Gender and Society

Edited by Kelly Hannah-Moffat, University of Toronto at Mississauga, Canada and Pat O’Malley, University of Sydney, Austrialia

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society

Voice and Vision in Postcolonial Literature and Film

This book investigates the silence that surrounds the sexual abuse of children by women; uncovering the denial, minimization and rationales used by the victims, the perpetrators and the professionals.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Historical Contexts: ‘Layer After Layer’ 2. Visibility, Vision, and Voice: Algerian Women in Question (Again) 3. Melancholia in the Maghrib: Mother/Daughter Plots 4. Heterotopias: Re-Imagining Home 5. Border Crossings, Translations

July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41583-5: £75.00

The book examines the traditional role of women in Japan, showing that although many people feel that women should retain their traditional roles there is nonetheless a flourishing feminist movement. It examines the development of the feminist movement to date and compares it with feminist movements in other Asian countries.

Arab, Muslim, Woman

This groundbreaking book analyzes a wide range of literary and visual texts, many of which have not received treatment elsewhere, and promotes an emergent canon of women’s writing and film.

Exploring the relationship between gender, religion and political action in Indonesia, this book examines the patterns of gender orders that have prevailed in recent history.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Multiple Pasts: AIDWA and the Indian Post-Independence Women’s Movement 2. Gender and Socialist Ideology in the Nineties 3. Activist Research, Political Knowledge 4. Time and Money in Neoliberalism: The Building Blocks of Women’s Political Organization 5. In Solidarity: AIDWA’s Transnational Translation. Conclusion

Jackie Turton, University of Essex, UK

Series: Transformations

Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

This book brings together scholars working in the fields of history, the social sciences and gender studies to address the fundamental theoretical and historical questions of gender, nation and state in Japan.

August 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37648-8: £65.00

NEW

Lindsey Moore, University of Lancaster, UK

Kathryn Robinson, Australian National University

This international collection of edited interdisciplinary papers analyzes what is currently known about gendered risks, and identifies some new directions and challenges for research and theory.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Putting Child Sexual Abuse into Context 3. The Professionals 4. The Child Victim 5. The Female Offender 6. The Last Word December 2007: 6x9: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-36505-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01609-1

September 2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-904385-78-3: £70.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

May 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40416-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92772-4

www.routledge.com/sociology

GENDER

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Theorizing Sexual Violence

Gendering Global Transformations

Global Empowerment of Women

Edited by Renee Heberle, University of Toledo, USA and Victoria Grace, University of Canterbury, New Zealand

Gender, Culture, Race, and Identity

Responses to Globalization and Politicized Religions

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Examining sexual violence, the authors of this volume take up questions about the relationship between sex, sexuality and violence to better understand the terms on which women’s sexual suffering is perpetuated, thereby undermining her capacity for personhood and autonomy. March 2009: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96133-2: £60.00

NEW

A Philosophical Investigation of Rape Louise du Toit, University of Johannesburg, South Africa Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society In this book du Toit examines the phenomenon of rape using a feminist philosophical discourse concerning women’s subjectivity and selfhood. She offers a critical feminist perspective on the widely debated topic of transitional justice and forgiveness. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Feminism and the Ethics of Reconciliation 2. The Impossibility of Rape 3. The Possibility of Rape 4. Enigmatic Woman Facilitates Man’s Becoming 5. What if the Object Started to Speak? 6. Towards Female Subjectivity August 2008: 6x9: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-99029-5: £60.00

NEW

Womanism, Literature, and the Transformation of the Black Community, 1965–1980 Kalenda C. Eaton, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA Series: Studies in African American History and Culture This book examines how cultural and ideological reactions to activism in the post-civil rights Black community were depicted in fiction written by Black women writers between 1965-1980.

Edited by Chima J. Korieh, Rowan University, USA and Philomina E Okeke-Ihejirika, University of Alberta, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society

The volume draws from a wide range of disciplines – history, sociology, anthropology, gender studies and feminist studies – to present critical perspectives on the contestations and dialogue between global and local forces within and across disciplines as they relate to gender.

Through an examination of case studies in twenty countries, this volume probes the meanings of women’s empowerment in the context of local conflicts around power, culture and violence, and initiatives from national and global levels.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Revisiting Gender, Culture, Race, and Identity in a Globalizing World Chima Korieh and Philomina Okeke Part 1: Organizing and Resistance. Gender Transformations in War and Peace Aisha Fofana Ibrahim. Building Solidarities for Human Rights: Diasporic Women as Agents of Transformation Faye V. Harrison. Women Playing Themselves Talia Shay. Resolution 1325: A Milestone Lost in Space?: The Implementation on Transitional Justice and Uganda Iuris Christina Binder; Karin Lukas; Romana Schweiger. Wangari Maathai: Nobel Laureate, Environmentalist and Her Engagement with the State of Kenya Eudora Chikwendu Part 2: Gendering Processes in Transition. Discourses on Race and Gender in South Africa’s Transition Process: A Challenging Liaison Beatrix Schwarzer. Transformations in Marriage, Gender, and Class System Resulting from the Atlantic Trades and Colonialism in the Bight of Biafra J. Akuma-Kalu Njoku. Cookbooks, Cuisine, Nationalisms: A Comparative Study of National Cuisine, Nation Building and Gender Formation in Africa and in the United States Patricia E. Clark. Feminism, Womanism, Naming, and Misnaming: Inscribing Black Women’s Struggles into African Cultural Context Hannah Chukwu. Civilizing the Savages: Towards a Cross-Cultural Dialogue on Human Rights and Reproductive Self-Determination for Women in Developing Countries Obijiofor Aginam. Gender and Higher Education in Africa: For Whose Benefit Philomina Okeke-Ihejirika. Unmasking the Macho Male: Masculinity and the U.S. Media in the Caribbean Jerome Teelucksingh Part 4: Spirit and Agency from the Subaltern. Soothing the Wounds of the Nation: Oromo Women Performing Ateetee in Exile Martha Kuwee Kumsa. Understanding Spirituality and Models of Black Women’s Creative Endeavors as Source of Empowerment Hannah Chukwu. Wicked Women and Femmes Fatales: Gender, Power and Pomba Gira in Brazil Kelly E. Hayes. Understanding Each Others’ Oppressions’: Multiple Diasporas Ursula Troche. Conclusion June 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96325-1: £60.00

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Selected Contents: Introduction: Markets, Communities and Empowerment Carolyn M. Elliott Part 1: Globalization and Neoliberal Governance 1. Competing Empowerments: Gender and Neoliberal Punishment in the East and West Lynne Haney 2. Biology and Destiny: Women, Work, Birthrates and Assisted Reproductive Technologies Wendy Chavkin 3. SocioEconomic Transformation under Globalization: The Case of Nepalese Women Meena Acharya 4. Epowerment of Women Migrant Factory Workers in South China: Opportunities and Contradictions Esther Ngan-ling Chow 5. Transnational Domestication: Indonesian Domestic Workers in Saudi Arabia Rachel Silvey 6. Domains of Empowerment: Women in Micro-Credit Groups Negotiating with Multiple Patriarchies Lakshmi Lingam 7. Gender, Nation and the Dilemmas of Citizenship: The Case of the Marriage Acts of Trinidad and Tobago Rhoda Reddock Part 2: Politicized Religions and Citizenship 8. Constructing the Female Muslim Citizen: Law as a Site of Struggle for Inclusion and Exclusion M.L.P. (Titia) Loenen 9. Shar’iah Activism in Nigeria in the Era of the New Hudud Laws Margot Badran Part 3: Gender Violence and Masculinities 10. Sexual Violence Against Women and the Experience of Truth Commissions Julissa Mantilla Falcon 11. Rape, Trauma and Meaning Nicola Gavey 12. The Land of Real Men and Real Women: Gender and EU Accession in Three Polish Weeklies Agnieszka Graff 13. Understanding Masculinities, Empowering Women: What Have Boys in Ghana Got to Do with it? Akosua Adomako Ampofo and John Boateng 14. The Truth Will Set Us Free: Religion, Violence and Women’s Empowerment in Latin America Monica Maher Part 4: Sexual Autonomy and Global Politics 15. Women, Culture and HIV/AIDS in Sub-Saharan Africa: What Does the Empowerment Discourse Leave Out? Kawango Agot 16. Age of Consent Law and Moral Order: The Criminalization of Youth Sexual Relationships in Uganda Shanti A. Parikh 17. Hijacking Global Feminism: Feminists, the Catholic Church and Family Planning Debacle in Peru Christina Ewig November 2007: 6x9: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-95545-4: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93375-6

November 2007: 6x9: 122pp Hb: 978-0-415-96129-5: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93590-3

for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Carolyn M. Elliott, University of Vermont, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GENDER

NEW

Global Perspectives on Gender Equality

Binding Men

Democratisation and Gender in Contemporary Russia

Nineteenth Century Criminal Cases and the Policing of Masculinity

Reversing the Gaze Edited by Naila Kabeer, University of Sussex, UK, Agneta Stark, Dalarna University, Sweden and Edda Magnus, Permanent Mission of Iceland, Switzerland Series: Routledge/UNRISD Research in Gender and Development The Nordic countries have long been seen as pioneers in promoting gender equality. This book brings together scholars from the global South and post-socialist economies to explore, from a comparative perspective, the vision, values, policies, mechanisms and political processes that help to explain Nordic achievements on gender equality. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Reversing the Gaze 2. The Transition to Mass Literacy: Comparative Insights from Sweden and Pakistan 3. Gender and the Family in Public Policy: A Comparative View of Argentina and Sweden 4. Maternalist Politics in Norway and the Islamic Republic of Iran 5. Challenging the Male Norm of Employment: Evidence from Sweden, Norway and Hungary 6. Sexual Politics and Social Policy: The Swedish Experience Reviewed 7. ’Women are Like Boats’: Discourse, Policy and Collective Action in Sweden and India 8. Quotas and Interest Representation: South Africa and Sweden in Comparative Perspective 9. What’s in that Little Book?: The Nordic Roadmap Toward Evidence-Based Gender Policies in Africa 10. Institutionalizing Equality: How to Put Gender Issues at the Centre in Mexico and in Sweden 11. Don’t Disturb the Men: A Viable Gender Strategy? 12. Passion, Pragmatism and the Politics of Advocacy: The Nordic Experience through a ’Gender and Development’ Lens December 2007: 6x9: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-96349-7: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93838-6

Lois Bibbings, Unversity of Bristol, UK Investigating nineteenth century notions of masculinity, this book examines a number of criminal cases, focusing upon theoretical themes relating to masculinity and the state. Drawing upon a variety of sources, it unpicks the narratives of masculinity the selected cases tell. Selected Contents: Masculinity, Law and History. Masticating the Male: A Recipe for Masculinity. MaryAnnes and Mollies: The Carnivalesque, Camp and CrossDressing. Manly Diversions, Debauchery and Disorder. Man as Master: The Realm of the Family. Robbery and Reputation: Blackmail. The Medical Man. Conclusion November 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-904385-41-7: £70.00

NEW

Choice and Consent Feminist Engagements with Law and Subjectivity Edited by Rosemary Hunter, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK and Sharon Cowan, University of Edinburgh, UK This current and timely volume presents new thinking and new directions in feminist legal scholarship. Rethinking key concepts in legal feminism, Cowan and Hunter provide a unique examination of key socio-legal concepts in law, jurisprudence and legal and political theory.

Women’s Struggles for Post-War Justice and Reconciliation

Written by an international cast of contributors, offering different cultural perspectives as well as doctrinal and theoretical knowledge, this collection of essays presents a dialogue between different feminist positions and approaches to a common theme.

Donna Pankhurst, University of Bradford, UK

It addresses a range of questions, including:

Series: Routledge/UNRISD Research in Gender and Development This volume focuses on the efforts made by women (and those made on their behalf) to hold to account those who committed crimes against them during times of war and conflict.

•Can ’consent’ be rethought and infused with different meanings in a post-liberal feminist politics?

NEW

Gendered Peace

Selected Contents: Foreword Thandika Mkandawire 1. Introduction Donna Pankhurst 2. Gendering International Justice Martha Walsh 3. Truth and Reconciliation Commissions and Gender Justice Alessandra Dal Secco 4. ’Your Justice is too Slow’: Will the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda Fail Rwanda’s Rape Victims? Binaifer Nowrojee 5. Gender Injustice and the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission Rashida Manjoo 6. The Politics of Gender and Reconstruction in Afghanistan: Old Dilemmas or New Challenges? Deniz Kandiyoti 7. The Chittagong Hill Tracts (CHT) Accord and After Meghna Guhathakurta 8. Marrying Your Rapist Jelke Boesten 9. Joining Forces for Democratic Governance Ilja A. Luciak 10. Rada Drezgic Dubravka Zarkov, Gendered War, Gendered Peace Tanja Djuric-Kuzmanovic 11. Post-War Backlash Violence Against Women Donna Pankhurst

•Can the concepts of ’choice’ and ’consent’ have consistent meanings and functions between different areas of law, or whether they prove to be highly contingent when viewed across the broad field of law. Exploring the deeply gendered concepts of ‘choice’ and ‘consent’ and examining the philosophical and jurisprudential issues surrounding them as well as how ‘choice’ and ‘consent’ operate in particular areas of law, including criminal law, medical law, constitutional law, employment law, family law and civil procedure, this volume is a key resource for postgraduate law students studying jurisprudence.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Patterns of Civic Activity in Soviet and Post-Soviet Russia 3. Gender in Socio-Political Activity: Power, Participation and Agency 4. Action and Affective Ties: Identity Formation of the Centre for Women’s History and Gender Studies 5. The Weakness of Collective Identity: Trade Union of Health Care Workers 6. Redefining Citizenship: Views of the Authorities 7. Collaboration and Contestation: Views of the Activists 8. Conclusion May 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44112-4: £75.00

BACKLIST Age Matters Re-Aligning Feminist Thinking Toni M. Calasanti and Kathleen F. Slevin 2006: 6x9: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-95223-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95224-8: £21.99

Anna Julia Cooper, Visionary Black Feminist A Critical Introduction Vivian M. May February 2007: 6x9: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-95642-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95643-7: £16.99

Beyond Bad Girls Gender, Violence and Hype Meda Chesney-Lind and Katherine Irwin August 2007: 6x9: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-94827-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94828-9: £13.99

Cultures of Masculinity Tim Edwards 2005: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-28480-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28481-3: £23.99

The Resilience of Patriarchy in a Changing World Vidyamali Samarasinghe Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place

October 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95648-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93913-0

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

August 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-29668-7: £75.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies This book examines civic activism, democratisation and gender in contemporary Russian society. It explores the role of state institutions in the development of democratic civic life, showing how, under the increasingly authoritarian Putin regime and its policy of managed democracy, independent civic activism is both thriving yet simultaneously constrained.

Female Sex Trafficking in Asia

December 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-904385-85-1: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

Suvi Salmenniemi, University of Helsinki, Finland

www.routledge.com/sociology

GENDER

Gender and Landscape

Different Wavelengths

The End of Gender

Renegotiating the Moral Landscape

Studies of the Contemporary Women’s Movement

A Psychological Autopsy

Edited by Josephine Carubia, Lorraine Dowler and Bonj Szczygiel

Edited by Jo Reger

Shari L. Thurer

2005: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-94878-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94879-1: £19.99

2005: 6x9: 242pp Hb: 978-0-415-92770-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-92771-0: £16.99

Gender and the Military

The Womanist Reader

Women in the Armed Forces of Western Democracies

The First Quarter Century of Womanist Thought

Helena Carreiras

Layli Phillips

Series: Cass Military Studies

2006: 6x9: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95410-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95411-2: £22.99

Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place 2005: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-33949-0: £95.00

Gender and Crime over the Life Course A Follow-Up of Serious Adolescent Offenders

2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-38358-5: £75.00

Peggy C. Giordano and Stephen A. Cernkovich 2005: 6x9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-94876-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94877-7: £12.99

Transforming Masculinities

Female Homosexuality in the Middle East

Men, Cultures, Bodies, Power, Sex and Love Vic Seidler

Histories and Representations

Gender Talk

Samar Habib

Feminism, Discourse and Conversation Analysis

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society

Susan A. Speer Series: Women and Psychology

July 2007: 6x9: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-95673-4: £60.00

2005: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-24643-9: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24644-6: £17.50

Men and Masculinities

TEXTBOOK

When Sex Became Gender Shira Tarrant

Critical Concepts in Sociology 2ND EDITION

Edited by Stephen Whitehead

Managing the Monstrous Feminine

Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology

Regulating the Reproductive Body

2006: 234x156: 2160pp Hb: 978-0-415-36882-7: £725.00

Series: Women and Psychology

2005: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-37073-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37074-5: £24.99

2006: 6x9: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95346-7: £71.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95347-4: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Women, Clubs and Associations in Britian

2005: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-32810-4: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32811-1: £15.95

Laboring On

The Capacity to Care

Wendy Simonds, Barbara Katz Rothman and Bari Meltzer Norman

Gender and Ethical Subjectivity

Series: Perspectives on Gender

March 2006: 234x156 Pb: 978-0-415-36867-4: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Wendy Hollway

2006: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-94662-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94663-6: £16.99

Women’s Mental Health

Birth in Transition in the United States

Series: Women and Psychology

A Comprehensive Textbook

2006: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-39967-8: £45.95 Pb: 978-0-415-39968-5: £14.95

Edited by Susan G. Kornstein and Anita H. Clayton

Disposable Women and Other Myths of Global Capitalism

TEXTBOOK

Melissa W. Wright, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Global Lockdown

Series: Perspectives on Gender

Race, Gender, and the Prison-Industrial Complex

2006: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95144-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95145-6: £18.99

Edited by Julia Sudbury

Gender A Sociological Reader

TEXTBOOK

Sexual Justice / Cultural Justice

Victims, Gender, and Emotions in Organization and Community Context

Critical Perspectives in Political Theory and Practice

Patricia Yancey Martin

Edited by Barbara Arneil, Monique Deveaux, Rita Dhamoon and Avigail Eisenberg

Series: Perspectives on Gender

Series: Routledge Student Readers 2001: 246x174: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-20180-3: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2005: 6x9: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-92774-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-92775-8: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2006: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-77092-7: £70.00

Edited by Stevi Jackson, University of York, UK and Sue Scott, Keele University, UK

Rape Work

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

2002: 178X254: 638pp Hb: 978-1-57230-699-8: £54.00 Pb: 978-1-59385-144-6: £25.00

TEXTBOOK

2005: 6x9: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95056-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95057-2: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

for e-mail updates in your field

David Doughan and Peter Gordon

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

RACE AND ETHNICITY

TEXTBOOK

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Whiteness

Anything But Racism

Black Sexual Politics

An Introduction

How Social Scientists Limit the Significance of Racism

African Americans, Gender, and the New Racism

Eduardo Bonilla-Silva, Texas A&M University, USA, Gianpaolo Baiocchi, University of Pittsburgh, USA and Hayword Horton, State University of New York, Albany, USA

In Black Sexual Politics, one of America’s most influential writers on race and gender explores how images of black sexuality have been used to maintain the colour line and how they threaten to spread a new brand of racism around the world today.

Steve Garner, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK What is whiteness? Why is it worth using as a tool in the social sciences? Making sociological sense of the idea of whiteness, this book skilfully argues how this concept can help readers understand contemporary societies. If one of sociology’s objectives is to make the familiar unfamiliar in order to gain heightened understanding, then whiteness offers a perfect opportunity to do so. Leaning firstly on the North American corpus, this key book critically engages with writings on the formation of white identities in Britain, Ireland and the Americas, using multidisciplinary sources. Empirical work done in the UK, including the author’s own, is developed in order to suggest how whiteness functions in Britain. Bringing an emphasis on empirical work to a heavily theorized area, this important text synthesizes and reviews existing work, incorporates multidisciplinary sources of interest to those outside the sociology sphere, and features concise chapters which will engage undergraduates. Garner deftly argues that whiteness is a multifaceted, contingent and fluid identity, and that it must be incorporated into any contemporary understandings of racism as a system of power relationships in both its local and global forms. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Whiteness as Terror and Supremacy 2. Whiteness as a Kind of Absence 3. Whiteness as Values, Norms and Cultural Capital 4. Whiteness as Contingent Hierarchies 5. Whiteness in the Caribbean and Latin America 6. Whiteness at the Margins 7. How the Irish Became White (Again) 8. Asylumgration: The Others Blur 9. Racial Purity, Integration and the Idea of Home. Conclusion: In Defence of the Whiteness Problematic August 2007: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40363-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40364-1: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Here the authors of this landmark book challenge the assumption that race is declining in its significance as an indicator of economic, political and social conditions. Anything But Racism sets the record straight by providing a comprehensive approach to understanding race and research, including areas such as: social theory, survey research, ethnography, demography, statistics and finding results. December 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-94680-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94681-0: £13.99

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION 2ND EDITION

Black Feminist Thought Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment Patricia Hill Collins Series: Routledge Classics In Black Feminist Thought, originally published in 1990, Patricia Hill Collins explores the words and ideas of black feminist intellectuals and writers. She provides an interpretive framework for the work of a range of prominent thinkers and draws from fiction, poetry, music and oral history, to provide a superbly crafted and revolutionary book that gave the first synthetic overview of black feminist thought and its canon.

Patricia Hill Collins

2004: 6x9: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-93099-4: £16.99 Pb: 978-0-415-95150-0: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Encyclopedia of Race and Ethnic Studies, Revised Edition Edited by Ellis Cashmore, Staffordshire University, UK This is the paperback edition of a globally recognized sourcebook on race and ethnic relations. It has been assembled by a world-class team of international scholars led by Ellis Cashmore to provide an authoritative, single-volume reference work on all aspects of race and ethnic studies. From Aboriginal Australians to xenophobia, Nelson Mandela to Richard Wagner, sexuality to racial profiling, this Encyclopedia is organized alphabetically and reflects cultural diversity in a global context. The entries range from succinct 400 word definitions to in-depth 2000 word essays to provide comprehensive coverage of: •all the key terms, concepts and debates •important figures, both historical and contemporary •landmark cases

Selected Contents: Preface to the First Edition. Preface to the Second Edition. Acknowledgements Part 1: The Social Construction of Black Feminist Thought 1. The Politics of Black Feminist Thought 2. Distinguishing Features of Black Feminist Thought Part 2: Core Themes in Black Feminist Thought 3. Work, Family and Black Women’s Oppression 4. Mammies, Matriarchs and Other Controlling Images 5. The Power of Self-Definition 6. The Sexual Politics of Black Womanhood 7. Black Women’s Love Relationships 8. Black Women and Motherhood 9. Rethinking Black Women’s Activism Part 3: Black Feminism, Knowledge and Power 10. US Black Feminism in Transnational Context 11. Black Feminist Epistemology 12. Toward a Politics of Empowerment

•historical events.

September 2008: 5x8: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-96472-2: £12.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: Aboriginal Australians. African Americans. Ali, Muhammad. Antislavery. Asylum Seeker. Beauty. Bigotry. Consumption. Cultural Identity. Ethnic Cleansing. Ethnocentrism. Ethnocide. Frantz Fanon. Globalization. Homelessness. Human Rights. Institutional Racism. Intelligence. Islamophobia. Michael Jackson. Michael Jordan. The Stephen Lawrence Case. Masculinity. Minority Language Rights. Motown. Multiculturalism. Negrophilia. Oklahoma Bombing. Racial Profiling. Reparations. Representations. Riots. September 11 2001. Sexuality. Social Exclusion. Social Work. Transracial Adoption. United Nations. Welfare. Whiteness

Although unafraid to engage with cutting-edge theory, it is uncluttered by jargon and has been written in a lucid, ’facts-fronted’ style to provide an accessible introduction to race and ethnic studies. Including a new introduction and fully crossreferenced index with most entries followed by annotated up-to-date suggestions for further reading to guide the user to the key sources, the book is already established as the authoritative sourcebook used by students, scholars, lawyers, journalists, members of the caring professions and many other groups involved in race and ethnic affairs.

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

February 2008: 246x174: 520pp Pb: 978-0-415-44714-0: £28.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

RACE AND ETHNICITY

NEW

How the Irish Became White

Intersectionality and Beyond

Multicultural Horizons

Noel Ignatiev

Law, Power and the Politics of Location

Diversity and the Limits of the Civil Nation

Series: Routledge Classics

Edited by Emily Grabham, University of Kent, UK, Davina Cooper, University of Kent, UK, Jane Krishnadas, University of Keele, UK and Didi Herman, University of Kent, UK

Anne-Marie Fortier, University of Lancaster, UK

The Irish came to America in the eighteenth century, fleeing a homeland under foreign occupation and a caste system that regarded them as the lowest form of humanity. In the new country – a land of opportunity – they found a very different form of social hierarchy, one that was based on the colour of a person’s skin. Noel Ignatiev’s 1995 book – the first published work of one of America’s leading and most controversial historians – tells the story of how the oppressed became the oppressors; how the new Irish immigrants achieved acceptance among an initially hostile population only by proving that they could be more brutal in their oppression of African Americans than the nativists. This is the story of How the Irish Became White. Selected Contents: Introduction to the Routledge Classics Edition. List of Illustrations. Acknowledgements. Introduction Part 1: Something in the Air Part 2: White Negroes and Smoked Irish Part 3: The Transubstantiation of an Irish Revolutionary Part 4: They Swung their Picks Part 5: The Tumultuous Republic Part 6: From Protestant Ascendancy to White Republic September 2008: 5x8: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-96309-1: £12.99

This collection addresses the present and the future of the concept of intersectionality within socio-legal studies. Including contributions from a range of international scholars, this book interrogates what has become a key organizing concept across a range of disciplines, most particularly law, political theory, and cultural studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Didi Herman and Jane Krishnadas Part 1: Mapping the Concept Leslie McCall. ‘The Complexity of Intersectionality’ Joanne Conaghan. ‘Intersectional Inequality and the Feminist Project in Law’ Part 2: Can Law be Intersectional? Matthew Weait. ‘Blackout: Race, Law and HIV’ Emily Grabham. ‘Intersectionality in Practice: Time and Maps in the Construction of Discrimination Cases’ Suzanne Goldberg. ‘Parallel Lives: A Critical Comparison of Women’s Rights and Lesbian Rights Jurisprudence’ – Helping Courts and Feminist Legal Writers to do Intersectionality Better Toni Williams. ‘Intersectionality in the Penalisation of Black and Aboriginal Women in Canada’ Doris Buss. ‘Representing Rape: Narratives of Gender and Community in International Law’ Part 3: Intersectionality at the Heart of Power Relations and the State Siobhan Mullally. ‘Theorising Intersectionality: Gender, Migration and Reproduction in Ireland’ Eilish Rooney. ‘Intersectionality in Theory and Place: Different Women and the Northern Ireland Equality Commission’ Jane Krishnadas. ‘From Recognition to Reflections: An Analysis of the Role of Rights in Constructing Identities’ Sherene Razack. ‘How is White Supremacy Embodied?: Sexualised Racial Violence at Abu Ghraib’ Eunjung Kim. ‘Undividable Bodies: Symbiotic Relationships between Marginalised Identities in Post-War Korea’ Kendall Thomas Part 4: Beyond Intersectionality. ’’If There is Such a Thing’: Race, Sex and the Politics of Enjoyment in the Killing State’ Momin Rahman. ‘Theorising Intersectionality: Understanding Equality, Identities, and Ontology’. Conclusion: Davina Cooper and Emily Grabham August 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43242-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43243-6: £27.99

Series: International Library of Sociology The intensity of feeling that multiculturalism invariably ignites is considered in this timely analysis of how the ‘New Britain’ of the twentyfirst century is variously re-imagined as multicultural. Introducing the concept of ‘multicultural intimacies’, Anne-Marie Fortier offers a new form of critical engagement with the cultural politics of multiculturalism. In the first study of its kind, Fortier considers the anxieties, desires, and issues that form representations of ‘multicultural Britain’ available in the British public domain. She investigates: •the significance of gender, sex, generations and kinship, as well as race and ethnicity, in debates about cultural difference •the consolidation of religion as a marker of absolute difference •‘moral racism’, the criteria for good citizenship and the limits of civility. This book presents a unique analysis of multiculturalism that draws on insights from critical race studies, feminist and queer studies, postcolonialism and psychoanalysis. Selected Contents: 1. Horizons of Intimacies 2. Pride, Shame and the Skin of Citizenship 3. ’Children of Multicultural Britain’: The Good, the Bad, the Uncanny 4. Loving thy Neighbour and the Politics of Interethnic Propinquity 5. How Does it Feel?: Feeling States and the Limits of the Civil Nation January 2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-39608-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39607-3: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93570-5

NEW

’Trouble City’ Korean-Black Conflict in Post-Insurrection Los Angeles Sung Hak Choi Series: Studies in Asian Americans This book explores the causes of Korean-Black conflict as well as the methods of containing and managing such conflict. Selected Contents: Part 1: Dissertation Overview 1. Introduction Part 2: Theory 2a. Critique of Middleman Minority Thesis 2b. Foucault: The Link between Surveillance and Power Part 3: Methodology 3. Towards a Holistic Approach to Field Reserach Part 4: Substantive Chapters 4. Surveillance in Jang’s Market 5. The Security Guards of Jang’s Market 6. Moral and Normative Classification in Jang’s Market 7. Violent Retribution in Jang’s Market: The Etiology of ’Righteous Slaughter’ 8. Methods of Escape: The Economy of ViceDrinking, Gambling, and Fantasizing in South Central Los Angeles Part 5: Conclusion 9. Dissertation. Conclusion

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

December 2007: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-97658-9: £50.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

RACE AND ETHNICITY

NEW

FORTHCOMING

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Race, Ethnicity and Social Theory

Keeping Faith

Race and Ethnicity

Theorizing the Other

Philosophy and Race in America

John Solomos, City University, London, UK

Cornel West

Along with many other disciplines, race and ethnicity studies has had its theoretical agenda questioned over recent years. In Race, Ethnicity and Social Theory John Solomos introduces the reader to the key issues and contemporary debates that surround our understanding of race.

Series: Routledge Classics

The Key Concepts Amy Ansell, Bard College, New York, USA and John Solomos, City University, London, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides Exploring race and ethnicity within its historical and intellectual context, this much needed guide focuses on three important conceptual areas: classical and contemporary theories of race and ethnicity; the body as an object of racial discourse and biological approaches to the question of race. Including over 150 definitions and discussions of key terms and ideas, each entry introduces students to its various meanings and the way it is currently, and has historically been used. The authors reference conceptual themes of caste, pluralism and tribalism with a strong socio-cultural emphasis which cover: •colonialism

By analyzing underlying themes from the major theoretical texts on ethnicity and difference, this book explores the controversies and anxieties which exist in current social theories of race. It suggests the importance of rethinking our approach to questions about race and ethnicity in an age where political and social identities are becoming ever more complex and plural. The book thoroughly reconsiders race, identity, cultural and social change, and explores what is necessary to construct a politics based on plurality and multiculturalism. Key chapters include:

•globalization

•race and racism

•modernity

•anti-semitism, racism and modernity

•fundamentalism

•race, difference and identity

•identity

•feminism, race and cultural politics

•transculturation. Fully cross-referenced and with suggestions for further reading, this is the ideal resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students of race, ethnicity and nationalism. It will also be of great interest for those studying sociology, anthropology and politics. November 2008: 216x138: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33794-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33795-3: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-44823-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

•nationalisms and racisms •race and ethnicity in a changing world. Selected Contents: Introduction: From Race Relations to Identity Politics 1. Race, Ethnicity and Social Theory 2. Race and Racism 3. Anti-Semitism, Racism and Modernity 4. Race, Difference and Identity 5. Feminism, Race and Cultural Politics 6. Nationalisms and Racisms 7. New Ethnicities, New Racisms 8. Race, Representation and the Politics of Plurality 9. Race and Ethnicity in a Changing World January 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85728-632-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-85728-633-5: £19.99

September 2008: 5x8: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-96481-4: £11.99

Racial Discrimination Institutional Patterns and Politics

Naming Race, Naming Racism

NEW

Edited by Jonathan Judaken, University of Memphis, USA

Governance in Ethnically Mixed Cities

May 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45161-1: £65.00

Selected Contents: Preface: The Difficulty of Keeping Faith. Cultural Criticism and Race 1. The New Cultural Politics of Difference 2. Black Critics and the Pitfalls of Canon Formation 3. A Note on Race and Architecture 4. Horace Pippin’s Challenge to Art Criticism 5. The Dilemma of the Black Intellectual. Philosophy and Political Engagement 6. Theory, Pragmatisms and Politics 7. Pragmatism and the Sense of the Tragic 8. The Historicist Turn in Philosophy of Religion 9. The Limits of Neopragmatism 10. On Georg Lukacs 11. Fredric Jameson’s American Marxism. Law and Culture 12. Reassessing the Critical Legal Studies Movement 13. Critical Legal Studies and a Liberal Critic 14. Charles Taylor and the Critical Legal Studies Movement 15. The Role of Law in Progressive Politics. Explaining Race 16. Race and Social Theory 17. The Paradox of the African American Rebellion

NEW

This book surveys differing historical contexts from the era of scientific racism in the nineteenth-century to the post-racial racism of the post 9/11 period, and from Europe to the United States, to understand how racism has been articulated in differing situations.

Keeping Faith is a rich, moving and deeply personal collection of essays from one of the leading African American intellectuals of our age. Drawing upon the traditions of Western philosophy and modernity, Cornel West critiques structures of power and oppression as they operate within American society and provides a way of thinking about human dignity and difference afresh.

Edited by Sherrill Stroschein, University College London, UK This collection of original essays breaks new ground by examining the dynamics of ethnic politics at the local level, rather than following in the footsteps of many previous studies which focus on the macropolitical level of states and nations.

Masoud Kamali, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Routledge Research in Race and Ethnicity This multidisciplinary book identifies and analyzes the variety of practices that make up the complex phenomena of racism and xenophobia. In systematically investigating and analyzing these problems, Kalami contributes to a deeper understanding of the forces underlying xenophobia and racism and to generating more effective antiracial and integrative policy-making. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Modernization, Social Theory and the Duality of ‘Us-and-Them’ 2. Institutional Otherization, Migration and Racism 3. The Uprising of Xenophobic Populist Parties and Reinforcement of Structural/Institutional Discrimination in Europe 4. Voices of Immigrants in Europe 5. Institutional Patterns of ‘Racial’ Discrimination 6. The Politics of Racism and Xenophobia 7. The European Dilemma Revitalized 8. Strategies and Remedies for Combating Racism and Discrimination. Conclusion

December 2007: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-45126-0: £70.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

September 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-98987-9: £60.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

RACE AND ETHNICITY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

BACKLIST

African Minorities in the New World

Making Sense of Race, Class, and Gender

Edited by Toyin Falola, University of Texas at Austin, USA and Niyi Afolabi, University of Massachusetts-Amherst, USA Series: African Studies This book discusses the minority status of African immigrants in the New World by revisiting the concept of a ’new’ African diaspora and its multiple implications for citizenship and immigration policy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Voluntarily Singing the Lord’s Song… Part 1: Negotiating Citizenship and Cultural Identities 2. Nationalist Myth-Making, Cultural Identity and Nation Building: African Minorities in the U.S. and Latin America 3. African Immigrants’ Experiences in Urban America: Religion and the Construction of Social Identity in St. Louis 4. Ethnography of Religion and Spirituality Among St. Louisan African Immigrants 5. ‘Born in the USA’: Dislocation, Disrupted Kinship Networks, and the Transformative Power of Music and Dance in African Immigrant Baby Naming Ceremonies 6. A Viagem da Minha Vida/The Voyage of My Life: Identity Formation and Resettlement Among Angolan Women of Color in Toronto Part 2: African Refugees and Policy Implications 7. The Making of a Modern Diaspora: The Resettlement Process of the Somali Bantu Refugees in the United States 8. Voluntary TransAtlantic Migration: The Nigerians’ Attitudes to the American Visa Lottery 9. Managing the Migration of Health-Care Workers Toward the Transfer of Knowledge, Skill and Professionalism 10. African Immigrants’ Families and the American Educational System. Conclusion: The New African Diaspora Waves: Shifting Diversity of American Culture September 2007: 6x9: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-96092-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93251-3

Celine-Marie Pascale

Rowena Robles

Minority within a Minority

2006: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-97632-9: £60.00

Black Francophone Immigrants and the Dynamics of Power and Resistance

2ND EDITION

Amal Ibrahim Madibbo

Black Wealth / White Wealth

Series: New Approaches in Sociology

A New Perspective on Racial Inequality Melvin Oliver and Thomas Shapiro

2006: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-97911-5: £65.00

2006: 6x9: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-95166-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95167-8: £16.99

TEXTBOOK

Race and Ethnicity Drugs in Black and White

Culture, Identity and Representation

African Americans and Drug Policy

Stephen Spencer

Jeanette Covington

Broad-ranging and comprehensive, this incisive new text examines the shifting meanings of 'race' and ethnicity. From Marxist views to post-colonialism, it investigates the attendant debates, issues and analyses within the context of global change.

August 2007: 6x9: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-95416-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95417-4: £18.99

TEXTBOOK

2006: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-35124-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35125-6: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Ethnicity and Everyday Life

Series: New Approaches in Sociology Combining discourse and comparative historical methods of analysis, this book explores how colonialists and anti-colonialists renegotiated transnational power relationships within the debates on decolonization in the United Nations from 1946–1960. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Kinship Politics and Space, Identity and International Community Prior to Legal Decolonization: The Problem and the Query 2. (Re)negotiating the Colonial Problematic: The UN Charter, the Emergence of Asia-Africa, and the AntiColonial Challenge to Kinship 3. The Limits of the AntiColonial Critique: Anti-Colonialists’ Visions and Divisions 4. Contending Perspectives?: The Overlap between Colonialist and Anti-Colonialist Narratives on Dependency and Sovereignty 5. Masculinity, Time and Brotherhood: Resolving the Colonial Problematic 6. Conclusion: Twentieth Century Transformations of Space, Identity and International Community. Appendix: Tables and Figures September 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-95856-1: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93505-7

February 2007: 198x129: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-37065-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37066-0: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Race, Gender, and the Politics of Skin Tone Margaret L. Hunter 2005: 6x9: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-94607-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94608-7: £16.99

Racial Attitudes and Asian Pacific Americans Demystifying the Model Minority

Health and Social Research in Multiethnic Societies

Karen Kurotsuchi Inkelas Series: Studies in Asian Americans

Edited by James Y. Nazroo

2006: 6x9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-97936-8: £65.00

2006: 246x174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-39365-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39366-9: £22.99

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Landscape and Race in the United States

Systemic Racism

Edited by Richard Schein

Joe Feagin

2006: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-94994-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94995-8: £19.99

2006: 6x9: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-95277-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95278-1: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

A Theory of Oppression

Racial Formation in the United States From the 1960s to the 1990s

After the Cosmopolitan?

Michael Omi and Howard Winant

Multicultural Cities and the Future of Racism

1994: 6x9: 240 Hb: 978-0-415-90904-4: £32.99 Pb: 978-0-415-90864-1: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Michael Keith

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2005: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-34168-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34169-1: £25.99

Vrushali Patil, Florida International University, USA

2006: Pb: 978-0-415-95537-9: £16.99 Hb: 978-0-415-95536-2: £70.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Series: Studies in Asian Americans

Mixing theories of the everyday with a range of case studies, this book explains the 'character' of ethnicity, from being a political tool of exclusion, to a source of meaning and solidarity, and the relationship between culture, power and identity.

Politics of Space, Identity, and International Community

The Dismantling of Affirmative Action at an Elite Public High School

Series: The New Sociology

Negotiating Decolonization in the United Nations

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Commonsense, Power, and Privilege in the United States

Christian Karner

NEW

for e-mail updates in your field

Asian Americans and the Shifting Politics of Race

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY

BACKLIST continued TEXTBOOK

Racist America

NEW

TEXTBOOK

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Families in Today’s World

Multiracial Families

A Comparative Approach

George Alan Yancey, University of North Texas, USA and Richard Lewis, Jr., University of Texas at San Antonio, USA

David Cheal, University of Winnepeg, Canada

Roots, Current Realities and Future Reparations Remaking America with Anti-Racist Strategies

This text provides comprehensive coverage of the major topics in the sociology of family life.

Joe R. Feagin 2001: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-92532-7: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The Geography of Malcolm X Black Radicalism and the Remaking of American Space James Tyner 2005: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95122-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95123-4: £16.99

Two-Faced Racism

Written in an easy access style it opens with a chapter on defining family and family structures. It then moves on to discuss over a dozen major topics; from interaction and meaning in families to sexuality. David Cheal provides coverage of these topics by drawing on a variety of international material. Most of the studies focus on contemporary family life but Cheal also presents information on historical changes which have shaped family life as it is known today. This book is an incredibly valuable teaching tool as it presents diversity in family patterns through thinking about family life from a global perspective.

Whites in the Backstage and Frontstage Leslie Picca and Joe Feagin April 2007: 6x9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-95475-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95476-1: £16.99

Selected Contents: 1. Defining Family and Family Structures 2. Interaction and Meaning in Families 3. Social Divisions 4. Social Change 5. Demographic Change 6. Family, Work and Money 7. Caring 8. Violence and Sexual Abuse 9. Family Formation 10. Parenting 11. Family Transformations 12. Kinship 13. Family and State 14. Sexuality

White Lives The Interplay of ’Race’, Class and Gender in Everyday Life

June 2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-35931-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35930-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00721-1 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Bridget Byrne 2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34711-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34712-9: £25.99

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Theories of Race & Racism

TEXTBOOK

A Reader

2ND EDITION

Edited by Les Back, Goldsmiths College, UK and John Solomos, City University, UK

American Families A Multicultural Reader Edited by Stephanie Coontz

1999: 246x174: 672pp Pb: 978-0-415-15672-1: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

In the past forty years, the ’nuclear family’ has all but disappeared from the American landscape, accounting for less than ten percent of all households. The new American family encompasses single-parent families, dual-career families, same-sex couples or heterosexual couples cohabitating outside of marriage, as well as a large number of singles, living by themselves.

Mixed Race Studies A Reader Edited by Jayne O'Ifekwunigwe 2004: 246x174: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-32164-8: £25.99

With its clear conceptual focus, well-chosen essays by leading names from across the curriculum and its comprehensive and teachable introduction, this book remains the best resource available on scholarship about families in America. March 2008: 7x10: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-95820-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95821-9: £28.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

NEW BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION 2ND EDITION

White Weddings Romancing Heterosexuality in Popular Culture Chrys Ingraham, Purchase College, New York This is a groundbreaking study of our culture’s obsession with weddings. By examining popular films, commercials, magazines, advertising, television sitcoms and even children’s toys, this book shows the pervasive influence of weddings in our culture and the important role they play in maintaining the romance of heterosexuality, the myth of white supremacy and the insatiable appetite of consumer capitalism. It examines how the economics and marketing of weddings have replaced the religious and moral view of marriage.

Selected Contents: Preface to the Second Edition 1. Lifting the Veil 2. The Wedding-Industrial Complex 3. Romancing the McBride: The White Wedding 4. Four Weddings and an Industry: Popular Film, Television and Internet Weddings 5. And They Lived Happily Ever After. Epilogue January 2008: 8x8: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-95194-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95133-3: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93102-8 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

The Media and Middle Class Moms Conrad Kottak and Lara Descartes Written by nationally recognized anthropologists Conrad Kottak and Lara Descartes, this ethnography of largely white, middle class families in a town in the midwest explores the role that the media play in influencing how those families cope with everyday work/family issues. September 2008: 8x8: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99308-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99309-8: £16.99

ORDER NOW!

July 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99033-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99034-9: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This second edition includes many new and updated features including: full coverage of the wedding industrial complex; gay marriage and its relationship to white weddings and heterosexuality and demographics shifts as to who is marrying whom and why, nationally and internationally.

Series: Routledge Student Readers

TEXTBOOK

A unique book offering both a scholarly overview and practical advice for its readers, this title allows students to gain a solid understanding of the research that has been generated on several important issues surrounding multiracial families, including intimate relations, family dynamics, transracial adoptions, and other topics of personal and scholarly interest.

www.routledge.com/sociology

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Researching Families and Communities

Intimate Fatherhood

Social and Generational Change

Esther Dermott, University of Bristol, UK

2ND EDITION

Families in Asia

A Sociological Analysis Fatherhood is gaining ever more attention, stimulated by the prominence of fathers’ rights groups and new social policies. This innovative and timely book analyzes contemporary fatherhood, men’s parenting behaviour and their rights and responsibilities.

Edited by Rosalind Edwards, London South Bank University, UK

Home and Kin Stella Quah, National University of Singapore This fully updated second edition provides a unique and comparative analysis of family trends in Asia by focusing on the most relevant and significant aspects of family, from the process of dating to the impact of economic development on homes and family life as they are experienced across Asia.

Series: Relationships and Resources Recent years have seen a concern with how family and community relationships have changed across the generations, whether for better or worse, and particularly how they have been affected by social and economic developments. But how can we think about and research the nature of the present in relation to the past

Selected Contents: 1. Studying Families in Asia 2. ’I do’, ’We do’: Forming and Extending Families 3. Parenthood Under Siege? 4. Age, Grandparents and Social Capital 5. From ’his Family, her Duty’ to ’their Family’: The Gender Issue 6. Conflict, Divorce and the Family Court 7. Home, Kin and the State in Family Change June 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45568-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45570-1: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

and vice versa?

Selected Contents: 1. Paradoxes of Contemporary Fatherhood 2. Fatherhood as Breadwinning 3. Fathering Activities and the Meaning of Time 4. Performing Emotion 5. Linking Fatherhood and Motherhood 6. Policy: Defining and Accommodating Fathers 7. Fragile Fathering 8. Discussion: Aspects of Intimacy May 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-42261-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42262-8: £21.99

An Inclusive Reader in US Women’s History

Researching Families and Communities: Social and Generational Change explores the concepts and perspectives that guide research and the methods used to explore change during the last half of the twentieth century and into the new millennium. It highlights the complexities of continuities alongside change, the importance of the perspectives that shape investigation, and the need to engage with situated data. This edited text includes contributions from experts in their field who:

Edited by Vicki L. Ruiz, University of California, USA

•address these overarching trends

Series: Routledge Advances in Middle East and Islamic Studies This book examines, in comparative perspective, the different ideals about family and society and how they have impacted on real family life across a number of countries in the Middle East.

NEW TEXTBOOK 4TH EDITION

Unequal Sisters

Unequal Sisters has become a beloved and classic reader in American women’s history. It provides an unparalleled resource for understanding women’s history in the United States today. This classic work, now in its fourth edition, has incorporated the feedback of end-users in the field, to make it the most user-friendly version to date.

•explore the possibilities and practice of secondary analysis or replication studies, as well as longitudinal large scale data sets •discuss varied aspects of family and community life, including sexuality, ethnicity, parenting resources, older people, intergenerational family life, solo living and many others. This book will appeal to academics and students interested in family and community across a range of social science disciplines, and to those in the social research field. April 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42711-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42712-8: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82811-3

November 2007: 7x10: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-95840-0: £69.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95841-7: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Between Sex and Power

Cohabitation, Family & Society

Family in the World 1900-2000

Tiziana Nazio, Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain

Gôran Therborn

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

2004: 234x156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-30077-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30075-0: £28.99

In addition to investigating the process of the diffusion of cohabitation in Europe, this fascinating book discusses its impact upon fundamental changes in the process of family formation. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Diffusion Proceses and Longitudinal Approach 3. The Diffusion Process of Cohabitation and Time 4. Socio-Demographic Factors and the Influence of Institutional Contexts 5. Research Design: Combining Micro and Macro in a Comparative Perspective 6. Living Independently, Marrying and the Diffusion of Cohabitation 7. Conclusions

NEW

Family in the Middle East Ideational Change in Egypt, Iran and Tunisia Edited by Kathryn Yount, Emory University, Atlanta, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction - Family Life and Ideational Change in Egypt, Iran, and Tunisia Part 2: Transnationalism, Nationalism, and New Family Ideals 1. Familism and Critical Arab Family Studies 2. International Feminism and the Women’s Movement in Egypt, 1904-1923: A Reappraisal of Categories and Legacies 3. From Birth Control to Family Planning: Population, Gender, and the Politics of Reproduction in Egypt 4. Family Law and Family Planning Policy in Pre- and Post-Revolutionary Iran 5. Family Law and Ideological Debates in Post-Colonial Tunisia Part 3: Continuity and Change in Daily Family Life 6. Rationales for Kin Marriages in Rural Upper Egypt 7. Social Change and Parent-Adolescent Dynamics in Egypt 8. Reprint: Family Power and Gender Preference in Minya, Egypt 9. Divorce and the Fate of the Family in Modern Century Egypt 10. The Family and Social Change in Post-Revolutionary Iran 11. From Sexual Submission to Voluntary Commitment: The Transformation of Family Ties in Contemporary Tunisia Part 4: Concluding Remarks Family Life and Ideational Change in Egypt, Iran, and Tunisia - Reconsidered July 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77486-4: £70.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

December 2007: 6x9: 246pp Hb: 978-0-415-36841-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02823-0

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY

Immigrant Families in Contemporary Society Edited by Jennifer E. Lansford, Duke University, USA, Kirby Deater-Deckard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA and Marc H. Bornstein, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, USA Series: Duke Series in Child Development and Public Policy This timely volume explores the complexities of immigrant family life in North America and analyzes the individual and contextual factors that influence health and well-being. June 2007: 6x9: 336pp Hb: 978-1-59385-403-4: £27.00

NEW

Marriage in Contemporary Japan Yoko Tokuhiro, formerly at the University of Hong Kong This book explores marriage in contemporary Japan, setting out the different perceptions and expectations of marriage and discussing how economic issues and the role of the family play important roles in marital behaviour. Selected Contents: 1. Perceptions and Expectations of Marriage 2. The Impact of Feminist Discourses on Marriage and Fertility 3. Male Gender Roles and Masculinity 4. Gender Roles: The Roles of Wife and Mother 5. Changes in Courtship Practices 6. Crossnational Comparisons 7. Conclusion

NEW

Disability, Mothers, and Organization

Changing Relationships

Accidental Activists

Edited by Malcolm Brynin, University of Essex, Colchester, UK and John Ermisch Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Using quantitative, state-of-the-art statistical analysis, in conjunction with a multi-disciplinary approach, the contributors to this volume address the contemporary state of, and dynamics in various types of relationships, linking these to key rites of passage such as leaving home, marriage and childbirth, and periods of rapid social change. Selected Contents: Part 1: Forming Relationships 1. Introduction: The Social Significance of Relationships John Ermisch and Malcolm Brynin 2. Living Apart Together John Ermisch and Thomas Siedler 3. Friendship and Families Michele Belot 4. Leaving Home Arnie Aassve and Maria Iacovou 5. Trends in Homogamy Malcolm Brynin and Marco Francesconi 6. Value Added in the Family Malcolm Brynin Part 2: Relationships and Social Welfare 7. Young Child-Parent Relationships John Ermisch 8. Adult Child-Parent Relationships John Ermisch 9. Gender Differences in Time Use Over the Life Course Man-Yee Kan, J. Gershuny and Almudena Sevilla 10. Residential Mobility, Mobility Preferences and WellBeing Mark Taylor and Lavinia Parisi 11. Job Instability and the Timing of Parenthood Emilia Del Bono 12. Unemployment and Partnership Dissolution Morten Blekesaune 13. Long-Term Consequences of Partnership Dissolution Stephen Jenkins July 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96523-1: £60.00

Melanie Panitch, Ryerson University, Canada

Realities Across the Developing World

Series: New Approaches in Sociology

G.K. Lieten, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This book examines children living in adverse conditions in Vietnam, India, Burkina Faso, Tanzania, Bolivia and Nicaragua. Here Lieten addresses the idea of children as self-conscious actors, highlighting issues of child agency, the structural constraints to that agency, and the consequences that this may have for child-centred development work. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Tradition and Child-Centred Approaches 2. Country Specific: Development Indicators, Child Conditions and Research Areas 3. Methodology 4. Leisure and Daily Life 5. School and Education 6. Child Labour 7. Ideas about Development: Problems and Priorities 8. Conclusions: Structural Constraints and Agency May 2008: 6x9: 172pp Hb: 978-0-415-98973-2: £60.00

BACKLIST Family Life and Youth Offending Home is Where the Hurt is Raymond Arthur Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology 2006: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40844-8: £80.00

Parenting for the State An Ethnographic Analysis of Non-Profit Foster Care Teresa Toguchi Swartz Series: New Approaches in Sociology 2005: 6x9: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-97261-1: £55.00

2005: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-33937-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33938-4: £24.99

Accidental Activists

Children, Structure and Agency

October 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-95850-9: £60.00

Sarah Irwin

Disability, Mothers, and Organization

NEW

Series: New Approaches in Sociology

Reshaping Social Life

NEW

June 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44110-0: £75.00

Melanie Panitch

This book highlights women’s role in the disability rights movement by exploring how mothers of disabled children are propelled into activist roles when they encounter policies and restrictions that interfere with their capacity to perform what they believe is expected of them to be good mothers. Selected Contents: 1. Accidental Activists and the Canadian Association for Community Living 2. Categories and Constructs: The Mothering Role and Activist Mothering 3. Founding the Organization 4. The Activist Mothers 5. The Campaign to Close Institutions 6. The Campaign to Secure Human Rights 7. Listening in Stereo to Activist Mothers 8. The Imprint of Activist Mothers October 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-95850-9: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93749-5

The Family and Individual Development D.W. Winnicott Preface by Martha Nussbaum Series: Routledge Classics 2006: 198x129: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-40277-4: £12.99

The Social Economy of Single Motherhood Raising Children in Rural America Margaret Nelson Series: Perspectives on Gender 2005: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-94777-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94778-7: £16.99

War on the Family

NEW

The Intimate State - Love-Marriage in Delhi Perveez Mody, King’s College, Cambridge, UK Series: Critical Asian Studies

Mothers in Prison and the Families they Leave Behind Renny Golden 2005: 6x9: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-94670-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94671-1: £16.99

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

March 2008: 250pp Hb: 978-0-415-44604-4: £50.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL POLICY

NEW

Prostitution, Politics & Policy

TEXTBOOK

Roger Matthews, London South Bank University, UK

2ND EDITION

Global Governance, Regional Integration and Social Policy

Prostitution has become an extremely topical issue in recent years and attention has focused both on the situation of female prostitutes and the adequacy of existing forms of regulation. Prostitution, Politics & Policy brings together the main debates and issues associated with prostitution to examine the range of policy options that are available. Selected Contents: 1. The Emergence of Prostitution as a Significant Social and Political Issue 2. Prostitution Myths 3. Routes into Prostitution 4. Prostitution and Victimisation 5. Leaving Prostitution 6. Regulating Prostitution: International Perspectives 7. Developing a Policy Response March 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45916-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45917-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93087-8

NEW

Social Justice A Reader Edited by Dragan Milovanovic, Northeastern Illinois University, USA Social Justice is the first book that comprehensively covers various conceptions of justice, both distributive and retributive. It covers pre-modern to late modern visions. The book is organized into five thematic sections and contains a wealth of case studies.

Edited by Bob Deacon, University of Sheffield, UK, Luke van Langenhove, United Nations University, Belgium and Nicola Yeates, The Open University, UK

Social Capital John Field, University of Stirling, UK Series: Key Ideas The term ‘social capital’ is a way of defining the intangible resources of community, shared values and trust upon which we draw in daily life. It has achieved considerable international currency across the social sciences through the very different work of Pierre Bourdieu in France and James Coleman and Robert Putnam in the United States, and has been widely taken up within politics and sociology as an explanation for the decline in social cohesion and community values in western societies. It has also been adopted by policy makers, particularly in international governmental bodies such as the World Bank. This fully revised second edition of Social Capital provides a thorough overview of the intense and fast-moving debate surrounding this subject. This clear and comprehensive introduction explains the theoretical underpinning of the subject, the empirical work that has been done to explore its operation, and the influence that it has had on public policy and practice. It includes guides to further reading and a list of the most important websites. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. From Metaphor to Concept 2. Networks in Use 3. A Walk on the Dark Side 4. Future Tense or Present Perfect?: Social Capital in a Changing World 5. Policy and Politics: Social Capital in the Real World. Conclusion

This edited collection includes extensive editorial commentary for each chapter. It focuses on both retributive justice principles (response to crime) and distributive justice principles (fair distributions of rewards and burdens). It includes: an overview of pre-modern, modern and late modern visions of social justice; various applications (procedural, actuarial, restorative, transitional and transformative justice); justice and legal struggles (gender, race, class); globalism and multiculturalism in relation to justice (indigenous, environmental, postcolonial, as well as issues of sustainability, international peacemaking); and lists of extensive case studies of international struggles for social justice.

April 2008: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43302-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43303-7: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93051-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: Part 1: Pre-Modern, Modern, and Postmodern Visions of Justice Part 2: Principles of Justice and their Application Part 3: Justice and Legal Struggles Part 4: Globalism, Multiculturalism, and Matters of Social Justice Part 5: International Struggles for Social Justice: Case Studies

Following the shifting demographics of the welfare rolls, policy debates about welfare, the institutional history and major turning points over the past seventy years, Welfare in the United States serves as the complete guide to the history of American welfare.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

NEW TEXTBOOK

Welfare in the United States A History with Documents, 1935-1996 Edited by Premilla Nadasen, Jennifer Middtelstadt and Marisa Chappell

October 2008: 6x9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-98978-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98979-4: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Focusing on transnational regionalism, this book examines the trajectory and crossing over of the three strands of scholarly analysis concerned with globalization and social policy, global social governance reform and regional integration studies June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45659-3: £70.00

NEW

Handbook of Quality of Life in the Enlarged European Union Edited by Jens Alber, Free University, Berlin, Germany, Tony Fahey, The Economic & Social Research Institute, Dublin, Ireland and Chiara Saraceno, University of Turin, Italy This is a comparative handbook and analysis of the social conditions and institutional contexts in the ’new’ and ’old’ member states of the enlarged EUtwenty-eight. Selected Contents: Editors’ Introduction: The New Member States Before and After Accession Part 1: Fertility, Families and Households 1. Fertility Patterns and Aspirations in Europe Tony Fahey 2. Patterns of Family Living in Europe Chiara Saraceno 3. Is There a Generational Cleavage in Europe?: Inter-Generational Patterns in the Perception of Pensions and Elderly Care Wolfgang Keck, Agnes Blome, and Jens Alber 4. Family Policies in the Enlarged European Union Thomas Bahle Part 2: Employment and Working Conditions 5. Employment Patterns in the Enlarged European Union Jens Alber 6. Working Conditions Claire Wallace and Florian Pichler 7. Regulation of Labour Markets in Europe Jelle Visser Part 3: Material Living Conditions 8. Poverty and Social Exclusion in an Enlarged Europe Christopher T. Whelan and Bertrand Maitre 9. Minimum Income Policies in Old and New Member States Bea Cantillon 10. Housing Conditions and their Perception: The Paradox of Housing Henryk Domanski 11. Housing Policies and Institutional Drivers of Housing Inequalities Michelle Norris Part 4: Social Capital and Social Cohesion 12. Patterns of Sociability in the Enlarged Europe Manuela Olagnero and Paola Torrioni 13. Feeling Left Out: Patterns of Social Integration and Exclusion Petra Böhnke 14. Conflicts and Threats to Social Cohesion in New and Old Member States Jan Delhey and Wolfgang Keck Part 5: Processes of Europeanization 15. Patterns of Cross-Border Migration Hubert Krieger 16. Where we Stand in Europe: An Europeanization of Reference Groups for Social Comparisons? Jan Delhey and Ulrich Kohler 17. Conclusions: Similarities and Differences of Living Conditions: Does Europe Grow Together? The Editors 18. Methodological Appendix: A Quality Assessment of Different European Surveys: Towards an Open Method of Coordination for Survey Data Ulrich Kohler November 2007: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-42467-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93630-6

September 2008: 246x174: 454pp Hb: 978-0-415-40837-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40838-7: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

SOCIAL POLICY

NEW

FORTHCOMING

BACKLIST

Participatory Action Research Approaches and Methods

The New Sociology of the Health Service

Connecting People, Participation and Place

Towards a Welfare State

Edited by Sara Kindon, Rachel Pain and Mike Kesby, University of St Andrews, UK

B. Rodgers

Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography This book examines the justification, theorization, practice and implications of Participatory Action Research approaches and methods in the social and environmental sciences. December 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40550-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93367-1

2005: 198x129: 96pp Hb: 978-0-415-38292-2: £110.00

Ageing Well Nutrition, Health, and Social Interventions Edited by Alan D. Dangour, Emily M.D. Grundy and Astrid E. Fletcher Series: Society for the Study of Human Biology May 2007: 6x9: 192pp Pb: 978-0-8493-7474-6: £54.99

NEW

Ageing in East Asia

Children, Place and Identity

Challenges and Policies for the Twenty-First Century

Nation and Locality in Middle Childhood

Edited by Tsung-hsi Fu, National Chung Cheng University, Taiwan and Rhidian Hughes, Commission for Social Care Inspection, UK Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia This book explores the causes and trends of population ageing in East Asia and discusses the challenges and impacts of population ageing on public policies. Selected Contents: 1. Ageing in East Asia: An Introduction 2. Perspectives on Aging in East Asia 3. Thailand 4. Malaysia 5. Singapore 6. Hong Kong 7. Taiwan 8. Japan 9. Korea 10. China 11. Concluding Discussion 12. Conclusion

Jonathan Scourfield, Bella Dicks, Mark Drakeford and Andrew Davies 2006: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-35126-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35127-0: £25.99

Community and Everyday Life Graham Day Series: The New Sociology 2006: 198x129: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-34073-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34074-8: £19.99

June 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45465-0: £80.00

Cross-National Research Methodology and Practice

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Linda Hantrais and Steen Mangen

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

March 2007: 246x174: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-41140-0: £60.00

Social Issues of Ageing This is a four-volume interdisciplinary collection on the social issues of aging. It strikes a balance between a social and public policy perspective on ageing, and broader sociological and socio-cultural debates within the field. Contributions illustrating ageing from a broad range of settings is a key aspect of the volumes.

Health service policy and health policy have changed considerably over the past fifteen years and there is a pressing need for an up-to-date sociological analysis of health policy. Not only have policies themselves changed but new policy themes – such as evidence-based policy and practice, an increasing focus on a primary care led health service, a growing recognition of the need to address inequalities through public health policies and a focus on the views and the voice of the user and the public– have emerged alongside some of the old. Following up the very successful The Sociology of the Health Service, this all-new volume covers a broad range of key contemporary health services issues. It includes chapters on consumerism, technology, evidence-based practice, public health, managerialism and social care among others, and incorporates references to new developments, such as regulation and incentivization, throughout. The New Sociology of the Health Service provides a vital new sociological framework for analyzing health policy and healthcare. It is an important read for all students and researchers of medical sociology and health policy. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Professionalism in Medicine 2. Managerialism in Health Care 3. Professional Relations in Primary Care 4. The Mixed Economy of Health Care 5. Pharmaceutical Industry 6. Evidence-Based Policy and Practice 7. Technology Implementation 8. Consumerism and Health Care 9. Non-Orthodox Care 10. Social Care 11. Inequalities and Public Health. Conclusion January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45597-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45598-5: £21.99

Fixing Families

Edited by Chris Phillipson

Edited by Jonathan Gabe, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and Michael Calnan, University of Bristol, UK

Parents, Power, and the Child Welfare System Jennifer A. Reich Series: Perspectives on Gender

TEXTBOOK

Sociology of Health & Illness Reader A Reader

2005: 6x9: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-94726-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94727-5: £19.99

Edited by Michael Bury and Jonathan Gabe, both at the University of London, UK Series: Routledge Student Readers

Selected Contents: Volume 1: Old Age from a Historical and Cultural Perspective Volume 2: Theoretical Perspectives on Social Ageing Volume 3: Family, Community and Social Relationships in Old Age Volume 4: Health and Social Policies on Ageing

Immigration Policy in Europe

January 2009: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-40151-7: £595.00

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41150-9: £75.00

The Politics of Control Edited by Virginie Guiraudon and Gallya Lahav

2003: 246x174: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-25756-5: £25.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2ND EDITION

Childhood Chris Jenks

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

2005: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-34166-0: £75.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Disabled People and the Right to Life

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

2ND EDITION

The Protection and Violation of Disabled People’s Most Basic Human Rights

Sociology and Health An Introduction for Health Practitioners

Edited by Luke Clements, Cardiff University, UK and Janet Read, University of Warwick, UK

Peter Morrall, University of Leeds, UK This lively, introductory text provides nurses with the foundations of a sociological understanding of health issues that they will find of great help in thinking about their work and the role of their profession. It explains the key sociological theories and debates with humour and imagination in a way that will encourage an inquisitive and reflective approach on the part of any student who engages with the text. With individual chapters covering imagination, health, science, power, professions, medicalization, inequality, sex, madness and death, Sociology and Health is organized so that the student moves from the main sociological perspectives through the key concepts underpinning nursing, to sociological approaches and themes which constantly recur in the experience of nursing. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Imagination 2. Health 3. Globalisation 4. Science 5. Power 6. Medicalisation 7. Inequality 8. Sex 9. Madness 10. Death. Conclusion July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41562-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41563-7: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The most basic of human rights, the right to life, is the focus of this book. ’Human rights’ has increasingly come to be seen as a significant framework, both to aid understanding of the experiences of those who face oppression, and to underpin social, legal and political measures to counter it. Disabled People and the Right to Life uses this framework to explore how disabled people’s right to life is understood in different national contexts and the ways in which they are – or are not – afforded protection under the law, emphasizing the social, cultural and historical forces and circumstances which have promoted disabled people’s right to life or legitimated its violation. Written by an international panel of contributors including individuals holding public office, academics from the fields of law, social policy, disability studies and bioethics as well as practitioners and activists attempting to further disabled people’s human rights, this truly interdisciplinary book will be of interest to students and researchers of disability, law, social policy and human rights.

Gail Landsman, University at Albany, SUNY, USA This ethnography by a noted anthropologist is a book about transformation, about the meanings mothers of ’imperfect’ children give to motherhood and disability in an age in which infants are commodified and technology seems to hold out the promise of ’perfect’ babies. In an era in which motherhood is achieved rather than ascribed (Ginsburg 1989), and specific traits of babies themselves increasingly appear to Americans in terms of choice, how do mothers of infants and toddlers with disabilities - the children few would actively choose - make sense of their motherhood? How do they interpret and negotiate the meaning of disability? How might their experience of nurturing a child who ’departs from what is understood to be species typical’ (Asch 1998:77) contribute to disability studies and disability activism, and to our understandings of how personhood is and could be - constructed in America? An ideal short book for teaching courses in anthropology, sociology, disability studies and women’s studies. Selected Contents: Prologue 1. Doing Everything Right: Choice, Control and Mother Blame 2. Diminished Motherhood 3: Mothers, Doctors and Developmental Delays: On Personhood and the Emplotment of Children’s Lives 4. The Child as Giver: Mothers’ Critique of the Commodification of Babies 5. Mothers, Models, and Disability Rights. Epilogue July 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-91788-9: £50.00 US $59.99 Pb: 978-0-415-91789-6: £50.00 US $20.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

January 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40713-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40714-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93345-9

TEXTBOOK

Reconstructing Motherhood and Disability in the Age of Perfect Babies

2ND EDITION

The Disability Studies Reader

NEW

Edited by Lennard J. Davis, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

The End of Stigma? Gill Green, University of Essex, UK

The Disability Studies Reader collects, for the first time, representative texts from the newly emerging field of disability studies. This volume represents a major advance in presenting the most important writings about disability with an emphasis on those writers working from a materialist and postmodernist perspective.

This book examines contemporary challenges to the stigma associated with chronic illnesses, and is centred on an analysis of a range of studies on illness and stigma in HIV, multiple sclerosis, mental illness and substance misuse. Selected Contents: Introduction: Setting the Scene 1. Stigma, Chronic Illness and Post-Modernity 2. Citizens, Users, Consumers and Patients 3. HIV: The Quintessential Stigma Experience of the Twentieth Century 4. Drug Therapies and Control of HIV: A Technological Challenge to Stigma 5. The Reclamation of the Moral Self Among Mentally Disordered Offenders: A Cultural Challenge to Stigma 6. Impact of Anti-Stigma Campaigns on Mental Health Service Users: An Organisational Challenge to Stigma 7. Managing Stigma: MS and the Notion of Biographical Disruption 8. The End of Stigma as We Know it? Conclusion: Challenges to Stigma

Drawing together experts in cultural studies, literary criticism, sociology, biology, the visual arts, pedagogy and post-colonial studies, the collection provides a comprehensive approach to the issue of disability. Contributors include Erving Goffman, Susan Sontag, Michelle Fine and Susan Wendell.

December 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-37624-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37625-9: £21.99

Selected Contents: Part 1: Historical Perspectives Part 2: Politics of Disability Part 3: Stigma and Illness Part 4: Theorizing Disability Part 5: The Question of Identity Part 6: Disability and Culture Part 7: Fiction, Memoir, and Poetry

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2006: 6x9: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-95333-7: £72.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95334-4: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

The Logic of Care

Bereavement Narratives

Health and the Problem of Patient Choice

The Social Construction of Life Course

Annemarie Mol, University of Twente, the Netherlands

Jason Powell, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Christine Valentine, University of Bath, UK

This book provides a muchneeded analysis of the baby boom generation, and looks at the changing attitudes to, and policies in, education, work and pensions/retirement.

What is ‘good care’ and does more choice lead to better care? This innovative and compelling work investigates good care and argues that the often touted ideal of ‘patient choice’ will not improve healthcare in the ways hoped for by its advocates. Selected Contents: 1. Two Logics 2. Customer or Patient? 3. The Citizen and the Body 4. Managing versus Doctoring 5. Individual and Collective 6. The Good in Practice May 2008: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45342-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45343-1: £22.99

NEW TEXTBOOK

The Psychology of Lifestyle Promoting Healthy Behaviour Kathryn Thirlaway, University of Wales Institute, UK and Dominic Upton, University of Worcester, UK The Psychology of Lifestyle reflects the current climate in health prevention by considering lifestyles and the interrelationship of psychosocial concepts and theories that describe and explain people’s often unhealthy behaviours. This unique book enables readers to develop a clear theoretical and practical grasp of the psychological principles involved in all aspects of lifestyle change. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Lifestyle and Lifestyle Psychology 2. Theories of Behaviour Change 3. Leisure Activity 4. Sleep 5. Diet 6. Exercising 7. Drinking 8. Smoking 9. Sexual Behaviour 10. Drug Use 11. A Strategy for Lifestyle of the 21st Century September 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41661-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41662-7: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Relevance of the Life-Course to Social Policy 2. Beveridge, Social Welfare and Ageing 3. ’Youth’ and 1970s: Education and Society 4. ’Adulthood’ and 1980s: Employment, Polity and Population Control 5. ’Old Age’ and 1990s: Pension Reform 6. Conclusion: Post-Millennium Analysis of Social Policy, Age and Social Theory August 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36387-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36388-4: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01503-2

Continuing Bonds in the 21st Century Bereavement is often treated as a psychological condition of the individual with both healthy and pathological forms. However, this empiricallygrounded study argues that this is not always the best or only way to help the bereaved. In a radical departure, it emphasizes normality, and social and cultural diversity in grieving. Selected Contents: Part 1: Preserving and Affirming Personhood 1. Humanising a Loved One’s Dying 2. A Good Death 3. The Final Leave-Taking Part 2: Negotiating Absence and Presence 4. Defining the Loss 5. Materialising Loss 6. Rediscovering Presence 7. Locating and Sustaining the Dead in the Lives of the Living 8. Making Sense of Bereavement in Contemporary British Society February 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45729-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45730-9: £22.99

NEW

Care and Interdependency Across the Lifecourse

NEW

Young People and Sexual Exploitation

Sophia Bowlby, University of Reading, UK, Susan Gregory, University of Edinburgh, UK and Linda McKie, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK

Hard to Reach and Hard to Hear

Series: Relationships and Resources

Jenny Pearce, University of Bedfordshire, UK

This book focuses on the ‘informal care’ provided by family members, neighbours and friends, exploring the ways in which it is woven into the organization of people’s everyday lives.

Sexually exploited young people can be difficult to work with as their life stories can be upsetting and hard to accept. Here Jenny Pearce draws on young people’s voices and experiences to explore the difficulties that arise for researchers and practitioners when working with sexually exploited young people. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Sexual Exploitation - Theoretical Frameworks 2. Theoretical Frameworks, Policy and Practice 3. Transitions to Adulthood: The Victim Child to the Adult Perpetrator 4. Researching the ‘Hard to Reach/Hard to Hear’ Young Person Part 2: Interventions: Practice Issues in Work with Sexually Exploited Young People 5. Preventing Risk, Supporting Resilience 6. Child Centred Approaches to Interpersonal Violence 7. Therapeutic Outreach 8. Conclusion

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introducing Care 1. What is Care? 2. Conceptualising Care Part 2: Caring in Practice 3. Learning to Care 4. Caring in Old Age 5. Illness (and Health) across the Lifecourse 6. Caring ‘Communities’ 7. Caring for Children Part 3: Interdependencies across the Lifecourse 8. Time, Space and Care 9. Caringscapes: Policy, Research and Practice November 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43466-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43467-6: £21.99

NEW

HIV/AIDS: Global Frontiers in Prevention/Inervention Renee T. White, Fairfield University, USA, Cynthia Pope, Central Connecticut State University, USA and Robert Malow

August 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40715-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40716-8: £21.99

This reader addresses the need for a comprehensive resource for the social, political, gendered and biomedical implications of HIV/AIDS. This volume includes well-known works on the subject as well as new articles written specifically for the book.

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

July 2008: 6x9: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-95382-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95383-2: £21.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

NEW

Critical Perspectives in Public Health

Defeating Autism

Edited by Judith Green, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, UK and Ronald Labonté, University of Ottawa, Canada

A Damaging Delusion

Education, Disordered Eating and Obesity Discourse

Michael Fitzpatrick, Barton House Health Centre, UK

Fat Fabrications

Combining analytical introductory chapters, edited versions of influential articles from the journal Critical Public Health and specially commissioned review articles, this volume examines the contemporary roles of ‘critical voices’ in public health research and practice from a range of disciplines and contexts. Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction 1. Something Old, Something New, Something Borrowed, Something Blue: Public Health in the Twenty-First Century Section 2: Unfair Cases: Social Inequalities in Health 2. Introduction 3. Social Capital and the Third Way in Public Health 4. Poverty, Policy and Pathogenesis: Economic Justice and Public Health 5. HIV Infection in Women: Social Inequalities as Determinants of Risk Section 3: Making Traces: Evidence for Practice and Evaluation 6. Introduction 7. Strong Theory, Flexible Methods: Evaluating Complex Community-Based Initiatives 8. Tackling Health Inequalities through Partnership Working: Learning from a Realistic Evaluation 9. Using Theory-Based Evaluation to Build Evidence-Based Health and Social Care Policy and Practice 10. Evaluating Evidence and Making Judgements of Study Quality: Loss of Evidence and Risks to Policy and Practice Decisions Section 4: Colonising Places: Public Health and Globalisation 11. Introduction 12. The Politics of Female Genital Surgery in Displaced Communities 13. International Governance and World Trade Organization (WTO) Reform 14. Medicine Keepers: Issues in Indigenous Health 15. Equity, Democracy and Globalisation Section 5: Edgy Spaces: Policy, Technology and the Public Health 16. Introduction 17. Moving Bodies: Injury, Disease and the Social Organisation of Space 18. Antibiotic Resistance: An Exemplary Case of Medical Nemesis 19. Introductions to Special Issue on Genetics 20. Passionate Epistemology, Critical Advocacy, and Public Health: Doing our Professional Proud

In August 2005, a five-year old British boy with autism died while undergoing chelation therapy in the USA. Chelation is one of a range of ‘biomedical’ treatments based on the theory that autism is caused by environmental toxins, such as mercury, derived from vaccines or other sources. Virtually no scientific authority accepts either that such toxins cause autism or claims that biomedical treatments are effective but biomedical theories of autism can offer a plausible explanation of the supposed ‘autism epidemic’. So, do they work and are they safe? Here Dr Fitzpatrick, himself the father of an autistic boy, investigates the evidence around a number of supposed causes (toxins, leaky gut and immunity/allergy theories), diagnostic tests (such as looking for measles in the gut) and treatments (diets, hormonal therapies and chelation among others). He concludes that the scientific evidence for biomedical treatments is alarmingly shaky and argues that the way forward lies through the acceptance of our children as they are and in the quest to improve the quality of their lives – a quest in which biomedical treatments are at best a distraction and at worst a danger. This compelling book is essential reading for students and professionals in the world of autism as well as academics concerned with the public understanding of science and the treatment of scientific and medical controversies in the media.

John Evans, Loughborough University, UK, Emma Rich, Loughborough University, UK, Brian Davies, Cardiff University, UK and Rachel Allwood, University of Loughborough, UK This book investigates how ‘body centred talk’ around weight, fat, food and exercise is recycled in schools, enters educational processes, and impacts on the identities and health of young people. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Rise and Rise of the Child Saving Movement 2. Body Pedagogies, Obesity Discourse and Disordered Eating 3. Sacred Knowledge, Science and Health Policy: Obesity as Instructional Discourse 4. Fat Ethics: Obesity as Regulative Discourse 5. Popular Pedagogies, Popular Culture and Media Lifestyle Advertising 6. Solving the Obesity Crisis?: Health P/policy in Totally Pedagogised Schools 7. Class, Control and Embodiment: What Schools do to Middle Class Girls? 8. Affective Pedagogies: Emotion and Desire in Learning to Become Ill 9. Alternative Pedagogies: Rethinking Health 10. Health Education, Weight Management or Social Control? June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41894-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41895-9: £22.99

NEW

Health, Risk and Vulnerability Edited by Alan Petersen, Monash University, Australia and Iain Wilkinson, University of Kent, UK Focusing on the connections between health, risk, and insecurity, this book reflects upon the meaning and significance of risk across a broad range of social and institutional contexts, offering new perspectives on an important field of contemporary debate.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Rise and Rise of Autism Quackery 2. The Autism Epidemic 3. Toxic Autism 4. Leaky Gut 5. Impaired Immunity 6. Testing 7. Treatments 8. A Quackery Case Study 9. Conclusion: Acceptance is All July 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44980-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44981-6: £19.99

October 2007: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-40951-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40952-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93898-0

NEW

The Role of Autism in Shaping Society John Lawson, University of Cambridge, UK This book expands on a new cognitive theory which argues that what we see in autism is an extreme form of a tendency that exists in all people, and further, that this tendency is stronger in males. Given the influence that males have had in shaping (western) society it begs the question - how has this greater tendency in males manifested in the social structures, norms and values that structure our society? Selected Contents: The Autism Spectrum. Cognitive Explanations. The Depth Accessibility Difficulties Model. Experimental Support for the DAD Model. Implications on the Psychological Level. Implications on the Societal Level. Key Areas in More Depth. Conclusions

Selected Contents: 1. Health Risk and Vulnerability: An Introduction 2. Unlimited Medicalization?: Risk and the Pathologization of Normality 3. Community Care, Risk and the Shifting Focus of Danger and Vulnerability in Mental Health 4. Governmentality and the Subpolitics of Teenage Sexual Risk Behaviour 5. Restructuring Health Care: Developing Systems to Identify Risk and Prevent Harm 6. Ecological Validity and Risk Management in Forensic Mental Health Services 7. Talking and Taking Risks: An Exploration of Women’s Perceptions of Antenatal Testing in Pregnancy 8. Constructing Virtual Selves: Men Risk and the Rehearsal of Sexual Identities 9. Reframing Risk: How Risk Discourses are used by Vaccine Critical Groups in the UK October 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-38307-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38308-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93349-7

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

December 2008: 234x156: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-41336-7: £24.95

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Women’s Health and Social Change

Medical Sociology and Old Age

Men and their Health

Ellen Annandale

Towards a Sociology of Later Life

Masculinity, Social Inequality and Health

Series: Critical Studies in Health and Society

Paul Higgs, University College London, UK and Ian Rees Jones, St. George’s Hospital Medical School, London, UK

Alan Dolan, University of Warwick, UK

Here Ellen Annandale provides a comprehensive and persuasive analysis of the contemporary social relations of gender and women’s health, outlining what an adequate feminist analysis of women’s health might look like. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Recovering Gender and Health in History 2. Making Connections: Feminism, Sociology and Health 3. Two Traditions of Research on Gender and Health 4. Women, Health and Reproduction 5. Moving Beyond Sex and Gender 6. Morbidity and Mortality in Transition 7. The Making of Women’s Health: Diversity and Difference 8. Concluding Remarks and Ways Forward July 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-19086-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-19087-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64471-3

NEW

Emotional Labour in Health Care The Unmanaged Heart of Nursing Catherine Theodosius, University Campus Suffolk, UK Series: Critical Studies in Health and Society Based on original empirical research and narratives from qualified nurses, this book introduces the concept of emotional labour and its historical and political context. It provides an original, but easily recognisable typology, and emphasizes that it is a complex, messy, opaque emotion that drives emotional labour within the healthcare setting. Selected Contents: Introduction: Challenging Current Conceptualisations of Emotional Labour 1. Observing Emotional Labour: The Management of Emotion 2. The Concurrent Development of Emotional Labour with Nursing Practice 3. Emotional Labour as a Political Football 4. Therapeutic Emotional Labour 5. Instrumental Emotional Labour 6. Interprofessional Emotional Labour 7. Conclusion May 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40953-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40954-4: £21.99

Series: Critical Studies in Health and Society Trajectories of chronic illness, biotechnology, social inequality and the restructuring of healthcare all demonstrate the relevance and importance of health for understanding social change. This book reflects on how our understanding and experience of health, at later ages in particular, can impact on social and technological developments. By integrating the perspectives of medical sociology, with its focus on the failing body, chronic illness, infirmity and mortality, and social gerontology, and by emphasizing the epidemiology of old age and health policy, Higgs and Jones break new ground in the study of ageing. They discuss the key issue of dependency versus success ageing and examine the prospect of a new sociology – a sociology of health in later life. This book is essential reading for all students and researchers of medical sociology and gerontology. Selected Contents: 1. Medical Sociology and Old Age 2. Social Gerontology and Old Age 3. The Body at Later Ages 4. New Developments in Social Gerontology 5. The Death of Old Age, Critical Approaches as Undertakers 6. The Birth of a Sociology of Health in Later Life 7. Conclusion

Series: Critical Studies in Health and Society Taking into consideration the social and biological contexts of men’s health, this unique book draws upon empirical research to explore the connections between masculinity, social inequality, behaviour and health. Topics discussed include: •the gendered nature of men’s health •the impacts of gender, class, ethnicity, sexuality and age •new qualitative research with working class, white males •the interconnections between, masculinity, social inequality, behaviour and health. This essential text provides a synthesis of current key theoretical and policy issues around men’s health as well as evidence on models and approaches to good practice designed to improve men’s health, reduce inequalities in health and promote access to appropriate healthcare. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Gender and Health 2. Men and Masculinities 3. Social Inequality, Masculinity and Health 4. Class, Race and Gender and their Impact on Men’s Health 5. Working to get Men Healthy 6. Conclusion January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39449-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39450-5: £22.99

NEW

On Death and Dying 40th Anniversary Edition

July 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39855-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39860-2: £22.99

Elisabeth Kübler-Ross

NEW

Men and the War on Obesity A Sociological Study Lee F. Monaghan, University of Limerick, Ireland Here Lee F. Monaghan offers a

timely, critical and original take on the obesity debate, bringing male bodies into the frame and questioning the claim from public health that millions of people are unhealthy because they are ‘overweight’ or ‘obese’.

The five stages of grief, first formulated in this hugely influential work forty years ago, are now part of our common understanding of loss. Ideal for all those with an interest in bereavement, this classic text is reissued with a new introduction looking at its influence on contemporary thought and practice. Selected Contents: 1. On the Fear of Death 2. Attitudes Towards Death and Dying 3. First Stage: Denial and Isolation 4. Second Stage: Anger 5. Third Stage: Bargaining 6. Forth Stage: Depression 7. Fifth Stage: Acceptance 8. Hope 9. The Patient’s Family 10. Some Interviews with Terminally Ill Patients 11. Reactions to the Seminar on Death and Dying 12. Therapy with the Terminally Ill November 2008: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-46398-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46399-7: £18.99

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Beyond Militarized Medicine 2. Bodily Alignment and Accounts: From Excuses to Repudiation 3. Smoking Guns, Wartime Injury and Survival: Men and Dieting 4. McDonaldizing Men’s Bodies: Rationalization, Irrationalities and Resistances 5. Physical Activity and Obesity Fighting Campaigns: Men’s Critical Talk 6. Conclusion: Social Fitness and Health at Every Size

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

April 2008: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-40711-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40712-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92957-5

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE, HEALTH AND ILLNESS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education

Health Capital and Sustainable Socioeconomic Development

Edited by Caragh Brosnan, University of Cambridge, UK and Bryan Stanley Turner, University of Cambridge, UK and National University of Singapore

Edited by Patricia Cholewka and Mitra M. Motlagh

The Sociology of Medical Education provides a contemporary introduction to this classic area of sociology by examining the social origin and implications of the epistemological, organizational and demographic challenges facing medical education in the twenty-first century. Beginning with reflections on the historical and theoretical foundations of the sociology of medical education, the collection then focuses on current issues affecting medical students, the profession and the faculty, before exploring medical education in different national contexts. Leading sociologists analyze: the intersection of medical education and social structures such as gender, ethnicity and disability; the effect of changes in medical practice, such as the emergence of evidence-based medicine, on medical education; and the ongoing debates surrounding the form and content of medical curricula. By examining applied problems, within a framework which draws from social theorists such as Pierre Bourdieu, this new collection offers future directions for the sociological study of medical education and for medical education itself. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Historical and Theoretical Perspectives Part 2: Key Issues: Medical Students and Medical Knowledge Part 3: Medical Education in National Contexts February 2009: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-46044-6: £85.00

BACKLIST

Series: Public Administration and Public Policy This book discusses the importance of population health for a nation’s well-being and explores ways to improve healthcare management policy. International scholars and practitioners address issues of social development, including the role of healthcare education; economic development, such as funding sources for healthcare services; and legal and political development, evaluating the extent to which current policies meet healthcare needs. Selected Contents: Social Development. Economic Development. Legal and Political Development.

Caesarean Just Another Way of Birth? Rosemary Mander May 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40135-7: £70.00

Challenging Medicine Edited by David Kelleher, Jonathan Gabe and Gareth Williams 2006: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38953-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38954-9: £23.99

Charity Law and Social Inclusion

February 2008: 6x9: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4690-8: £52.99

An International Study Kerry O’Halloran

NEW

Interdisciplinary and Health Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK and Berth Danermark, Orebro University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Critical Realism

2006: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-34722-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34723-5: £24.99

Contemporary Issues in Gerontology

This volume takes an interdisciplinary approach to health. It considers what the authors call the ’seven enigmas’ facing the health practitioner, namely the enigmas of diagnosis; symptomology; causation; healing; prevention; intervention/ treatment/therapy and finally rehabilitation.

Promoting Positive Ageing

July 2008 Hb: 978-0-415-40371-9: £22.99

Disability Rights and Wrongs

Edited by Victor Minichiello and Irene Coulson 2005: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-36429-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36430-0: £24.99

Tom Shakespeare

NEW

Health, Healthcare, Wellbeing and Poverty

Race in Contemporary Medicine Edited by Sander L. Gilman This collection of articles addresses contemporary debates regarding race in medicine today, answering questions from a bio-medical and social perspective. Selected Contents: Introduction: On Race and Medicine in Historical Perspective. Reflections on Race and the Biologization of Difference. Against Racial Medicine. Blood and Stories: How Genomics is Rewriting Race, Medicine and Human History. ’Why are Genetic and Medical Researchers Accepting a Category Created by Slaveholders?’: A Social History of the Reification of ’Race’. Eugenics and the Racial Genome: Politics at the Molecular Level. The Risky Gene: Epidemiology and the Evolution of Race. Folk Taxonomy, Prejudice and the Human Genome: Using Heritable Disease as a Jewish Ethnic Marker. The Price of Science without Moral Constraints: German and American Medicine before DNA and Today. Deadly Medicine Today: The Impossible Denials of Racial Medicine. Biobanks of a ’Racial Kind’: Mining for Difference in the New Genetics December 2007: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41365-7: £70.00

Edited by David Hulme, University of Manchester, UK and David Lason

2006: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34718-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34719-8: £20.99

Exploring the Dirty Side of Women’s Health

Bringing together a number of health-based quantitative papers, this collection enables readers to present what is known about the role of poverty and low income in the health status and health demand of individuals and households.

Edited by Mavis Kirkham

Selected Contents: Health, Health Care, Poverty and Well Being: An Overview. The Impact of Poverty on Health Status and Health Care Demand Behaviour of Rural Households: Evidence from Ethiopia. Determinants of the Choice of Health Care Facility Utilised by Individuals in HIV/AIDS-Affected Households in the Free State Province of South Africa. Womens Health, Child Malnutrition and Intergenerationally Transmitted Chronic Povery: Does Women’s Agency Matter? The Influence of Ill Health on Chronic and Transient Poverty: Evidence From Uganda. Health Sector Programs and Well Being: Ensuring the Poor Can Benefit from a Sector-Wide Approach. To What Extent is the Efficiency of Public Health Expenditure Determined by the Status of Health? Impact of Community Health Funds on the Access to Health Care: Empirical Evidence from Rural Tanzania. Demand for Voluntary Health Insurance by the Poor in Developing Countries: Evidence from Rural Ghana. Health Insurance for the Poor?: Determinants of Participation in Community Based Health Insurance Schemes in Rural Senegal

Going Local

2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-38324-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38325-7: £23.99

Working in Communities and Neighbourhoods John Pierson Series: The Social Work Skills Series August 2007: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-34780-8: £70.00

If Only I Had a Brain Deconstructing Brain Injury Mark Sherry Series: New Approaches in Sociology 2006: 6x9: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-97572-8: £55.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37166-7: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

BACKLIST continued Obesity Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, and Prevention Edited by Debasis Bagchi and Harry G. Preuss Series: Modern Nutrition Science March 2007: 7x10: 592pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3802-1: £82.00

Obesity Dietary and Developmental Influences Edited by Gail Woodward-Lopez, Lorrene Davis Ritchie, Dana E. Gerstein and Patricia B. Crawford 2006: 7x10: 360pp Hb: 978-0-8493-9245-0: £49.99

Perspectives on Health and Human Rights Edited by Sofia Gruskin, Michael A. Grodin, Stephen P. Marks and George J. Annas

NEW

Don’t Touch!

Educating the Gendered Citizen

The Educational Story of a Panic

Madeleine Arnot, University of Cambridge, UK

This is the first book in the UK to explore the problems involved in ‘touching’ children in an educational environment. The book uses real-life examples taken from groundbreaking research into the mentality of today’s risk culture, and highlights a maddening state of affairs in which ordinary well-meaning professionals feel they cannot offer even very young children basic levels of comforting or affection. This fascinating and long-overdue book examines the ‘no-touch’ pandemic in early years settings, by use of extensive interviews with practitioners, parents and pupils, which:

2005: 6x9: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-94806-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94807-4: £22.99

•outline the confusion experienced by many in knowing if, when and how to touch and the more recent backlash by those who attempted to buck the trend

Pregnancy, Risk and Biopolitics

•suggest why this issue is important now (for example, at a time when men are being encouraged to work in early years settings)

On the Threshold of the Living Subject

Selected Contents: 1. Theorising Gender and Citizenship: An Introduction 2. Feminist Politics and Democratic Values in Education 3. Recasting Educational Debates about Female Citizenship, Agency and Identity 4. Teachers, Gender and the Discourses of Citizenship 5. Changing Femininity, Changing Concepts of Citizenship in Public and Private Spheres 6. ‘England Expects Every Man to do his Duty’: The Gendering of the English Citizenship Textbook in the Post War Period 7. The Gendering of Democratic Schools: Ambivalence and Empowerment 8. Citizenship Education and Gender: A Feminist Assessment of the Crick Report 9. Freedom’s Children: Individualisation, Gender Equality and Pedagogic Democratic Rights 10. Globalisation, New Gender Movements and Global Gender Agendas 11. Education and the New Female Citizen 12. An Overview: Where to Next? June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40805-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40806-6: £22.99

•consider explanations such as panic, risk, society and fear.

Lorna Weir Series: Transformations 2006: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39258-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39257-0: £25.99

The Social Construction of Disease From Scrapie to Prion Kiheung Kim Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Science, Technology and Medicine 2006: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-36051-7: £85.00

The State of Feminist Social Work Vicky White 2006: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-32843-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32844-9: £22.99

Selected Contents: 1. Problematics of Touching 2. Relationships: Ethics Committees and Research… Catherine Scott 3. The Criminal Record Bureau: Policing Access to Children 4. Guidelines and Dangerous Bodies: The Half-Closed Door 5. Saving Touch: Private Parts and Public Wholes 6. Case Study: Early Years’ Settings 7. Case Study: Primary and Junior Schools... Helen Lawson 8. Case Study: Secondary Schools... Helen Bowen 9. Case Study: Considering Disability... John Powell 10. Case Study: Summerhill School - An Exception to the Rule 11. Bonfire of the Insanities March 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-42007-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42008-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93049-6

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

This book also examines and explains where the law stands on these issues, and keeps its key focus on practice throughout; representing an unsensationalized and sensible approach to an issue that causes so much professional anxiety. It will be welcomed by the entire teaching profession, child care professionals, along with academics and researchers within education and the social sciences.

ORDER NOW!

Focusing on the relationship between gender, education and citizenship, this book explores, from a feminist perspective, how the concept of citizenship has been used in relation to gender, and how young people are being prepared for male and female forms of citizenship.

Heather Piper, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK and Ian Stronach, Manchester Metropolitan Unviersity, UK

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

NEW

Education and the Family

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

E-schooling

Passing Success Across the Generations

Education Research On Trial

Global Messages from a Small Island

Leon Feinstein, Kathryn Duckworth and Ricardo Sabates, all at University of London, UK Series: Foundations and Futures of Education ‘This book is timely given the increased interest in several countries for evidence-based policy. I believe this book will make a substantial contribution to the field of family and child policy and be a great success.’ Edward Melhuish, Birkbeck, University of London ‘This book is needed and should attract a large core readership in the England and the USA, and potentially throughout the English speaking world and Europe. Although there are books about the influence of home background on children’s educational progress, the proposed book is novel.’ John Brynner, IOE The educational achievement of parents is often reflected in that of their children. The reasons for this general correlation are varied. Some, such as genetics, are beyond immediate policy intervention. Others, such as income and parenting, are more appropriate as sites of government policy in action, but debate rages as to the extent to which policy has a causal role or even a place in such matters. This book takes the view that policy mechanisms are an essential part of overturning the persistence of social class differences and barriers to equality of opportunity. Although each child should be supported to achieve their potential, differences in the willingness or ability of different families to take advantage of educational opportunities can exacerbate social class differences and derail equality of opportunity for many. The focus here is on the education of parents, but this requires consideration of many other aspects of the family environment. The family is contextualized within wider, external influences and in relation to other factors in a child’s education such as school policies. The book also considers the implications for education and social policy on a wider scale. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Understanding and Conceptualising the Importance of Education 2. Understanding the Importance of Education 3. Conceptualising the Influence of Parents’ Education: A Framework for Analysis Part 2: The Influence of Parents’ Education: A Review of the Evidence 4. The Importance of What Goes on in the Family 5. Internal Features of the Family Environment 6. Distal Family Factors 7. The Importance of Other Developmental Contexts Part 3: Policy and the Wider Responsibilities of Education: Early Preventive Action 8. A Framework for Supporting Resilience in Childhood 9. Implications of the Ecological Model of Home/School Interaction for Policy Development June 2008: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39636-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39637-0: £22.99

The Search for Rigor and the Promotion of Randomized Studies

Roger Austin and John Anderson E-schooling: Global Messages from a Small Island looks at how an entire school system is starting to transform learning through ICT. It is based on an evaluation of ICT work in a wide range of schools in Northern Ireland and asks what it takes to change learning through technology in what we call ’eschooling’.

Edited by Pamela B. Walters, Indiana University, USA, Annette Lareau, University of Maryland, USA and Sheri Ranis, Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, USA Education research is a scientific field in crisis. The foundation of the current crisis is a long-time perception that too much of the work of educational researchers fails to meet minimum standards of scientific rigor. Long-simmering scientific doubts became a fullblown crisis, however, when critics recently launched charges that education research has failed to provide a solid evidence base for the improvement of educational practice, in part because educational researchers have been preoccupied by the wrong questions and in part because much of their research has been based on the wrong research methods. We see, then, that the crisis of confidence in the quality of education research goes hand-in-hand with a crisis of confidence in the quality of American education. The charges about the shortcomings of education research and the proposed means of improving it are the subject of this book. Selected Table of Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Call for Rigor (A Set of Original Documents). The Definition of ’Scientifically Based Research’ in the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001. The Definitions of Scientific Validity in the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002. Mission and Functions of the Institute of Education Sciences, as Detailed in Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002. The What Works Clearinghouse Standards for Evaluating Existing Research Studies of Education. Background Statement in the Institute of Education Sciences’ 2006 Call for Proposals for Postdoctoral Research Training Grants. Selections from Request for Proposals for Predoctoral Interdisciplinary Research Training Programs in the Education Sciences, Issued by the Institute of Education Sciences in 2004. Summary of Institute of Education Sciences’ Position on Appropriate Research Methods in Education, April 22, 2003. ’The Awful Reputation of Education Research. ’Educational Researcher, vol. 22, n. 1, 1993. Carl F. Kaestle, ’Contestation and Change in National Policy on ’Scientifically Based’ Education Research.’ Educational Researcher, vol. 32, n. 7, 2003, Margaret Eisenhart and Lisa Towne. A Selection from Scientific Research in Education. The AERA’s ’Standards for Reporting on Empirical Social Science Research in AERA Publications.’ Available at http://www.aera.net/uploadedFiles/Opportunities/Standard sforReportingEmpiricalSocialScience_PDF.pdf. ’New Wine, New Bottles.’ Grover J. (Russ) Whitehurt. Address at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association. Available at http://www.ed.gov/rschstat/research/pubs/ies.pdf Part 2: The Shifting Political Nature of Knowledge. The Education Sciences as a Political Reform Movement. From Gardner’s Education Task Force to the Institute of Education Sciences: Improving the Quality of Federal Education Research, Statistics, and Development Part 3: Knowing Quality When We See It. Assessing Quality in Educational Journals. The Preparation of Researchers and the Quality of Education Research. The Illusion of Rigor Part 4: Reflections. Moments of Catharsis and Synthesis: Lessons Learned from the Quality Debates. A Quixotic Quest?: Philosophical Issues in Assessing the Quality of Education Research

This book analyzes and suggests answers to two key questions: •can the intervention of government and the forging of strategic alliances with providers of education and of technology bring about systemic change? •without radical reform of curriculum, assessment and learning are computers any more than a frill? The authors, an education technology strategist and inspector, and a teacher education specialist, map out the complexities for those involved in teaching, training and evaluating in what is probably one of the most far reaching changes to education ever seen. This book puts the spotlight on the costs and benefits of e-schooling and asks some hard-hitting questions of those involved in educating young people in schools at the start of the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: 1. The State of Schooling in Northern Ireland and its Capacity to Change 2. An Integrated Strategy for ICT in Schools 3. Teacher Development for E-Schooling 4. Initial and Early Teacher Education: The Challenges of Embedding ICT to Transform Learning 5. An E-Curriculum for an E-School? 6. Connected Learning for Citizenship 7. Special and Inclusive Education 8. Enterprising Education 9. Leadership for Quality in an E-School 10. Global Messaging August 2007: 246x174: 208pp Pb: 978-1-84312-380-4: £18.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008 Hb: 978-0-415-98988-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98989-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92868-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

NEW

Next Wave Cultures

Racism and Education

Revolutionizing Education

Feminism, Subcultures, Activism

Coincidence or Conspiracy?

Youth Participatory Action Research in Motion

Edited by Anita Harris, University of Queensland, Australia

David Gillborn, University of London, UK

Edited by Julio Cammarota, University of Arizona, USA and Michelle Fine, City University of New York, USA

This book challenges the dominant assumptions and attitudes that shape education and is the first major study in the UK to adopt ’Critical Race Theory’ – a radical new perspective on the nature of racism and public policy.

This new collection provides an interdisciplinary examination of young women’s multilayered lives. Contributors from various fields wrestle with both subculture theory and feminism in an attempt to understand contemporary strategies for connection and social action. Selected Contents: Introduction: ‘Youth Cultures and Feminist Politics: An Introduction’ Anita Harris Section 1: Hustling, Fighting, Surfing and Sex: Infiltrating Masculine Domains 1. ‘What is this Gangstressism in Popular Culture?’ Angie Colette Beatty 2. ‘TGG: Girls, Street Culture and Identity’ Dorothy Bottrell 3. ‘Third Wave Feminism, the Global Economy, and Women’s Surfing: Sport as Stealth Feminism in Girls’ Surf Culture’ Leslie Heywood 4. ‘Rescuing a Theory of Adolescent Sexual Excess: Young Women and Wanting’ Sara I. McClelland and Michelle Fine Section 2: Creating Spaces 5. ‘The Empowered Fe Fes’ Susan Nussbaum 6. ‘Femininities as Commodities: Cam Girl Culture’ Amy Dobson 7. ‘Reflections: For Those who Reflect’ Feda Abdo, Rayann Bekdache, Samah Hadid, Mehal Krayem and Tara Pengilly Section 3: New Activisms: Cultural and Political 8. ‘Connecting the Dots: Riot Grrrls, Ladyfests, and the International Grrrl Zine Network’ Kristin Schilt and Elke Zobl 9. ‘(R)Evolutionary Healing: Jamming with Culture and Shifting the Power’ Carly Stasko 10. ‘Feminism, Youth Politics and Generational Change’ Chilla Bulbeck and Anita Harris 11. ‘Young Women and Social Action in the UK’ Debi Roker November 2007: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-95709-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95710-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94001-3

March 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41897-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41898-0: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92842-4

NEW

Rightist Multiculturalism Core Lessons on Neoconservative School Reform Kristen L. Buras, Emory University, USA Series: Critical Social Thought

NEW

Persistent Inequality Contemporary Realities in the Education of Undocumented Latina/o Students Maria Pabon Lopez, Indiana University School of Law, Indianapolis, USA and Gerardo Lopez, Indiana University, USA Persistent Inequality contends that both the legal and educational systems in the USA need to address the living and working conditions of undocumented Latina/o students in order to give them the free education they were promised. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Education of Undocumented Immigrant Children from Plyler to the DREAM Act and Beyond 3. Speak No Evil: Language Education Policy From Lau to the Unz Initiatives and Beyond 4. Accountability Under NCLB: Implications for Undocumented Students and Other Children of Color 5. Examing Potential Dangers of the Law in the School House: Critical Implications for Undocumented Students Regarding Racial Privacy Initiatives and Immigration School Raids 6. Conclusion

February 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95615-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95616-1: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93210-0

Selected Contents: Introduction: Rightist Multiculturalism as the New Hegemony 1. Historicizing Core Knowledge: Neoconservatism, Cultural Deficiency and the Civil Rights Frontier 2. Questioning Core Assumptions: A Critical Reading of E.D. Hirsch’s Educational Vision 3. Tracing the Core Knowledge Movement 4. The Disuniting of America’s History: Core Knowledge and the National Past 5. Core Lessons on Neoconservative School Reform. Appendix A: Methodologies: Getting to the Core of the Matter. Appendix B: Correspondence on the Politics of Antonio Gramsci from Harvard Educational Review

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

This book provides a critical examination of the Core Knowledge movement and explores the history and cultural politics underlying neoconservative initiatives in education. In this volume Buras attempts to reclaim multiculturalism as a radically transformative project.

Selected Contents: 1. Intro: Participatory Action Research: A Pedagogy for Transformational Resistance Julio Cammarota and Michelle Fine 2. Collective Radical Imagination: Youth Participatory Action Research and the Art of Emancipatory Knowledge Shawn Ginwright 3. Participatory Action Research in the Contact Zone María Elena Torre and Michelle Fine with Natasha Alexander, Amir Bilal Billups, Yasmine Blanding, Emily Genao, Elinor Marboe, Tahani Salah, and Kendra Urdang. Response to Chapter 3 Maxine Greene 4. PAR Praxes for Now and Future Change: The Collective of Researchers on Educational Disappointment and Desire Eve Tuck, Jovanne Allen, Maria Bacha, Alexis Morales, Sarah Quinter, Jamila Thompson, Melody Tuck. Response to Chapter 4 Sandy Grande 5. Different Eyes/Open Eyes: Community-Based Participatory Action Research Caitlin Cahill, Indra Rios-Moore, and Tiffany Threatts. Response to Chapter 5 Pauline Lipman 6. ’The Opportunity if Not the Right to See’: The Social Justice Education Project Augustine Romero, Julio Cammarota, Kim Dominguez, Luis Valdez, Grecia Ramirez, and Liz Hernandez. Response to Chapter 6 Luis C. Moll 7. Six Summers of YPAR: Learning, Action, and Change in Urban Education Ernest Morrell. Response to Chapter 7 John Rogers 8. Faith in Process, Faith in People: Confronting Policies of Social Disinvestment With PAR as Pedagogy for Expansion Chiara M. Cannella 9. An Epilogue, of Sorts Michelle Fine

February 2008: 6x9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-96264-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96265-0: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93186-8

December 2008: 6x9: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95793-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95794-6: £19.99

ORDER NOW!

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Critical Race Theory: A New Approach to an Old Problem 3. Inequality, Inequality, Inequality: The Material Reality of Racial Injustice in Education 4. Policy: Changing Language, Constant Inequality 5. Assessment: Measuring Injustice or Creating it? 6. The Stephen Lawrence Case: An Exception that Proves the Rule? 7. Model Minorities: The Creation & Significance of ’Ethnic’ Success Stories 8. Whiteworld: Whiteness and the Performance of Racial Domination 9. Conclusion: Understanding Race Inequality in Education. Appendix: Some Thoughts on Whiteness, Critical Scholarship and Political Struggle

A definitive statement of YPAR as it relates to education with an informative combination of theory and practice, this edited collection addresses both the political challenges and inherent power imbalances of conducting research with young people.

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION

NEW

Structure and Agency in the Neoliberal University

Gender, Education & Equality in a Global Context

Learning Privilege

Edited by Joyce E. Canaan, Birmingham City University, UK and Wesley Shumar, Drexel University, USA

Conceptual Frameworks and Policy Perspectives

Adam Howard

Shailaja Fennell, University of Cambridge, UK and Madeleine Arnot, University of Cambridge, UK

Series: Routledge Research in Education

October 2007: 6x9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-96081-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96082-3: £18.99

This book focuses on gender equality by exploring the interrelations between gender, education and poverty. It demonstrates a range of methodological frameworks for analyzing gender and education with a development context.

This volume brings together a set of largely ethnographic articles written from a critical perspective that consider how current transitions in post-secondary education are impacting on higher education (HE) institutions. Selected Contents: Foreword James Collins. Acknowledgments. Part 1: Setting the Theoretical Framework 1. Higher Education in the Era of Globalization and Neoliberalism Joyce E. Canaan and Wesley Shumar Part 2: System 2. Managing Knowledge: Intellectual Property, Instructional Design and the Manufacturing of Higher Education Jonathan T. Church 3. Public Good or Private Value: A Critique of the Commodification of Knowledge in Higher Education: A Canadian Perspective Magda Lewis 4. Space, Place and the American University Wesley Shumar 5. Entrenching International Inequality: The Impact of the Global Commodification of Higher Education on Developing Countries Rajani Naidoo 6. Higher Education Reform in Post-Soviet Kyrgyzstan: The Politics of Neo-Liberal Agendas in Theory and Practice Sarah Amsler Part 3: Practice 7. The Variety of Student Experience, Investigating the Complex Dynamics of Undergraduate Learning in Russell and Non-Russell Universities in England Patrick Ainley and Mark Weyers 8. Protocols and Performances: Scientific Discourse in the Molecular Biology Laboratory Carol B. Brandt 9. Indigenous Epistemologies and the Neoliberal View of Higher Education Bryan McKinley Jones Brayboy, Angelina E. Castagno and Emma Maughan 10. No Burden to Carry: Social Constructions of Class and Self-Improvement in Cape Breton Jane McEldowney Jensen 11. Camaraderie, Distraction and Discouragement: Academics and Gendered Patterns of Peer Interactions Among College Students Laura M. Montgomery 12. Communication and Emotion in Gendered Organization: The Hidden Transcripts vof Power in Higher Education Breda Luthar and Zdenka Sadl 13. A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the (European Social) Forum: Or How New Forms of Accountability are Transforming Academics’ Identities and Possible Responses Joyce E. Canaan. Afterword: University Challenge - Neo-Liberal Abstraction and Being More Concrete Richard Johnson April 2008: 6x9: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-95672-7: £60.00

September 2007: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-41944-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93959-8

Lessons of Power and Identity in Affluent Schooling

Overcoming Disabling Barriers 18 Years of Disability and Society Edited by Len Barton Series: Education Heritage 2006: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-37875-8: £85.00

NEW

Policy Discourses, Gender, and Education Constructing Women’s Status Elizabeth J. Allan, University of Maine, Orono, USA Series: Routledge Research in Education

Race, Culture, and Education The Selected Works of James A. Banks James A. Banks 2006: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39819-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39820-6: £22.99

This is an important and timely contribution to equity issues in higher education. It examines the links between gender, race and national identity.

Reassessing Gender and Achievement

September 2007: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-38168-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93961-1

Becky Francis and Christine Skelton

Questioning Contemporary Key Debates 2005: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-33324-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33325-2: £23.99

BACKLIST

Selling Us the Fortress The Promotion of Techno-Security Equipment for Schools

TEXTBOOK

Ronnie Casella

2ND EDITION

2006: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95289-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95290-3: £16.99

Education, Equality and Human Rights Issues of Gender, ’Race’, Sexuality, Disability and Social Class

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Mike Cole

A Critical Reader

2006: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35659-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35660-2: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by Alan R. Sadovnik

Sociology of Education

March 2007: 7 x 10: 0pp Hb: 978-0-415-95496-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95497-6: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW NEW

Troubling Gender in Education Edited by Jo-Anne Dillabough, University of Cambridge, UK and Julie McLeod, University of Melbourne, Australia This book draws together leading and emerging international theorists in order to question some of the ways in which gender, identity and sexuality is currently being theorised in education. With a crosscultural focus, it draws on experience in the UK, US, Australia, Canada, the Pacific and South Africa. July 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46261-7: £65.00

Gender, Education & Equality in a Global Context

The RoutledgeFalmer Reader in Gender and Education

Conceptual Frameworks and Policy Perspectives

Edited by Madeleine Arnot and Mairtin Mac An Ghaill

Shailaja Fennell and Madeleine Arnot

Series: RoutledgeFalmer Readers in Education

September 2007: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-41944-4: £75.00

2006: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-34575-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34576-7: £22.99

Gender, Schooling and Global Social Justice

Media Bias in Reporting Social Research?

Elaine Unterhalter Series: Foundations and Futures of Education 2006: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35921-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35922-1: £22.99

The Case of Reviewing Ethnic Inequalities in Education Martyn Hammersley Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2006: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37274-9: £70.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GLOBALIZATION

NEW

FORTHCOMING

The Transnational Studies Reader

Globalization

Intersections and Innovations

A Reader

Edited by Peggy Levitt, Wellesley College, Massachusetts, USA and Sanjeev Khagram, University of Washington, USA

Edited by Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia and Charles Lemert, Wesleyan University, Conneticut, USA

In recent years, ’transnationalism’ has become a key analytical concept across the social sciences. While theoretical approaches to the study of global social phenomena have traditionally focused on the nation-state as the central defining framework, transnational studies views social experience as a complex and dynamic product of multiple regional, ethnic, and institutional identities. Far from being static or bounded by national borders, social, political, and economic forces operate on supra-national, trans-regional, and trans-local scales and scopes. Transnational studies compares and contrasts these dynamics to rethink assumptions about identity, sovereignty and citizenship. Assembling writings from some of the most important theorists in history, politics, economics, sociology, anthropology, and cultural studies, The Transnationalism Reader explores the ways that transnational practices and processes in different domains, and at different levels of social interaction, relate to, and inform each other. It also compares the spatial organization of social life during different historical periods. Coherent in its vision and expansive in its disciplinary, geographic, and historical coverage, The Transnationalism Reader is a field-defining collection. Selected Contents: 1. ’Constructing Transnational Studies: An Overview’ Peggy Levitt and Sanjeev Khagram Section 1: The Broad Foundations 2. ’Transnational Relations and World Politics: An Introduction Robert Keohane and Joseph Nye 3. ’Conclusion’ and ’Post Scriptum’ in Dependency and Development in Latin America Fernando Henrique Cardoso and Enzo Faletto 4. ’The Homeland, Aztl·n’ Gloria Anzaldáa 5. ’Global Ethnoscapes: Notes and Queries for a Transnational Anthropology’ Arjan Appadurai 6. ’The Real New World Order’ Anne Marie Slaughter 7. ’Introduction’ and ’State and Global City’ from Globalization and its Discontents Saskia Sassen Section 2: Methodological Practices 8. ’Discipline and Practice: ’The Field’ as Site, Method Akil Gupta and James Ferguson 9. ’Methodological Nationalism, ‘The Social Scienes, and the Study of Migration: An Essay in Historical Epistemology’ Andreas Wimmer and Nina Glick Schiller 10. ’Assimilation and Transnationalism: Determinants of Transnational Political Action Among Contemporary Migrants’ Luis Eduardo Guarnizo, Alejandro Portes, and William Haller 11. ’Introduction’ from Forces of Labor: Workers’ Movements and Globalization Since 1870 Beverly J. Silver 12. ’Transnational Struggles for Water and Power’ and ’Dams, Democracy, and Development in Transnational Perspective’ Sanjeev Khagram Section 3: Historical Perspectives 13. ’Breakthrough to History’ William H. McNeill 14. The World System in the Thirteenth Century: Dead-End or Precursor? Janet Abu-Lughod 15. ’The Historical Sociology of Race’ Howard Winant 16. ’The Black Atlantic as a Counterculture of Modernity’ Paul Gilroy Section 4: Questions of Identity 17. ’Of Our Spiritual Strivings’ W.E.B. DuBois 18. ’The Cosmopolitan Perspective: Sociology in the Second Age of Modernity’ Ulrich Beck 19. ’The NationState and its Others: In Lieu of a Preface’ Khachig T´ölölyan 20. ’Nigerian Kung Fu, Manhattan Fatwa’ and ’The Local and the Global: Continuity and Change’ Ulf Hannerz 21. ’Introduction: Transnational Feminist Practices and Questions of Postmodernity’ Inderpal Grewal and Caren Kaplan Section 5: Migrating Lives and Communities 22. ’Transnational Projects: A New Perspective’ and ’Theoretical Premises’ Linda Basch, Nina Glick Schiller, and Cristina Szanton Blanc 23. ’The Local and the Global: Anthropology of Globalization and Transnationalism’ Michael Kearny 24. ’The Study of Transnationalism: Pitfalls and Promise of an Energized Research Field’ Alejandro Portes, Luis Eduardo Guarnizo and Patricia Landolt 25. ’Transnational Perspectives on Migration: Conceptualizing Simulaneity’ Peggy Levitt and Nina Glick Schiller Section 6: Religious Life Across Borders 26. ’Systemic Religion in Global Society Peter Beyer 27. ’Religion, States, and Transnational Civil Society’ Susanne Hoeber Rudolph 28. ’Theorizing Globalization and Religion’ Manual A. V·squez and Marie Friedmann Marquardt Section 7: Arts and Culture 29. ’Locations of Culture’ Homi Bhabha 30. ’Interstitial Subjects: Asian American Visual Art as a Site for New Cultural Conversations’ Elaine H. Kim 31. ’Cultural Reconversion’ Nestor ` GarcÌa Canclini (translated by Holly Staver) 32. ’Living Borders/Buscando AmÈrica: Languages of Latino Self-Formation’ Juan Flores (with George Y˙dice) Section 8: The Diffusion of Idesa, Values, and Culture 33. ’World Society and the Nation State John Meyer, John Boli, George M. Thomas, and Francisco O. Ramirez 34. ’Norms, Culture and World Politics: Insights from Sociology’s Institutionalism’ Martha Finnemore 35. ’Do Regimes Matter: Epistemic Communities and Mediterranean Pollution Control’ Peter Haas 36. ’Cross-National Cultural Diffusion: The Global Spread of Cricket’ Jason Kaufman and Orlando Patterson 37. ’Transnationalism, Localization, and Fast Foods in East Asia’ James Watson Section 9: Corporations, Classes, and Capitalism 38. ’Introduction’, from Transnational Corporations and World Order George Modelski 39. ’Imperialism, Dependency, and Dependent Development’ Peter Evans 40. ’The Organization of Buyer-Driven Global Commodity Chains: How U.S. Retailers Shape Overseas Production Networks’ Gary Gereffi 41. ’Flexible Citizenship: The Cultural Logics of Transnationality’ and ’Afterword: An Anthropology of Transnationality’ Aihwa Ong Section 10: Non-State Actors, NGOs, and Social Movements 42. ’Bringing Transnational Relations Back In: Introduction’ Thomas RisseKappen 43. ’World Culture in the World Polity: A Century of International Non-Governmental Organization’ John Boli and George Thomas 44. ’Social Movements and Global Transformation’ Louis Kriesberg 45. ’Conclusions: Advocacy Networks and International Society’ Margaret E. Keck and Kathryn Sikkink 46. ’The Challenges and Possibilities of Transnational Feminist Practice’ Nancy A. Naples Section 11: Security, Crime, and Violence 47. ’Global Prohibition Regimes’ Ethan Nadelmann 48. ’Transnational Organized Crime: An Imminent Threat to the Nation State?’ Louise Shelley 49. ’Introduction’, from New and Old Wars: Organized Violence in a Global Era Mary Kaldor 50. ’Smuggling the State Back In: Agents of Human Smuggling Considered’ David Kyle and John Dale

Globalization is the key political and academic debate of our times. This clear, comprehensive and critical reader, Globalization, offers a unique compilation of the major statements - drawn from a variety of historical periods, political contexts, intellectual perspectives and academic disciplines on the globalization debate. Anthony Elliott and Charles Lemert expertly guide the reader through the complex terrain of globalization - its engaging histories, transnational economies, multiple cultures and cosmopolitan politics. Extending over the full range of salient human history, this book ranges from the Babylonian and Persian empires in Mesopotamia, through ancient Greece and imperial Rome to the sixteenth century of European world exploration and colonization. Represented in the contemporary debates on globalization are: Samuel Huntington, Francis Fukayama, Bill Clinton, Anthony Giddens, Noam Chomsky, Joseph Nye, Osama bin Laden, Ajun Appadurai, Zygmunt Bauman, Timothy Garton-Ash, Saskia Sassen, Kwame Anthony Appiah, James N. Rosenau, David Held, Gayatri Spivak, Amartya Sen, Jeffrey Sacks and Bono. There is no other book that manages to wrap together the historical and contemporary and academic and public debates as Globalization does. The book is essential reading for students of sociology, political science, international relations, public policy and cultural studies - as well as for more general readers interested in public affairs and the global shape of contemporary social problems. Selected Contents: Introduction: On Globalization Charles Lemert and Anthony Elliott Part 1: The Age of Empires, 3000BCE – 1500 CE Part 2: The Rise From Modern World System to Industrial Capitalism, 1500 – 1914 Part 3: The Short Twentieth Century: Global Uncertainty and Restructuring Part 4: The Great Globalization Debate, 1989/2000 Part 5: Globalization Since 9/11, 2001-Present January 2009: 234x156: 612pp Hb: 978-0-415-46477-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46478-9: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

November 2007: 7x10: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-95372-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95373-3: £32.50 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.routledge.com/sociology

GLOBALIZATION

NEW

Global Realities: A Routledge Series

Transnationalism Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Germany

Edited by Charles Lemert, Wesleyan University, USA

Series: Key Ideas ‘Transnationalism’ refers to multiple ties and interactions linking people or institutions across the borders of nation-states.

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

This book surveys the broader meanings of transnationalism within the study of globalization before concentrating on migrant transnational practices. Each chapter and set of case studies demonstrates ways in which new and contemporary transnational practices of migrants are fundamentally transforming social, political and economic structures simultaneously within homelands and places of settlement.

2ND EDITION

Global Iberia

China and Globalization

Gary McDonogh, Bryn Mawr College, USA

The Social, Economic and Political Transformation of Chinese Society

Global Iberia is an imaginative, short text that dramatically depicts important globalization themes and processes through the important flows and impacts Spain and Portugal have had with many important regions of the world for many centuries. Spain and Portugal have long histories at the cutting-edge of world relations, managing far-flung empires, and author Gary McDonogh stresses this historical perspective as well as foregrounding the vast present world fostered by the ’Iberian project’ Latin America, Southern Europe, parts of Asia and Africa, in which Spain and Portugal possess enormous power.

Transnationalism provides a much-needed single, clear and condensed text concerning a major concept in academic and policy discourse today. This book is for advanced undergraduate students, postgraduates and academics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transnationalism and Migrant Transnationalism 2. Socio-Cultural Transformations 3. Political Transformations 4. Economic Transformations 5. Religion in Migration, Diasporas and Transnationalism 6. Conclusion: Interconnected Migrants in an Interconnected World September 2008: 198x129: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-43298-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43299-3: £16.99

Globalization: The Key Concepts Edited by Annabelle Mooney and Betsy Evans Globalisation: The Key Concepts offers a comprehensive guide to this highly topical and cross-disciplinary subject. Series: Routledge Key Guides February 2007: 216x138: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-36859-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36860-5: £14.99

Globalization and Everyday Life Larry Ray This book explains the meanings of globalization as a concept, discussing the key debates, and pointing towards new ways of understanding the process as a whole.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: 1. Empires and Nations, Centers and Peripheries 2. Geographies of Place: Coasts and Mountains, Climates and Islands 3. Cities: Countryside and Citizens 4. Between Africa and Europe 5. Global Iberias: Latin American and Asian Images and Connections. Conclusions: Barcelona and Catalonia as Iberian Microcosm July 2008: 5x7: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-94771-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94772-5: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: 1. The Economies of Radical Change in China 2. Setting the Stage: A Primer to the Study of China’s Economic Reforms 3. Economic Development in China 4. Changing Social Institutions 5. Changing Life Chances 6. Economic Reform and the Rule of Law 7. Prospects for Democracy 8. China’s Integration into the Global Economy: Communism, Capitalism, and Human Rights July 2008: 216x138: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-99039-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99040-0: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

May 2007: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-34095-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34094-6: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

China and Globalization is a compact, highly readable introductory text on contemporary China and the massive changes it is presently undergoing. It examines how economic structural change is driving the process, but discusses many other issues as well – politics, social change, reform, international economics, and cultural shifts. In its quarter-century long transition from communism to capitalism, China has transformed from a desperately poor nation into a country possessing one of the fastest-growing and largest economies in the world. Doug Guthrie covers the social, economic, and political factors responsible for the revolutionary changes, and interweaves this broader structural analysis with a consideration of social changes at the micro and macro levels. The book also considers the potential for further change. Will China become more democratic? Will the government become more serious about protecting human rights and creating a transparent legal system? How will China’s explosive growth impact both East Asia and the larger global economy? The book’s initial answers to these fundamental questions have proven to be both accurate and prophetic and help to explain why China and Globalization has enjoyed a wide readership. In this new, revised edition author Doug Guthrie updates his story on modern China and provides the latest authoritative data and examples from current events to chart where this dynamically changing society is headed and what the likely consequences for the rest of the world will be.

TEXTBOOK

Series: The New Sociology

Doug Guthrie, New York University, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

GLOBALIZATION

NEW

Global Realities: A Routledge Series continued

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The Phillipines

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Global Ireland

Turkey

James A. Tyner, Kent State University, USA

Same Difference

Producing Globalization Locally

Tom Inglis, University College Dublin, Ireland

Alev Cinar, Bilkent University, Turkey

Global Ireland offers a concise synthesis of globalization’s dramatic impact on Ireland. In the past fifteen years, Ireland has transformed from a sleepy and depressed European backwater to the ’emerald tiger’, a country with a booming economy based on knowledge and high-tech industries. Not long ago it was one of the poorest and most traditional countries in Europe, yet now it is one of the wealthiest and most cosmopolitan. Using a number of case studies of Ireland’s transition, Tom Inglis explains what this means for traditional Irish culture and society, and offers an incisive social portrait of globalizing Ireland.

September 2008 Hb: 978-0-415-95516-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95517-1: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The Philippines explore how the Philippines has become the world’s largest exporter of governmentsponsored temporary contract labor and, in the process, has dramatically reshaped both the processes of globalization and also our understanding of globalization as concept.

Concise, descriptive, interdisciplinary, and theoretically informed, this volume is an ideal introduction to Ireland.

Global Hong Kong Cindy Wong and Gary McDonogh 2005: 6x9: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-94769-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94770-1: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The Philippines: Mobilities, Identities, and Globalization

Selected Contents: 1. Local Contexts, Distant Horizons 2. Manufacturing a Global Presence 3. Manila’s Place in the World 4. Global-Philippines.Com 5. Performing Globalization 6. Beyond the Philippines June 2008: 5x8: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95806-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95807-3: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Morocco Globalization and Its Consequences

NEW

Shana Cohen and Larabi Jaidi

Global Economy Contested

2006: 6x9: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-94510-3: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94511-0: £13.99

Power and Conflict Across the International Division of Labor Edited by Marcus Taylor, Queen’s University, Canada

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Economic Field 3. The Political Field 4. The Social Field 5. The Cultural Field: Global Penetration October 2007: 5x7: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-94422-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94423-6: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

On Argentina and the Southern Cone

Series: Rethinking Globalizations Emphasizing the social processes that underpin the global economy and demonstrating how the uneven effects of global economic integration impact upon actors this book also underlines the reciprocal effects that reconfigure the terrain of global accumulation.

Neoliberalism and National Imaginations Alejandro Grimson and Gabriel Kessler 2005: 5x7: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-94763-3: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94764-0: £15.99

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The Netherlands

Global Iran

Globalization and National Identity

Camron Michael Amin, University of MichiganDearborn, USA In this book, Camron Amin provides a rich yet concise portrait of Iranian society through the lens of globalization. How is economic and cultural globalization affecting Iranians? How are the nation’s two chief natural resources, militant Islam and oil, tied into larger supraregional economic and political currents? To answer this, Amin, a historian, traces the broad outlines of Iranian history, focusing in particular on Shi’ism and nationalism, the dominant faith there. Shi’ism sets it apart from surrounding Sunni regimes, and its nationalism has certainly been a potent global force for decades. He also contrasts Iran’s intense nationalism with its substantial ethnic diversity.

Frank J. Lechner October 2007: 5x7 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-95749-6: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95750-2: £17.99

Australia Nation, Belonging, and Globalization Antony Moran 2004: 6x9: 265pp Hb: 978-0-415-94496-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94497-7: £16.99

August 2008: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95247-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95248-4: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: Part 1: Reworking the International Division of Labour 1. Power, Conflict and the Production of the Global Economy Marcus Taylor 2. Globalisation and the Uneven Subsumption of Labour Under Capital in Russia Simon Clarke 3. Making the ‘Workshop of the World’: China and the International Division of Labour Étienne Cantin and Marcus Taylor Part 2: Commodity Chains, Labour Standards and Corporate Social Responsibility 4. Restructuring and Conflict in the Global Athletic Footwear Industry: Nike, Yue Yuen and Labour Codes of Conduct Jeroen Merk 5. Offshore Production, Labour Standards and Collective Organisation in the Globalizing U.S. Garment Industry Étienne Cantin 6. Corporate Social Responsibility and Labour Market Discipline: Contesting Social Reproduction in Low-Wage America Ryan Foster Part 3: Global Finance and Socially Responsible Investing 7. Pension Fund Capitalism, Pension Fund Socialism, and Dissent from Investment Paul Langley 8. Imposing Social Responsibility?: Pension Funds and the New Politics of Development Finance Susanne Soederberg Part 4: New Directions in Labour Organising 9. Challenging Labour Market Flexibilisation: Union and Community-Based Struggles in Post-Apartheid South Africa Marlea Clarke 10. After the Collapse: Workers and Social Conflict in Argentina Viviana Patroni 11. Globalisation, Contestation and Labour Internationalism: A Transformationalist Perspective Ronaldo Munck

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77548-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77549-6: £21.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

GLOBALIZATION

NEW

Globalisation, Knowledge & Labour

Globalization and Transformations of Local Socioeconomic Practices

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Mario Novelli, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Anibel Ferus-Comelo, New Trade Union Initiative, New Dehli, India Series: Rethinking Globalizations This book explores the place of knowledge in contemporary capitalism through the production of a theoretically informed, yet richly empirical edited collection that raises the question of how labour movements learn, what strategies they deploy to defend their interests and to what extent processes of neoliberal globalization and the new geography of global capitalism are producing alternative geographies of labour knowledge production and practice. December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43663-2: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

The Politics of Resistance in a Global Era The Theory and Practice of Social Movements Bice Maiguashca, University of Exeter, UK

Edited by Ulrike Schuerkens

Globalization, Development and Young People

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This innovative volume provides a comprehensive overview of the transformation of socio-economic practices in the global economy. Selected Contents: 1. Transformations of Local SocioEconomic Practices in a Global World: A Theoretical Approach and Some Empirical Evidence from Different World Regions 2. Contradictions of Social Responsibility: (German) Business Elites and Globalization 3. Negotiating Neo-Liberalism: Free-Market Reform in Central and Eastern Europe 4. Mobilizing International Auditing Standards in Arenas of Political and Economic Change in Post-Soviet Russia 5. China’s Response to Globalization: Manufacturing Confucian Values 6. The Export of Cultural Commodities as Impression Management: The Case of Thailand 7. Informal and Formal Economy in Caracas: Street Vending and Globalization 8. Common Roots, Shared Traits, Joint Prospects?: On the Articulation of Multiple Modernities in Benin and Haiti 9. Rethinking ’Free-Trade’ Practices in Contemporary Togo: Women Entrepreneurs in the Global Textile Trade 10. Outcomes and Perspectives October 2007: 6x9: 226pp Hb: 978-0-415-96090-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93511-8

Series: Rethinking Globalizations Exploring international social movements, both empirically and theoretically, this book argues that some social movements must be understood as significant forms of political agency on the world stage.

NEW

Sufis in Western Society Global Networking and Locality

March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39341-6: £70.00

Global Childhoods Edited by Stuart Aitken, San Diego State University, USA This astute text on the changing nature of childhood focuses on three main issues: nation building and developing children, child participation and activism in the context of development, and globalization and children’s lives in the context of what has been called ’the end of development’. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Globalization, Development and Constructions of Childhood Section 1: Nation Building and Developing Children 2. Genealogies of Development: Child Development and National Development in Contemporary Discourse 3. Prisoners of their own Price Tags: Late Twentieth American Childhood 4. Early Child Development Theory, Race and Emerging Developmentalist Perspectives 5. Negotiating Migrant Identities: Young People in Bolivia and Argentina 6. Conditioned and Transformed Childhoods in Ethiopia Section 2: Child Participation and Activism in the Context of Development 7. At the Interface of Development Studies and Child Research: Rethinking the Participating Child 8. Children, Young People, UNICEF and Participation 9. Childhood as a Symbolic Space: Autonomy and a Search for Authentic Voices 10. Development, Children and Young People and Networked Geographies of Responsibility and Participation Section 3: Globalization and Children’s Lives: The End of Development 11. Childhood in the Age of Global Media 12. Desarrollo Integral y La Frontera/Integral Development and Borderspaces 13. Disciplining the Global Womb: Anti-Child Labour Campaigning and the End of Development

NEW

Edited by Markus Dressler, Hofstra University, New York, USA, Ron Geaves, University of Chester, UK and Gritt Klinkhammer, Bremen University, Germany

The Social Economy

Series: Routledge Sufi Series

NEW

Working Alternatives in a Globalizing Era

This book examines the development of Sufi movements that have migrated from their place of origin to become global religious networks.

The Global Governance of Food

Hasmet M. Uluorta, University of Miami, USA Series: Rethinking Globalizations This book critically examines the growth of the social economy and the issues of work, labour, employment and social reproduction, both historically and theoretically, in an era of intensifying globalization.

July 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45711-8: £70.00

December 2007: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-41145-5: £70.00

Edited by Sara R. Curran, April Linton, University of California at San Diego, USA, Abigail Cooke, University of California at Los Angeles, USA and Andrew Schrank, University of New Mexico, USA This book presents recent, well-developed and interdisciplinary scholarship about the variety of mechanisms governing global food systems and their impacts on human and environmental wellbeing

September 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77593-9: £70.00

June 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45162-8: £70.00

NEW

The World Trade Organisation and Protest Movements Altering World Order? William B. Paterson, University of Stirling, UK Series: Rethinking Globalizations Focusing on the six year period after the protests at the World Trade Organization’s Seattle Millennium Conference, this book offers a unique analysis of the impact of the alter-globalization movements on the policies and process of the WTO.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

August 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46095-8: £70.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

GLOBALIZATION

2ND EDITION

NEW

Globalization

Urban Fears and Global Terrors Citizenship, Multicultures and Belongings After 7/7 Victor Jeleniewski Seidler, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK

Malcolm Waters, University of Tasmania, Australia 2000: 198x129: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-23854-0: £17.99

Globalization and Contestation

This book looks at 7/7 – the events, the loss, the fear and mourning that followed. It shapes narratives of social theory that can help readers understand the world after 9/11, offering new forms of social theory and new narrative methodologies.

The New Great Counter-Movement

September 2007: 234x156: 302pp Hb: 978-0-415-43614-4: £70.00

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-37655-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37656-3: £20.99

Globalization, Uncertainty and Late Careers in Society Edited by Hans-Peter Blossfeld, Sandra Buchholz and Dirk Hofäcker Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology 2006: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-37645-7: £80.00

Edited by Hans-Peter Blossfeld, Erik Klijzing, Melinda Mills and Karin Kurz Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology 2005: 234x156: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-35730-2: £85.00

Europe, Globalization, Theory Chris Rumford

Inclusion and Exclusion in the Global Arena

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology July 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39067-5: £65.00

Max Kirsch 2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-95241-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95242-2: £22.99

TEXTBOOK

Critical Globalization Studies Edited by Richard P. Appelbaum and William I. Robinson 2005: 7x10: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-94961-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94962-0: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

August 2008: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-34881-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34880-5: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64122-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Measuring Human Rights

Reading and Writing in Times of Social and Cultural Change

Todd Landman, University of Essex, UK and Edzia Carvalho, University of Essex, UK

2006: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36504-8: £85.00

Deciphering the Global Its Scales, Spaces and Subjects

2ND EDITION

Edited by Saskia Sassen

A Globalizing World?

April 2007: 6x9: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95732-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95733-5: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Culture, Economics, Politics Edited by David Held, London School of Economics, UK Series: Understanding Social Change 2004: 246x174: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-32974-3: £12.99

Waewick Murray

Selected Contents: Introduction: Nationalism and Everyday Life in Globalising Times 1. Ways of ReImagining the Nation and Re-Orienting Everyday Life 2. Ways of Speaking and Viewing 3. Ways of Schooling and Training 4. Ways of Branding, Marketing and Consuming 5. Ways of Delimiting Rights, Entitlements and Public Goods 6. Ways of Being and Modes of Attachment. Epilogue: Envisioning the Future

Literacy and Globalization

Series: Routledge Research in Literacy

Geographies of Globalization

Rather than just presuming a connection to everyday life, this book makes these connections by demonstrating how national identity has been caught up with processes such as citizenship, language, schooling, migration, sport, warfare, tourism, landscapes, heritage and tradition. Heavily illustrated with contemporary international case studies, this book provides a timely introduction to nationalism since the end of the Cold War and will appeal across the disciplines of: sociology, anthropology, political geography, politics, as well as area, cultural and post-colonial studies.

NEW

Uta Papen

TEXTBOOK

This innovative book presents an overview of the origins of nationalism to enable students coming to the subject for the first time to get a handle on the current key issues, controversies, theorists and ideas in the area - and in a manageable way.

Series: Rethinking Globalizations

The Losers in a Globalizing World

Cosmopolitan Space

Series: The New Sociology

Ronaldo Munck

Globalization, Uncertainty and Youth in Society

BACKLIST

Nationalism and Everyday Life Jane Hindley, University of Essex, UK

Series: International Library of Sociology

Selected Contents: 1. Traumatic Events, Precarious Lives and Social Theory 2. Urban Fears and Terrors of 7/7 3. Urban Dreams, Fears and Realities 4. Missing, Loss, Fear and Terror 5. Risks, Traumas and Insecurities 6. Young Masculinities, Islam and Terror 7. Young Men, Islamic Cultures and Belonging(s) 8. Global Terror, Islam and Citizenship 9. Fears, Uncertainties and Terrors 10. The West, Islam and the Politics of Dialogue 11. Faith, Martyrdom and Suicide Bombings 12. Religion, ‘Race’ and Multiculturalisms 13. Civilisations, Terrorisms and Hospitalities 14. Civilisations, Belongings and Ethics 15. Conclusions: Citizenship, Multiculturalisms and Complex Belongings

TEXTBOOK

The measurement of human rights has long been debated throughout the various academic disciplines that focus on human rights as well as within the larger international community of practitioners working in the field of human rights. Written by leading experts in the field, this is the most up-todate and comprehensive book on how to measure human rights. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Content of Human Rights 3. Measuring Human Rights 4. EventsBased Measures 5. Standards-Based Measures 6. SurveyBased Measures 7. Socio-Economic and Administrative Statistics 8. Conclusion October 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44649-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44650-1: £21.99

Series: Routledge Contemporary Human Geography Series

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

2005: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-31799-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31800-6: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.routledge.com/sociology

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Playing the Identity Card

TEXTBOOK

Surveillance, Security and Identification in Comparative Perspective

International Human Rights

Peacebuilding

A Comprehensive Introduction

From Concept to Commission

Michael Haas, College of the Canyons, Santa Clarita, California, USA

Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck College, UK

Edited by David Lyon, Queen’s University, Canada and Colin Bennett, University of Victoria, Canada National identity cards are in the news. While paper ID documents have been used in some countries for a long time, today’s rapid growth features high-tech IDs with built-in biometrics and RFID chips. Both long-term trends towards e-Government and the more recent responses to 9/11 have prompted the quest for more stable identity systems. Commercial pressures mix with security rationales to catalyze ID development, aimed at accuracy, efficiency and speed. New ID systems also depend on computerized national registries. Many questions are raised about new IDs but they are often limited by focusing on the cards themselves or on ’privacy’. Playing the Identity Card shows not only the benefits of how the state can ’see’ citizens better using these instruments but also the challenges this raises for civil liberties and human rights. ID cards are part of a broader trend towards intensified surveillance and as such are understood very differently according to the history and cultures of the countries concerned. June 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46563-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46564-9: £25.99

Richly illustrated throughout with case studies, think points, historical examples, brief biographies and suggestions for further reading, this book provides a comprehensive introduction to international human rights. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Philosophical Basis for Human Rights 3. The Historical Basis for Human Rights 4. The Contemporary Basis for Human Rights 5. Civil and Political Rights 6. Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights 7. Crimes Against Humanity, Crimes Against Peace, & War Crimes 8. Quantitative Dimensions 9. United Nations Charter-Based Organizations 10. Other Treaty-Based Global International Organizations 11. American Approaches to International Human Rights 12. European Approaches to International Human Rights 13. Third World Approaches to International Human Rights 14. New Dimensions & Challenges January 2008: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77454-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77455-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93626-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Rights Sociological Perspectives Edited by Lydia Morris, University of Essex, UK This pioneering book suggests how different traditions of sociological thought can contribute to an understanding of the theory and practice of rights. Selected Contents: Introduction: Sociology and Rights - An Emergent Field Part 1: Political Economy and Rights 1. Do We Need Rights: If So of What Sort? 2. Return of the Proletariat?: Pension Rights and Pension Finance in an Ageing Society 3. Developing an Economic Sociology of Care and Rights Part 2: Status, Norms and Institutions 4. Social Rights, Trans-National Rights and Civic Stratification 5. ‘Women’s Rights are Human Rights’: Campaigns and Concepts 6. Human Rights, AntiRacism and EU Advocacy Coalitions Part 3: Meaning, Interpretation and Rights 7. Rights, Social Theory and Political Philosophy: A Framework for Case Study Research 8. Rights Work: Constructing Lesbian, Gay and Sexual Rights in Late Modern Times 9. The Sociology of Indigenous People’s Rights Part 4: The Clash of Rights 10. Punishment, Rights and Justice 11. Mental Disorder and Human Rights 12. Free to Speak, Free to Hate? Conclusion: A Foundation for Rights or Theories of Practice?

Series: Global Institutions This book is about the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes. Selected Contents: 1. Overview 2. Birth of an Institution: The UN Peacebuilding Commission 3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving Concept 4. Peacebuilding in Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead March 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Global Counterterrorism How Multilateral Co-operation Works Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA Series: Global Institutions

NEW

Contemporary Human Rights Ideas Bertrand G. Ramcharan, Geneva Graduate Institute of International Studies, Switzerland Series: Global Institutions This book provides an accessible introduction to the key human rights concepts, the current debates about human rights, strategies and institutions for taking forward the global implementation of human rights, and the core messages that need to be imparted to students and the public at large. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. History: Shared Heritage, Common Struggle 2. Human Rights in the World Community 3. International Obligation 4. Universality 5. Equality 6. Democracy 7. Development 8. International Cooperation and Dialogue 9. Protection 10. Justice, Remedy, and Reparation 11. Conclusion April 2008: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77456-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77457-4: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92840-0

This text explains the history of counter-terrorist cooperation, examining under what conditions states cooperate to suppress terrorism as well as how existing international institutions have been affected by the US-led ’global war on terror,’ launched after the 09/11 terrorist attacks. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The History of Counter-Terrorism Cooperation 3. From the End of the Cold War to 9/11 4. The United Nations Counter-Terrorist Strategy 5. Military, Intelligence and Law Enforcement Cooperation 6. When Cooperation Works 7. Conclusion March 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Transnational Organized Crime Frank Madsen, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Global Institutions This book explains the history and development of organized crime and clearly demonstrates the economics and practices of crime in the era of globalization.

2006: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-35521-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35522-3: £25.99

Selected Contents: 1. Taxonomy: Transnational Organized Crime 2. History and Development of Concept of Organized Crime 3. The Transnational Crimes 4. Transnational Crime and Terrorism 5. Initiatives Against Transnational Crime 6. Critical Issues in Contemporary Debate and Praxis 7. Future Trends

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

January 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46498-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46499-4: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Flag, Nation and Symbolism in Europe and America

TEXTBOOK

Neoliberalization and the Struggle for Alternative Urban Futures

Edited by Thomas Hylland Eriksen, University of Oslo, Norway and Richard Jenkins, University of Sheffield, UK

Mark Purcell Recapturing Democracy is a short yet synoptic introduction to urban democracy in our era of political neoliberalism and economic globalization. Combining an original argument with a number of case studies, Mark Purcell explores the condition of democracy in contemporary Western cities. Whereas many scholars focus on what Purcell calls ’procedural democracy’ ñ i.e., electoral politics and access to it ñ he instead assesses ’substantive democracy.’ By this he means the people’s ability to have some say over issues of social justice, material well being, and economic equality. Neoliberalism, which advocates a diminished role for the state and increasing power for mobile capital, has diminished substantive democracy in recent times, he argues. He looks at case studies where this has occurred and at others that show how neoliberalism can be resisted in the name of substantive democracy. Ultimately, he utilizes Henri Lefebvre’s notion of ’the right to the city,’ which encompasses substantive as well as procedural democracy for ordinary urban citizens. January 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95434-1: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95435-8: £14.99 9.95 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Although the symbolic and political importance of flags has often been mentioned by scholars of nationalism, there are few in-depth studies of the significance of flags for national identities. This multidisciplinary collection offers case studies and comparisons of flag history, uses and controversies. Selected Contents: 1. Some Questions About Flags 2. The Origin of European National Flags 3. Rebel With(Out) a Cause?: The Contested Meanings of the Confederate Battle Flag in the American South 4. The Star-Spangled Banner and ‘Whiteness’ in American National Identity 5. Union Jacks and Union Jills 6. Pride and Possession, Display and Destruction 7. Between the National and the Civic: Flagging Peace In, or a Piece of, Northern Ireland? 8. Inarticulate Speech of the Heart: Nation, Flag and Emotion in Denmark 9. A Flag for all Occasions?: The Swedish Experience 10. Nationalism and Unionism in Nineteenth-Century Norwegian Flags 11. The Domestication of a National Symbol: The Private Use of Flags in Norway 12. Afterword October 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44404-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45854-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93496-8

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Global Democracy: For and Against

Altered States

Raffaele Marchetti, LUISS Guido Carli University, Rome, Italy Series: Democratization Studies This book defends the case for the expansion of the democratic model to the global political sphere by examining the nexus between the phenomenon of international exclusion and the political response of global democracy. March 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43719-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92880-6

Politics After Democracy Edited by Heather D. Gautney, Neil Smith, Omar Dahbour and Ashley Dawson Altered States engages questions regarding new modes and spaces of democracy in the twenty-first century. Drawing on the fields of geography, political theory, and cultural studies, Altered States explores the theoretical implications of recent experiments with new forms of democracy and the changing nature of the state as they are buffeted by countervailing forces of corporate globalization and participatory politics. The collection, comprised of eighteen essays, approaches these issues from the following three optics: first: the meaning of radical democracy in light of recent developments in democratic theory; second: new spatial arrangements or scales of democracy – from local to global, street protests to transnational networks; and third: the character and role of states in the development of new forms of democracy. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Radical Theories of Democracy and Sovereignty 2. New Spatial Scales of Democracy 3. Rethinking the State from an Activist Perspective January 2009: 6x9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-98982-4: £68.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98983-1: £29.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Series: Key Ideas The idea of cosmopolitanism has informed some of the most important developments in current sociology. It has changed the way in which we think about a vast array of issues: the forces of globalization, the resurgence of nationalism, the future of political community in Europe, the role of international law in social life, changing forms of violence, and even the life of the mind. This book explains what cosmopolitanism is and why it has grabbed the sociological imagination. Robert Fine explores the concept of cosmopolitanism and its application to a range of contemporary issues, including: •the future of Europe •the role of human rights, global governance and perpetual peace in the construction of a cosmopolitan order •crimes against humanity •the justification of humanitarian military interventions This book offers an innovative mix of theoretical and socio-political elements that will be of great interest to students and researchers in the fields of international political theory, international relations, social theory and cultural studies. Selected Contents: Preface: Twenty Theses on Cosmopolitan Social Theory 1. Taking the ‘ism’ Out of Cosmopolitanism: The Equivocations of the ‘New Cosmopolitanism’ 2. Confronting Reputations: Kant’s Cosmopolitanism and Hegel’s Critique 3. Cosmopolitanism and Political Community: The Equivocations of Constitutional Patriotism 4. Cosmopolitanism and International Law: From the ‘Law of Peoples’ to the ‘Constitutionalisation of International Law’ 5. Cosmopolitanism and Humanitarian Military Intervention: War, Peace and Human Rights 6. Cosmopolitanism and Punishment: Prosecuting Crimes Against Humanity 7. Cosmopolitanism and the Life of the Mind: The Critique of Reason 8. Conclusion November 2007: 198x129: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39224-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39225-9: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08728-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

Multicultural Nationalism Ephraim Nimni, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Can we reconcile multiculturalism and nationalism? Is it possible to reconstitute a form of nationalism which is not based on notions of ethnic superiority or the territorial nation state? This new book examines this crucial contemporary debate, combining normative political theory and empirical material. February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-24947-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24948-5: £18.99

ORDER NOW!

Robert Fine, University of Warwick, UK

•the extension of democracy beyond national limits.

FORTHCOMING

Ethical Theory, Institutional Design and Social Struggles

Cosmopolitanism

Recapturing Democracy

www.routledge.com/sociology

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Nihilism

Indigeneity in the Courtroom

On Privacy

Bulent Diken, Lancaster University, UK

Law, Culture, and the Production of Difference in North American Courts

Annabelle Lever, Oxford University, UK

Jennifer A. Hamilton

Drawing on government reports and legal decisions from the US and around the world, On Privacy asks if privacy is an entitlement that protects us from oppression and exploitation, or whether we are too quick to overlook its costs in the concealment of irresponsible and dangerous behavior.

Series: Key Ideas Most significant problems of contemporary life have their origins in nihilism and its paradoxical logic, which is simultaneously destructive to and constitutive of society. Yet, in social theory, nihilism is a surprisingly under-researched topic. This book develops a systematic account of nihilism in its four main forms: escapism, radical nihilism, passive nihilism and active nihilism. It focuses especially on the disjunctive synthesis between passive nihilism (the negation of the will) and radical nihilism (the will to negation), between the hedonism/disorientation that characterizes the contemporary post-political culture and the emerging forms of despair and violence as a reaction to it. The book consists of three parts. Part one deals with the historical significance, social consequences, and the social topology of nihilism. Part two focuses on literary, cinematic and architectural spaces of nihilism in the form of empirical case studies and part three links the first two together by elaborating on the possibilities of overcoming nihilism.

Series: Indigenous Peoples and Politics This book takes a novel approach to the question of how law shapes the contemporary lives of indigenous peoples in North America. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Indigeneity in the Courtroom 2. The Banishment Case: Justice and Difference in Washington v. Roberts and Guthrie 3. Resettling Musqueam Park: Property, Culture, and Difference in Glass v. Musqueam. Interlude: What Happens to Mary?: Some Orienting Thoughts on the Project 4. Healing the Bishop: Indigeneity, Consent, and Colonialism in R. v. O’Connor. Conclusion: Some Speculations on Indigeneity in the Courtroom December 2007: 6x9: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-97904-7: £40.00

Nations Matter Culture, History and the Cosmopolitan Dream Craig Calhoun Craig Calhoun, one of the most respected social scientists in the world, reexamines nationalism in light of post-1989 enthusiasm for globalization and the new anxieties of the twenty-first century. Nations Matter argues that pursuing a purely postnational politics is premature at best and possibly dangerous.

January 2009: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45217-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45218-2: £19.99

Being Against the World Rebellion and Constitution Oscar Guardiola-Rivera How can we save politics from the politician? How can we save ourselves? This book looks at the example of those who leave the city and break the social contract, rebellious exiles and freedom fighters escaping the wheel of necessity, and learns from them. Selected Contents: Introduction: Beyond Critique 1. Archaic Objects 2. Uncanny Encounters: The West and the Way of the Rest 3. Introduction to Fetishism (With a Plea for Realism) 4. Dead Men Tell No Tales: On the Most Sublime of Fetishists 5. Let Us Make Love (and Listen to Death from Above): Notes on the History of Psychoanalysis 6. The Love that Seeks No Other: Further Notes … 7. Horror in Philosophy 8. Rip it Up and Start Again 9. Sex, Laws and Rock ‘n Roll 10. Guevara’s Choice

Selected Contents: Part A: Theory 1. Privacy in Politics, Law and Contemporary Debate 2. Why is a Right to Privacy Hard to Define? 3. Is Privacy a Threat to Liberty, Equality and Social Solidarity? Part B: Practice 4. Privacy and the Family 5. Privacy and the Workplace 6. Privacy and Government December 2008: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39569-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39570-0: £9.99

NEW

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Scene 1. Genealogy of the Nihilist Desire 2. Nihilism and Society Part 2: The Disappearance 3. The Carnival of Spite: From Dostoevsky to Houellebecq 4. Annihilation through the Projector: From Gilda to Seven 5. Nihilism Materialized: From Frank Gehry to X-Hawk Part 3: The Refusal 6. Passive versus Radical Nihilism: Post-Politics versus Terrorism 7. The City Against Spite

NEW

Series: Thinking in Action

Calhoun argues that, rather than wishing nationalism away, it is important to transform it. One key is to distinguish the ideology of nationalism as fixed and inherited identity from the development of public projects that continually remake the terms of national integration. Standard concepts like 'civic' vs. 'ethnic' nationalism can get in the way unless they are critically re-examined – as an important chapter in this book does. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of sociology, history, political theory and all subjects concerned with nationalism, globalization, and cosmopolitanism. April 2007: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-41186-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41187-5: £21.99

Race and American Political Development Joseph Lowndes, University of Oregon, USA, Julie Novkov, University at Albany, SUNY, USA and Dorian Warren, Columbia University, USA This volume explores how the study of race can transform our understandings of political development and how studying political development can inform our understandings of race and racialization. Selected Contents: 1. Race and American Political Development Joseph Lowndes, Julie Novkov, and Dorian Warren 2. Race and the Dual State in Antebellum America Richard Young and Jeffrey Meiser 3. Charleston, the Vessey Conspiracy, and the Development of the Police Power Kathleen Sullivan 4. Racial Orders in American Political Development Desmond King and Rogers Smith 5. Hierarchy and Hybridity: The Internal Postcolonialism of Mid-Nineteenth Century Americans Kevin Bruyneel 6. Reconstruction, Race, and Revolution Pamela Brandwein 7. Jim Crow Reform and the Democratization of the South Kimberley Johnson 8. Race’s Reality: The NAACP Confronts Racism and Inequality in the Labor Movement, 1940-1965 Paul Frymer 9. Legacies of Slavery?: Race and Historical Causation in American Political Development Robert Lieberman 10. The Origins of the Carceral Crisis: Racial Order as ’Law and Order’ Naomi Murakawa 11. The Modern Presidency, Social Movements, and the Administrative State: Lyndon Johnson and the Civil Rights Movement Sidney Milkis 12. The Triumph of Racial Liberalism, the Demise of Racial Justice Daniel Martinez-HoSang 13. Fractured Believers: Race and Religion as Intersectional Aspects of United States Political Development Nancy Wadsworth June 2008: 6x9: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-96151-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96153-0: £20.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

June 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45945-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45946-4: £27.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Risk and the War on Terror

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Louise Amoore, University of Durham, UK and Marieke de Goede, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Social Movements

Social Movements and Activism in the USA

Written by leading scholars in the field, this book offers the first comprehensive and critical investigation of the specific modes of risk calculation that are emerging in the so-called war on terror.

Edited by Vincenzo Ruggiero, Middlesex University, UK and Nicola Montagna, Middlesex University, UK

Selected Contents: Foreword: Rising Risk Bill Maurer. Introduction: Governing by Risk in the War on Terror Louise Amoore and Marieke de Goede Part 1: Risk, Precaution, Governance 1. Taming the Future: The Dispositif of Risk in the War on Terror Claudia Aradau and Rens van Munster 2. Spatial Imaginaries: Economic Globalisation and the War on Terror Wendy Larner 3. The State of Preemption: Managing Terrorism Risk through Counter-Law Richard V. Ericson Part 2: Crime, Deviance, Exception 4. Choosing our Wars, Transforming Governance: Cancer, Crime, and Terror Jonathan Simon 5. Risk, Preemption and Exception in the War on Terrorist Financing Marieke de Goede 6. Consulting, Culture, the Camp: On the Economies of the Exception Louise Amoore Part 3: Biopolitics, Biometrics, Borders 7. Fast Capitalism/Slow Terror: Cushy Cosmopolitanism and its Extraordinary Others Matthew Sparke 8. Putting the Migration-Security Complex in its Place William Walters 9. Embodying Risk: Using Biometrics to Protect the Borders Charlotte Epstein Part 4: Risk, Tactics, Resistances 10. Border Hacks: The Risks of Tactical Media Rita Raley 11. Subverting Discourses of Risk in the War on Terror Susan Bibler Coutin 12. Conclusion: Risk and Imagination in the War on Terror Mark B. Salter May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44323-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44324-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92770-0

NEW

Social Movements: The Key Concepts Graeme Chesters, University of Bradford, UK and Ian Welsh, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides Social Movements: The key Concepts has relevance for a range of disciplines such as healthcare, development studies, anthropology and globalization. Material covered includes the Civil Rights Movement, direct action, hactyvism, indymedia, feminism and the Anti-Globalization Movement. An A-Z index and extensive bibliography provides tips for further exploration of this fascinating field. Students of all levels stand to gain much from this up-to-date and compact distillation of all the key facts. Selected Contents: Anti-Globalisation Movement. The Civil Rights Movement. Direct Action. Hacktivism. Indymedia. Feminism

A Reader

Series: Routledge Student Readers This reader plays an important role in the field of social movements; filling a lacuna in the market by covering a number of connected areas within social studies. Responding to growing demand for interpretation and analysis of re-emerging social conflicts in the developed as well as the developing world this timely publication is the outcome of the recent boost received by social movement studies since the spread of contention and collective action at international level. In brief, since the growth of the ’anti-globalization’ movement. This collection addresses the themes of conflict, social change, social movements and globalization. It is an essential purchase for undergraduate and postgraduates studying social movements, but also for more general modules on sociological theory, global sociology, the history of sociological thought, contemporary social theory and international and globalization studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Conflict and Collective Action Part 2: Social Transformation and Social Movements Part 3: Mobilisation and Rational Action Part 4: Political Process and Social Movements Part 5: New Social Movements Part 6: New Directions Part 7: Globalisation and Social Movements. Conclusion List of Contributors: Karl Marx. Frederick Engels. Emile Durkheim. Georg Simmel. Gustave Le Bon. Max Weber. Antonio Gramsci. Herbert Blumer. William Kornhauser. Neil Smelser. Mancur Olson. Anthony Oberschall. John McCarthy. Mayer Zald. Craig Jenkins. Gerard Marwell. Pamela Oliver. Sidney Tarrow. Sara Evans. Peter K. Eisinger. Hanspeter Kriesi. Dominique Wisler. Frances Fox Piven. Richard A. Cloward. Doug McAdam. Charles Tilly. Jurgen Habermas. Claus Offe. Alain Touraine. Alberto Melucci. Carol Mueller. Arturo Escobar. Sonia Alvarez. Bert Klandermans. David Snow et al. Mario Diani. Ron Eyerman. Andrew Jamison. Doug McAdam. John McCarthy. Mayer Zald. Craig Calhoun. Arjun Appadurai. Marjorie Mayo. Jackie Smith. Sanjeev Khagram. James V. Riker. Kathyn Sikkink. Donatella Della Porta. Sidney Tarrow. Nicola Montagna. Vincenzo Ruggiero. June 2008: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-44581-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44582-5: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Stephen Valocchi, Trinity College, Hartford, USA What can we learn when we listen closely to, and engage in dialogue with social movement activists? Social Movements and Activism addresses this question for a group of progressive activists in Hartford, Connecticut who do community, labor, feminist, gay and lesbian, peace, and anti-racist organizing. Situated within the twenty-first century landscape of post-industrialism and neo-liberalism and drawing on oral histories, the book argues for a dialogic and integrative approach to social movement activism. The dialogue between scholar and activist captures the interpretive nature of activists’ identity, the variable ways activists decide on strategies and goals, the external constraints on activism, and the creative ways activists manoeuvre around these constraints. This dialogic approach makes the book accessible and useful to students, scholars and activists alike. The integrative nature of the text refers to its theoretical approach. Rather than advancing a new theory of social movements, it uses existing approaches as a tool kit to examine the what, how, who, and why of social movement activism. Selected Contents: 1. Questioning Social Movements 2. Social Movement Goals and Strategies 3. Gathering Resources, Exploiting Opportunities, Forming Organizations 4. What Makes Them Do It? 5. Who They Are: Identity and Oppositional Consciousness 6. Keeping it Real: Usable Knowledge for Activists, Students, and Scholars March 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46158-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46159-7: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

The Global Sex Trade The Industrial Vagina Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy This book demonstrates the importance of the global sex industry to the field of international politics, exploring the development of the industry and the wider social implications. Selected Contents: 1. From Pimping to a Profitable Market Sector: The Globalization of the Sex Industry 2. Legalization/Decriminalization and the Development of the International Sex Industry 3. Military Prostitution 4. Sex Tourism 5. Child Prostitution 6. The International Political Economy of Pornography 7. Supplying the Demand: The Traffic in Women 8. Mail Order Bride Industry 9. Sexual Exploitation, Marriage and Heterosexuality 10. Conclusion

September 2008: 216x138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43114-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43115-6: £14.99

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

September 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41232-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41233-9: £19.99

www.routledge.com/sociology

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

NEW

On the Edges of Development

Unequal Europe

Cultural Interventions

Social Divisions in an Old Continent

Peace Operations and Human Rights

John Foran, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Kum-Kum Bhavnani, Priya Kurian and Debashish Munshi, University of Waikato, New Zealand

James Wickham, Trinity College, University of Dublin, Ireland

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This volume re-imagines development through a careful and imaginative exploration of some of the many ways that culture – in the broadest sense of lived experience and its representation – can recenter resistance, suggest alternative models, and advance critiques of development as it is currently practised. Selected Contents: Part 1: Refusing Representations of Development 1. October 17, 1961 2. (Defiant) Rituals of Resistance: Situating Inner-City Women in the Protest Performance of the Poor in Jamaica 3. The Many Faces of Urduja: Local and Global Resistance 4. Capitalist Spaces, Queer Places Part 2: Emergent Discourses of Development 5. Development: Narratives of Liberation and Subjection in the Post-War Period 6. Migrants, Genes, and Socio-Scientific Phobias: Charting the Fear of the ‘Third World’ Tag in Discourses of Development 7. OFW Tales, or Globalization Discourses and Development 8. Erratic Hopes and Inconsistent Expectations: Mexican Rural Women - Subject-toDevelopment Part 3: Fictions of Development 9. Mama Benz and the Taste of Money: A Critical View of a ’Homespun’ Rags to Riches Story 10. Fictions of Development: Reading the Chosen Place, the Timeless People in Santa Barbara, California 11. Fictions of (Under)Development

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics A penetrating new study about what Europe means today, showing how 9/11 was a brief moment of trans-Atlantic solidarity that lit up the international scene, but was quick to fade. This book is about the rift that existed before this historic juncture and has developed since.

Social Movements, Networks and Hierarchies

Citizens and the State

Athina Karatzogianni, University of Hull, UK and Andrew Robinson, University of Nottingham, UK

Attitudes in Western Europe and East and Southeast Asia Takashi Inoguchi, University of Tokyo, Japan and Jean Blondel, European University Institute, Italy Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory This book analyzes the relationship between citizens and the state from a primarily bottom up perspective via factor analysis of data from the eighteen country cross-national Asia-Europe survey including identity, confidence and satisfaction.

As the CCP moves away from traditional Maoism it seeks to maintain its commanding role in political life despite a growing number of challenges to its claims of legitimacy. This book describes these challenges and explains how the CCP adapts to maintain its authority. December 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45056-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93327-5

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book examines the operation of network forms of organization in social resistance movements, in relation to the integration of the world system, the intersection of networks and the possibility of social transformation. April 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45298-4: £70.00

NEW

November 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45191-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93811-9

Pension Politics Consensus and Social Conflict in Ageing Societies

NEW

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

NEW

Citizenship between Past and Future

Edited by Andre Laliberte, University of Quebec at Montreal, Canada and Marc Lanteigne, University of St Andrews, UK

April 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39489-5: £70.00

Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World

NEW

Adaptation and the Reinvention of Legitimacy

Contributed to by a wide range of practitioners and academic scholars, this special issue addresses key contemporary legal, political and operational challenges to human rights protection.

May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-85728-551-2: £65.00

June 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-95621-5: £60.00

The Chinese Party-State in the 21st Century

Edited by Ray Murphy and Katarina Mansson

Patrik Marier, Concordia University, Canada

Edited by Engin F. Isin, The Open University, UK, Peter Nyers, McMaster University, Canada and Bryan S. Turner, University of Cambridge, UK and National University of Singapore China is poised to gain global importance as a growth engine for the world economy on a par with Europe and the US. This book presents current research and thinking on the significance of corporate Japan’s growing engagement with China. Selected Contents: ‘Introduction: Why Citizenship’ Peter Nyers. ‘Investigating Citizenship: An Agenda for Citizenship Studies’ Engin F. Isin and Bryan S. Turner. ‘Twilight of Sovereignty or the Emergence of Cosmopolitan Norms?: Rethinking Citizenship in Volatile Times’ Seyla Benhabib. ‘Transformation of Citizenship: Status, Rights, Identity’ Christian Joppke. ‘Inclusive Citizenship: Realizing the Potential’ Ruth Lister. ‘European Citizenship: A Critical Assessment’ Gerard Delanty. ‘From Bounded to Flexible Citizenship: Lessons from Africa’ Francis B. Nyamnjoh. ‘Please Stay: Pied-aTerre Subjects in the Megacity’ Aihwa Ong. ‘Towards a Post-Citizenship Society?: A Report from the Front’ Yoav Peled. ‘The Subject of Citizenship’ Anna Yeatman. ‘Is Multiculturalism Appropriate for the 21st Century?’ Tariq Modood. ‘Being Here: Ethical Territoriality and the Rights of Immigrants’ Linda Bosniak. ‘Citizenship and Global Distribution of Opportunity’ Ayelet Shachar. ’The Right to Territory and the Contemporary Transformation of European Citizenship’ Enrica Rigo

Series: Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy of the Welfare State Presenting an innovative contribution to the literature on the politics of pension reform, this volume provides a neo-institutionalist analysis of pension reform in Belgium, France, Sweden and the United Kingdom. February 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42599-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93121-9

NEW

Women’s Movements Flourishing or in Abeyance? Edited by Sandra Grey, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand and Marian Sawer, Australian National University Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics This comparative book brings together scholars to examine the changing patterns of feminist activism and the new local, global and cyber spaces in which it is to be found. It addresses the question ’where have women’s movements gone?’ April 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46245-7: £65.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

March 2008: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45441-4: £70.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

NEW

Gender Inclusive

European Integration as an Elite Process The Failure of a Dream?

Frankfurt School Perspectives on Globalization, Democracy, and the Law

Adam Jones, Yale University, USA

Max Haller, University of Graz, Austria

William E. Scheuerman, Indiana University, USA

Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Gender Inclusive is a collection of writings by Adam Jones, one of the leading experts on genocide and an authority on gendercide.

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

May 2008: 6x9: 430pp Hb: 978-0-415-40390-0: £65.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This volume makes use of the first-generation Frankfurt School political and legal theorist, Franz L. Neumann, in conjunction with his famous successor, Jürgen Habermas, to try to understand the momentous political and legal transformations generated by globalization.

NEW

December 2007: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-70183-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93237-7

Sustainability and Security within Liberal Societies

NEW

Writings on Violence, Men, and Feminist International Relations

February 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77513-7: £70.00

Max Haller’s impressive book presents an analysis of the process of European integration which keeps the relation between elites and citizens at the forefront. A timely and original read, this book will be a useful addition to any political sociologist’s library.

NEW

Political and Social Thought in PostCommunist Russia Axel Kaehne, Cardiff University, UK Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies Providing the first book-length comprehensive study of Russian political and social thought in the postCommunist era, this book portrays, and critically examines the conceptual and theoretical attempts by Russian scholars and political thinkers to make sense of the challenges of post-communism. October 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39196-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93600-9

Learning to Live with the Future Stephen Gough, Vassar College, USA and Andrew Stables, University of Bath, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This book explores the implications for sustainability and security from a range of intellectual perspectives on liberalism, such as those offered by John Rawls, Robert Nozick, Frederick Hayek, Ronald Dworkin, Michael Oakeshott, Amartya Sen and Jürgen Habermas. May 2008: 6x9: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-95582-9: £60.00

NEW

Political Evil in a Global Age An Arendtian Perspective

NEW

Patrick Hayden, University of St Andrews, UK

Globalisation, Public Opinion and the State

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory this volume uses elements of Arendt’s theory to engage with four distinctive political problems connected with contemporary globalization: genocide, global poverty, refugees and the domination of the public realm by neoliberal economic globalization. May 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45106-2: £65.00

NEW

Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the United States and Canada Miriam Smith, Trent University, Canada This book examines why the U.S. and Canada have produced such divergent policy outcomes in affording rights to their gay and lesbian citizens. This book will prove vital as movements for lesbian and gay rights continue to recast the social landscape in North America and beyond.

Western Europe and East and Southeast Asia Edited by Takashi Inoguchi, University of Tokyo, Japan and Ian Marsh, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This is first integrated book-length account of citizen responses to the new global order. Based on a comprehensive survey, administered at the end of 2000, in nine European and nine Asian countries, this book demonstrates the diverse responses to globalization, within, and between, two of the world’s major – and most globally integrated – regions. December 2007: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-39988-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93501-9

The Mythological State and its Empire David Grant Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought Probing the work of key political thinkers from Hobbes to Rawls, this book examines the state as a real, mythological entity. This groundbreaking work explores the contradictions of our views towards, and interactions with the state and will be of interest to scholars of sociology, politics, philosophy and law. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Nature of the Political Myth 3. Establishment and Refinement 4. Modernisation 5. Embodiment 6. Myth’s Empire. Conclusion July 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-98875-9: £60.00

NEW

In Pursuit of Sustainable Development New Governance Practices at the Sub-National Level in Europe Edited by Susan Baker, Cardiff University, UK and Katarina Eckerberg, Umeå University, Sweden Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science This book explores the promotion of sustainable development as an organizing principle for the emergence of new forms of governance practices in European Union member states and Norway. April 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41910-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92816-5

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

April 2008: 6x9: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-98871-1: £60.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

Also in this series:

Routledge Studies in Critical Realism

FORTHCOMING

Violence, Prejudice and Sexuality

NEW

On Christian Belief

Stephen Tomsen, Vassar College, USA

A Defence of a Cognitive Conception of Religious belief in a Christian Context

Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology This book offers an original and important contribution to the social science debate regarding essentialist models of understanding human sexuality and gender and the nature and extent of ’hate violence’ and sexual prejudice in contemporary societies.

Andrew Collier

The Political Economy of European Social Democracy

Ontology of Sex

A Critical Realist Perspective

Carrie Hull

David Bailey, Aston University, UK Presenting case studies from the UK, France, Sweden, Spain, Italy, Germany and the transnational Party of European Socialists, this text provides a theoretically innovative explanation for the ‘new’ social democratic turn to Europe. It that will be of interest to postgraduate students and academics studying/researching social democratic parties. Selected Contents: 1. The Modernization of European Social Democracy 2. The Limits of Social Democratic Regulation 3. Traditional Social Democracy and the Logic of No Alternative 4. The Social Democratic Turn to Europe 5. European Social Democracy at the Supranational Level 6. Conclusion

Realism and Sociology Justin Cruickshank

Anti-Foundationalism Ontology and Social Research

NEW

Edited by Johnathan Joseph and John Michael Poash

The Politics of Antisocial Behaviour Amoral Panics Stuart Waiton, University of Abertay Dundee, Scotland

Hegemony

Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology

Johnathan Joseph

Defending Objectivity

By providing a new criminological framework for understanding the fear of crime, The Politics of Antisocial Behaviour re-poses the increasingly important debate around antisocial behaviour and the internationally understood idea of moral panics.

In Defence of Objectivity

Essays in Honour of Andrew Collier Edited by Margaret Archer and William Outhwaite March 2007: 234x156: 284pp Pb: 978-0-415-43459-1: £20.00

January 2009: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-95655-0: £60.00

Realism, Discourse and Deconstruction

A Realist Analysis

January 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46213-6: £75.00

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Human Sexuality 2. A Dynamic Model of Homophobia and Hate Crime 3. The Discovery and Spectrum of Anti-Queer Violence and Killings 4. Killings as ’Hate Crimes’? 5. The Rise of the Homosexual Advance Defence 6. The Demons and the Dead

Andrew Collier

Marxism and Realism

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Safety: The New ‘Absolute’ 3. The Politics of Vulnerability 4. Diminished Subjectivity 5. From Moral to Amoral Panics 6. A Social Society. Afterword

Contributions to Social Ontology

A Materialistic Application of Realism in the Social Sciences

Edited by Clive Lawson, John Spiro Latsis and Nuno Miguel Ornelas Martins

Sean Creavan

December 2007: 6x9: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-95705-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93837-9

Educational Policy and Realist Social Theory

NEW

Dialectical Philosophy and Social Theory

Primary Teachers, Child Centred Philosophy and the New Managerialism

Edited by Phil Scraton and Jude McCulloch

Sean Creaven

Robert Wilmott

2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40373-3: £80.00

Emergentist Marxism

March 2007: 234x156: 358pp Hb: 978-0-415-39506-9: £85.00

Critical Realism, Post Postivism & the Possibility of Knowledge

Engendering the State The International Diffusion of Women’s Human Rights

Ruth Groff

Lynn Savery

Critical Realism

April 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-42877-4: £75.00

The Difference it Makes Edited by Justin Cruickshank

Explaining Global Poverty

Critical Realism and Composition Theory

A Critical Realist Approach Branwen Gruffydd Jones

Donald Judd

2006: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39212-9: £65.00

Beyond Relativism Raymond Boudon, Cognitive Rationality and Critical Realism Cynthia Lins Hamlin

The Violence of Incarceration Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology Drawing on primary research in the USA, Canada, Australia, Ireland and the UK this volume details the dynamics of the relationships between interpersonal violence, institutionalised abuses and incarceration. Selected Contents: 1. The Violence of Incarceration: An Introduction Jude McCulloch and Phil Scraton 2. An Afternoon in September 1983 Laurence McKeown 3. Entombing Resistance: Institutional Power and Polarisation in the Jika Jika High-Security Unit Bree Carlton 4. Protests and ‘Riots’ in the Violent Institution Phil Scraton 5. Child Incarceration: Institutional Abuse, the Violent State and the Politics of Impunity Barry Goldson 6. Naked Power: Strip-Searching in Women’s Prisons Jude McCulloch and Amanda George 7. The Imprisonment of Women and Girls in the North of Ireland: A ‘Continuum of Violence’ Linda Moore and Phil Scraton 8. Neither Kind Nor Gentle: The Perils of ‘Gender Responsive Justice’ Cassandra Shaylor 9. The US Military Prison: The Normalcy of Exceptional Brutality Avery F. Gordon 10. A Reign of Penal Terror: US Global Statecraft and the Technology of Punishment and Capture Dylan Rodr’guez 11. Indigenous Incarceration: The Violence of Colonial Law and Justice Chris Cunneen 12. The Violence of Refugee Incarceration Jude McCulloch and Sharon Pickering 13. Preventing Torture and Casual Cruelty in Prisons through Independent Monitoring Diana Medlicott

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

April 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96313-8: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

BACKLIST The Problem of Health Technology Pascale Lehoux

Habermas

Praxis and Politics

Rescuing the Public Sphere

Knowledge Production in Social Movements

Pauline Johnson

Janet M. Conway

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

Series: New Approaches in Sociology

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-36769-1: £70.00

2006: 6x9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-95348-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95349-8: £18.99

Social Capital and Associations in European Democracies

Human Rights

Complexity and Social Movements

Anthony Woodiwiss

Multitudes at the Edge of Chaos

Series: Key Ideas

Graeme Chesters and Ian Welsh

2005: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36068-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36069-2: £17.99

Series: International Library of Sociology 2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34414-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43974-9: £20.00

A Comparative Analysis Edited by William A. Maloney and Sigrid Rossteutscher Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics 2006: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-41053-3: £70.00

NEW

Logics of Critical Explanation in Social and Political Theory

Conflict and Peace Building in Divided Societies

Jason Glynos and David Howarth

Responses to Ethnic Violence

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory

Anthony Oberschall

September 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40428-0: £70.00

February 2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41160-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41161-5: £24.99

Edited by Ephraim Nimni

The Rise of the ’Illegal Alien’ and the Remaking of the U.S.-Mexico Boundary Joseph Nevins, University of California, Berkeley, USA 2001: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-93104-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-93105-2: £16.99

Emotions and Social Movements Helena Flam and Debra King Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory 2005: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-24964-5: £75.00

B. Rodgers

Genocide

2006: 246x174: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-35385-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35384-7: £20.00

Todd Landman 2005: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-32604-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32605-6: £20.99

Edited by Gearóid Ó Tuathail, Simon Dalby and Paul Routledge

Edited by Matt Matravers

2006: 246x189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34147-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34148-6: £27.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2005: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-34805-8: £75.00

Edited by Tariq Modood, Anna Triandafyllidou and Ricard Zapata-Barrero

The Suppression of Dissent How the State and Mass Media Squelch USAmerican Social Movements Jules Boykoff Series: New Approaches in Sociology 2006: 6x9: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-97810-1: £55.00

Negotiating Decolonization in the United Nations

Adam Jones

Studying Human Rights

Politics and the Culture of Control

NEW

A Comprehensive Introduction

Series: Cass Military Studies

The Geopolitics Reader

2006: 234x156: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-35514-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35515-5: £25.99

2005: 198x129: 100pp Hb: 978-0-415-38291-5: £110.00

Edited by Giuseppe Caforio

Managing Modernity

A European Approach

From Pauperism to Human Rights

An Interdisciplinary Overview

2ND EDITION

Multiculturalism, Muslims and Citizenship

2005: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36316-7: £75.00

Social Sciences and the Military

2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-37646-4: £85.00

National-Cultural Autonomy and its Contemporary Critics

Operation Gatekeeper

2005: 6x9: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-97659-6: £50.00

Politics of Space, Identity, and International Community Vrushali Patil Series: New Approaches in Sociology

Why Liberals and Conservatives Clash A View from Annapolis Bruce Fleming 2006: 6x9: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-95352-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95353-5: £16.99

September 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-95856-1: £60.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

www.routledge.com/sociology

MIGRATION AND DIASPORA

NEW

Rejecting Refugees

TEXTBOOK

African Diasporas

Political Asylum in the 21st Century

International Migration & Citizenship Today

A Global Perspective

Carol Bohmer, Dartmouth College, USA and Amy Shuman, Ohio State University, USA Using both in-depth accounts by asylum applicants and interviews with lawyers and others involved, this book takes the reader on a journey through the process of applying for asylum in both the United States and Great Britain. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. No More Huddled Masses 2. The System 3. Are You Who You Say You Are 4. Did this Really Happen to You?: The Problem of Credibility 5. Politics Gets Personal: What Counts as Persecution 6. The Personal is Political: Taking Gender into Account. Conclusion November 2007: 198x129: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77375-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77376-8: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93722-8

Niklaus Steiner, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA Never before have so many people had the ability to move from one country to another while at the same time never have governments had so much power to control this movement. As evident in debates all over the world, including the current heated one in the United States, this juxtaposition leads to considerable controversy regarding the admission of foreigners into one’s country and their treatment once admitted. This textbook explores the economic, political, and cultural dimensions of this controversy on both a moral and a practical level. Its enables the reader to contribute thoughtfully to the discussion of international migration that is too often cast in simplistic terms; in other words, when economists argue that free trade reduces international migration or politicians argue that international migration reduces national identity, students will be able to critically evaluate such arguments.

NEW BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The Diaspora Strikes Back Caribbean Latino Tales of Learning and Turning Juan Flores, Hunter College and CUNY Graduate Center, USA Series: Cultural Spaces In the Diaspora Strikes Back, the eminent ethnic and cultural studies scholar Juan Flores flips the process on its head: what happens to the home country when it is being constantly fed by emigrants returning from abroad? He looks at how ’Nuyoricans’ (Puerto Rican New Yorkers) have transformed the home country, introducing hip hop and modern New York culture to the Caribbean island. While he focuses on New York and Mayaguez (in Puerto Rico), the model is broadly applicable. Indians introducing contemporary British culture to India; New York Dominicans bringing slices of New York culture back to the Dominican Republic; Mexicans bringing LA culture (from fast food to heavy metal) back to Guadalajara and Monterrey. This ongoing process is both massive and global, and Flores’ novel account will command a significant audience across disciplines.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction Part 2: Immigration 2. Admitting Economically Motivated Immigrants 3. Admitting Family Members and Students 4. Dealing with the Unwanted 5. Vigilante Movements Challenging Government Authority Part 3: Refugees 6. Origins of Moral Obligation to Protect Refugees 7. Pre-1951 Efforts and Failures to Protect Refugees 8. Modern Refugee Protection 9. Problem of Protection 10. Vigilante Movements Challenging Government Authority Part 4: Citizenship and Naturalization 11. Rise of Citizenship 12. Naturalization Process 13. Beyond Traditional Conceptions of Citizenship 14. Rights and Restrictions for Non-Citizens Part 5: Conclusion 15. Reflections on the Complexity of the Issue July 2008: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77298-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77299-0: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edward A. Alpers, University of California, Los Angeles, USA Series: Global Diasporas The African diaspora is widely recognized as one of the world’s major diasporas. Most of the existing studies of it have focused almost exclusively on the Atlantic world, ignoring the other key dimensions of this huge phenomenon. Here, Edward Alpers presents a truly global treatment of this subject where the Atlantic diaspora, including the US and UK, continues to be central, but in which serious attention is also paid to its Mediterranean and Indian Ocean implications. In this book Alpers explores: •where and how Africans came to find themselves scattered across very different world regions •the extent to which, and means whereby, they have retained their Africanicity •their struggles to establish recognition for themselves as Africans in diaspora. Beginning with a general history of the African diaspora before, during and after the slave trade, this enlightening book, ideal for students of African studies, race and ethnicity studies and history, looks at the lives of diasporic communities from slavery to emancipation and in the colonial and postcolonial worlds. July 2008: 276x219: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-26814-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26815-8: £21.99

NEW

Sikh Nationalism and Identity in a Global Age Giorgio Shani, Ritsumeikan University, Japan Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies Sikh Nationalism and Identity in a Global Age examines the construction of a Sikh national identity in post-colonial India and the diaspora, and explores the reasons for the failure of the movement for an independent Sikh state: Khalistan. December 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42190-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93721-1

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

August 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95260-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95261-3: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

MIGRATION AND DIASPORA

NEW

TEXTBOOK

The South Asian Diaspora

2ND EDITION

Transnational Networks and Changing Identities

Gender and Family Among Transnational Professionals

Global Diasporas An Introduction

Edited by Rajesh Rai, National University of Singapore and Peter Reeves, National University of Singapore

Robin Cohen, University of Oxford, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia

Series: Global Diasporas

This book uses the concept of transnational networks as a way to understand the South Asian diaspora. Offering a unique and original insight into the South Asian diaspora, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of South Asian studies, diaspora and cultural studies, anthropology, transnationalism and globalization.

In a perceptive and arresting analysis, Robin Cohen introduces his distinctive approach to the study of the world’s diasporas. This book investigates the changing meanings of the concept and the contemporary diasporic condition, including case studies of Jews, Armenians, Africans, Chinese, British, Indians, Lebanese and Caribbean peoples. The first edition of this book had a major impact on diaspora studies and was the foundational text in an emerging research and teaching field. This second edition extends and clarifies Robin Cohen’s argument, addresses some critiques and outlines new perspectives for the study of diasporas. It has also been made more student-friendly with illustrations, guided readings and suggested essay questions. Selected Contents: Preface to the Second Edition 1. Four Phases of Diaspora Studies 2. Classical Notions of Diaspora: Transcending the Jewish Tradition 3. Victim Diasporas: Africans and Armenians 4. Labour and Imperial Diasporas: Indentured Indians and the British 5. Trade and Business Diasporas: Chinese and Lebanese 6. Diasporas and their Homelands: Zionists and Sikhs 7. Deterritorialized Diasporas: The Black Atlantic and the Lure of Bombay 8. Mobilizing Diasporas in a Global Age 9. Studying Diasporas: Old Methods and New Topics March 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43550-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43551-2: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92894-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Migration and Health in Asia Edited by Santosh Jatrana, Mika Toyota and Brenda S. A. Yeoh Series: Routledge Research in Population and Migration 2005: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-36319-8: £85.00

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Transnational Networks 1. The Social World of Gujarati Merchants and their Inter-Oceanic Networks in the Pre-Modern Period 2. Ethnicity, Locality and Circulation in Two Diasporic Merchant Networks from South Asia 3. IndoFijians: Roots and Routes 4. The Sikhs in Southeast Asia 5. Entrepreneurial Networks: The Indian Diaspora and India’s International Economic Expansion Part 2: SocioEconomic Identities and Change 6. Indians in Southeast Asia 7. Forms of Indian Labour Migration in 19th Century Mauritius 8. From Bharat to Sri Ram Desh 9. Identity and Change 10. ‘Diasporic’ Bangladesh’s in Singapore and USA Part 3: Culture and Changing Diasporic Identities 11. Food, the Female and the Family 12. Marking the Nation-Women’s Dress, Visibility and Presence 13. The Attrition and Survival of Minority Languages in the South Asian Diaspora 14. Salman Rushdie and Diasporic Literature October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45691-3: £85.00

NEW

The International Migration of Health Workers

Edited by Anne-Meike Fechter, University of Sussex, UK and Anne Coles, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge International Studies of Women and Place This book investigates the impact of relocation on gender and family relations among today’s transnational professionals, filling a glaring gap in migration studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Anne Coles and AnneMeike Fechter 1. The Shell Ladies’ Project: Making and Remaking Home Leonie Gordon 2. Shopping for a Hypernational Home: How Expatriate Women in Kathmandu Labour to Assuage Fear Heather Hindman 3. Travelling Together?: Work, Intimacy and Home Amongst British Expatriate Couples in Dubai Katie Walsh 4. The German School in London, UK: Fostering the Next Generation of National Cosmopolitans? Fiona Moore 5. Moving Experiences: Responses to Relocation Among British Military Wives Sue Jervis 6. Making Multiple Migrations: The Life of British Diplomatic Families Overseas Anne Coles 7. Becoming a Feminist in Aidland Rosalind Eyben 8. At Work and at Play in the ‘Fishbowl’: Gender Relations and Social Reproduction Among Development Expatriates in Madagascar Ritu Verma 9. From ‘Incorporated Wives’ to ‘Expat Girls’: A New Generation of Expatriate Women? Anne-Meike Fechter 10. ‘Coming to China Changed my Life’: Gender Roles and Relations Among Single British Migrants Katie D. Willis and Brenda S.A.Yeoh September 2007: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-39600-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93909-3

The Human Cost of African Migrations Edited by Toyin Falola and Niyi Afolabi

Edited by John Connell, Vassar College, USA

Series: African Studies

Series: Routledge Research in Population and Migration The first book to draw together work on the migration of health workers in a range of global contexts, this volume provides the first detailed overview of the growing phenomenon of the international migration of skilled health workers

June 2007: 6x9: 540pp Hb: 978-0-415-95837-0: £65.00

Selected Contents: 1. Towards a Global Health Care System John Connell 2. Globalised Labour Markets and the Trade of Filipino Nurses Rochelle Ball 3. New Opportunities: United Kingdom Recruitment of Filipino Nurses James Buchan 4. Here to Stay?: Migrant Health Workers in Ireland Nicola Yeates 5. “Filipinos are Very Strongly into Medical Stuff’: Labour Market Segmentation in Toronto, Canada Philip Kelly and Sylvia D’Addorio 6. Indian Nurses: Seeking New Shores Philomina Thomas 7. The Migration of Health Professionals from Zimbabwe Abel Chikanda 8. Migrant Nurses and the Experience of Skill: South African Nurses in the UK Health Sector Colleen McNeil-Walsh 9. Chinese Nurses in Australia: Migration, Work and Identity Christina Ho 10. The Impact of the Outmigration of Female Care Workers on Informal Family Care in Nigeria and Bulgaria Sarah Harper, Isabella Aboderin and Iva Ruchieva 11. Transient Greener Pastures in Managed Temporary Labour Migration in the Pacific: Fiji Nurses in the Marshall Islands Avelina Rokoduru 12. Reconceptualizing UK’s Transnational Medical Labour Market Parvati Raghuram 13. The Recruiting of South African Health Care Professionals Christian Rogerson and Jonathan Crush

Patricia Goerman

The Promised Land? The Lives and Voices of Hispanic Immigrants in the New South Series: Latino Communities: Emerging Voices Political, Social, Cultural and Legal Issues 2006: 6x9: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-97774-6: £50.00

Trans-Atlantic Migration The Paradoxes of Exile Edited by Toyin Falola and Niyi Afolabi Series: African Studies July 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-96091-5: £65.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

December 2007: 6x9: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-95623-9: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93245-2

www.routledge.com/sociology

CULTURAL SOCIOLOGY

Practicing Culture

NEW

Edited by Craig Calhoun, New York University, USA and Richard Sennett, London School of Economics, UK

TEXTBOOK

Series: Taking Culture Seriously

Food and Culture

Practicing Culture seeks to revitalize the field of cultural sociology with an emphasis not on abstract theoretical debates but on showing how to put theoretical sources to work in empirical research. Culture is not just products and representations but practices. It is made and remade in countless small ways and occasional bursts of innovation. It is something people do – and do in a rich variety and distinctive contexts as engaging case studies from the book reveal. For example:

A Reader

•in Russia’s most Western city, Kaliningrad, residents dig for artifacts symbolizing a German past – even though their parents only migrated to what was once Konigsberg after WWII •in the USA, fans of professional wrestling pride themselves on being smart enough to know how much is trickery and how the tricks work yet still believe in the contest. Practicing Culture will reshape and invigorate the sociology of culture, not only through internal development, but through enhanced connections to the interdisciplinary social theory and to related fields like the sociology of knowledge and ethnography. It will prove an essential tool for students and researchers of cultural theory, contemporary social theory and cultural sociology. Selected Contents: 1. ’We Have Never Been German’: The Economy of Digging in Russian Kaliningrad 2. Practicing Poetry: A Career Without a Job 3. Hot Glass: The Calorific Imagination of Practice in Glassblowing 4. State Power as Field Work: Culture and Practice in the French Survey of Historic Landmarks 5. New and Improved Nations: Branding National Identity 6. Facts in the City: How London Accountants Simplify Decisions 7. Managing Doubt: Professional Wrestling Jargon and the Making of ’Smart Fans’ 8. Beauty at the Gallery: Sentimental Education and Operatic Community in Contemporary Buenos Aires 9. The Erotic Life of Electric Hair Clippers: A Social History 10. Practicing Authorship: The Case of Brecht’s Plays

2ND EDITION

Edited by Carole Counihan, Millersville University and Penny Van Esterik, York University, Canada Food and Culture: A Reader, is a solidly established classroom and reference text for scholars and students across the humanities and social sciences. It has been assigned for courses in anthropology, cultural studies, folklore, food studies, history, literature, philosophy, sociology, archeology, American studies, and more. Food and Culture remains significant because it demonstrates the centrality of cultural anthropology to the study of food. It is unique in providing an interdisciplinary collection of classic and cutting-edge articles in the field of food and culture studies that combine theory with ethnographic and historical data. Selected Contents: Foundations 1. The Problem of Changing Food Habits Margaret Mead 2. Toward a Psychosociology of Contemporary Food Consumption Roland Barthes 3. The Culinary Triangle Claude Lévi-Strauss 4. Deciphering a Meal Mary Douglas 5. The Abominable Pig Marvin Harris 6. Nourishing Arts Michel De Certeau and Luce Giard 7. The Recipe, the Prescription, and the Experiment Jack Goody 8. Time, Sugar, and Sweetness Sidney Mintz 9. Anorexia Nervosa and its Differential Diagnosis Hilde Bruch. Gender and Consumption 10. Fast, Feast, and Flesh: The Religious Significance of Food to Medieval Women Caroline Bynum 11. Appetite as Voice Joan Jacobs Brumberg 12. Anorexia Nervosa: Psychopathology as the Crystallization of Culture Susan Bordo 13. Feeding Hard Bodies: Food and Masculinities in Men’s Fitness Magazines Fabio Parasecoli 14. The Overcooked and the Underdone: Masculinities in Japanese Food Programming T.J.M. Holden 15. Japanese Mothers and Obentos: The Lunch Box as Ideological State Apparatus Anne Allison 16. Conflict and Deference Marjorie DeVault 17. Feeding Lesbigay Families Christopher Carrington. Food and Identity Politics 18. How to Make a National Cuisine: Cookbooks in Contemporary India Arjun Appadurai 19. Let’s Cook Thai: Recipes for Colonialism Lisa Heldke 20. ’Suckin’ the Chicken Bone Dry’: African American Women, Fried Chicken and the Power of a National Narrative Psyche Williams-Forson 21. Rooting Out the Causes of Disease: Why Diabetes is So Common Among Desert Dwellers Gary Paul Nabhan 22. Food as Oppositional Voice for Women in the San Luis Valley of Colorado Carole Counihan 23. Salad Days: Using Visual Methods to Study Children’s Food Culture Melissa Salazar, Gail Feenstra and Jeri Ohmart 24. The Raw and the Rotten: Punk Cuisine Dylan Clark 25. Taco Bell, Maseca, and Slow Food: A Postmodern Apocalypse for Mexico’s Peasant Cuisine? Jeffrey Pilcher 26. Slow Food and the Politics of Pork Fat: Italian Food and European Identity Alison Leitch 27.’Real Belizean Food’: Building Local Identity in the Transnational Caribbean Rich Wilk. Political Economy of Food: Transformation and Marginalization 28. The Chain Never Stops Eric Schlosser 29. Whose ‘Choice’? ‘Flexible’ Women Workers in the Tomato Food Chain Deborah Barndt 30. The (Functional) Uses of Obesity: Food as a Social Emergency, or the Fat Pay All Alice Julier 31. The Politics of Breastfeeding Penny Van Esterik 32. The Political Economy of Food Aid in an Era of Agricultural Biotechnology J. Clapp 33. Of Hamburger and Social Space, Consuming McDonald’s in Beijing Yungxiang Yan 34. Plastic Bag Housewives and Postmodern Restaurants: Public and Private in Bangkok’s Foodscape Gisèle Yasmeen 35. Street Credit: The Cultural Politics of Street Children’s Food Acquisition and Hunger in an African City Karen Coen Flynn 36. Want Amid Plenty: From Hunger to Inequality Janet Poppendieck December 2007: 7x10: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-97776-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-97777-7: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Fashion Theory A Reader Edited by Malcolm Barnard, University of Derby, UK

August 2007: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-41251-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41250-6: £21.99

Series: Routledge Student Readers From its beginnings in the fifteenth century, intensified interest in fashion and the study of fashion over the last thirty years has led to a vast and varied literature on the subject. This collection of essays surveys and contextualizes the ways in which a wide range of disciplines have used a variety of theoretical approaches to explain, and sometimes to explain away, the astonishing variety, complexity and beauty of fashion. Themes covered include individual, social and gender identity, the erotic, consumption and communication. By collecting together some of the most influential and important writers on fashion and exposing the ideas and theories behind what they say, this unique collection of extracts and essays brings to light the presuppositions involved in the things we think and say about fashion. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fashion and Fashion Theories Part 2: Fashion and History/Fashion in History Part 3: What Fashion is and is Not Part 4: What Fashion and Clothing Do Part 5: Fashion as Communication Part 6: Fashion: Identity and Difference: Sex and Gender Part 7: Fashion, Clothes and the Body Part 8: Production and Consumption Part 9: Modern Fashion Part 10: Post-Modern Fashion Part 11: Fashion and (the) Image Part 12: Fashion, Fetish and the Erotic

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

April 2007: 246x174: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-41339-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41340-4: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

CULTURAL SOCIOLOGY

NEW

Ecstasy and Raves

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

TEXTBOOK

Geoffrey Hunt, Institute of Scientific Analysis, California, USA and Kristin Evans, Institute of Scientific Analysis, California, USA

Branding New York

Risk, Vulnerability and Everyday Life

From marijuana and jazz, to amphetamines and punk, drugs and popular music have been inextricably tied together. Today the music is electronic and ecstasy and party drugs are the drugs of choice. In Ecstasy and Raves the authors explore the attraction of the scene and the drugs to young people today.

Miriam Greenberg, University of California, Santa Cruz

How a City in Crisis Was Sold to the World

Using information from over 300 in-depth interviews with ravers, DJ’s and promoters, the authors examine the social and ethnic background of the ravers and clubbers. They show how it is made up of many different social groupings based not just on social class, gender or ethnicity, but also length of time in the scene, choice of drugs, styles of dancing and types of music. In contrast to the often stereotypical views of about young drug users as naive and poorly informed, the authors explore the sources of information used by ravers, the precautions they take both prior and after using, and the controls they impose on each others’ use. We learn about frustrations with legislation controlling raves and clubs, anger at the increasing commercialization of the scene, and general scepticism about official pronouncements on the dangers of ecstasy and other drugs. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Becoming Involved 2. The Growth of the Dance and Drug Scene 3. Dance in San Francisco 4. Clubbers and Ravers 5. First Experiences 6. ’The Night Out’ 7. Raves, Ecstasy and Everyday Life 8. Transitions Within the Scene: From ’Candy Raver’ to ’Jaded Raver’ to Phasing Out 9. Conclusion

Iain Wilkinson, University of Kent, UK Series: The New Sociology

Series: Cultural Spaces

It is now sociological common sense to declare that, in everyday life, large numbers of people approach matters of work, family life, trust and friendship with ’risk’ constantly in mind - this book, the first multidisciplinary approach to risk, provides an introductory overview of this phenomenon.

Branding New York traces the rise of New York City as a brand and the resultant transformation of urban politics and public life. It shows that the branding of New York was not simply a marketing tool; rather it was a political strategy. Selected Contents: Introduction: New York, Capital of the 1970s. Prologue: From the Standpoint of the Out-of-Towner 1. Branding and the Neoliberal City Part 1: From Image Crisis to Fiscal Crisis: 1964-1974 2. It’s a Small World After All: The Rise of New York Media the End of Boosterism 3. Style & Power: The Common Sense of New York Magazine 4. Selling the City in Crisis: ’Big Apple’ and the Invention of the Public Private Partnership Part 2: The Battle to Brand New York: 1975-1985 5. Welcome to Fear City 6. The Limits of Branding: From ’Big Apple’ to the ’Summer of Sam’ 7. Purging New York through I© NY 8. Conclusion: The Legacy of the 1970s 9. New York City as a Symbol of Neoliberalism. Epilogue: Re-Branding New York after the World Trade Center February 2008: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95441-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95442-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93197-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Iain Wilkinson outlines contrasting sociological theories of risk, and summarizes some of the principle discoveries of empirical research conducted into the ways people perceive, experience and respond to a world of danger. It also examines some of the moral concerns and political interests that feature in this area of study. Designed to equip readers not only with the sociological means to debate the human consequences of our contemporary culture of risk, but also, with the critical resources to evaluate the significance this holds for current sociology, this book provides a perfectly pitched undergraduate introduction to the topic. Selected Contents: 1. Risk, Society and Sociology 2. The Semantics of Risk 3. Risk and Social Theory 4. Risk in Social Context 5. The Danger of Risk 6. Towards the Future

September 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37471-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37473-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92941-4

Cultural Overstretch?

NEW

Jurgen Gerhards, Freie Universitat Berlin, Germany

Club Cultures

Series: Routledge/ESA Studies in European Societies

Boundaries, Identities and Otherness

Within a few years the European Union will be enlarged from fifteen to twenty-eight member states including Turkey. Do the new countries fit into the European Union or does the enlargement lead to a cultural overstretch? Using survey data Cultural Overstretch describes the cultural differences between twenty-eight European countries.

FORTHCOMING

Selected Contents: 1. Theoretical Framework, Methods and Research Questions 2. Religion in Europe 3. Family Values and Gender Roles 4. Sexuality Norms 5. Economic Values 6. Political Values: Democracy and Civil Society 7. The European Idea of a Welfare State 8. Conclusions: Does the EU Enlargement Lead to a Cultural Overstretch

Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies A new title in the Routledge Major Work series, Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies, Fashion is a four-volume collection of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. It is an essential work of reference destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource.

Differences Between Old and New Member States of the EU and Turkey

Silvia Rief, University of Innsbruck, Austria Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This book explores contemporary club and dance cultures in London and elsewhere in the UK and reflects on similarities and differences between nightclubbing cultures across geographical contexts. Selected Contents: 1. Subjectivity at its Limits?: Fantasies of Liberation and Transgression 2. Sensing and Meaning the Body: Ethnographic Experience 3. Aesthetic Reflexivity, Boundaries and the Hermeneutics of Self and Other 4. Thresholds of Reality: Clubbing, Drugs and Agency 5. Identity Projects and Spectacular Selves 6. Between Style and Desire: Sexual Play-Realities 7. Allegorical Anarchy, Symbolic Security 8. Conclusion

August 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43549-9: £75.00

Fashion Edited by Malcolm Barnard, University of Derby, UK

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

February 2009: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46233-4: £595.00

October 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95853-0: £60.00

ORDER NOW!

May 2008: 198x129: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-37079-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37080-6: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03058-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.routledge.com/sociology

CULTURAL SOCIOLOGY

NEW

Global Youth?

Backlist

Hybrid Identities, Plural Worlds

Gambling, Freedom and Democracy Peter J. Adams, University of Auckland, New Zealand Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This book argues that governments have a duty of care to protect their own democratic processes from subtle degradations and that independence from the gambling industries needs to be proactively built into public sector structures and processes. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction. Features of Extraction. Gambling in a Political Ecology 2. Subtle Degradation. Internal Threats and Moral Jeopardy. Individual Examples of Moral Jeopardy. Effects of Degradation 3. Governments. Patterns of Proliferation. Roles within Government. Role Conflict. A Culture of Permissiveness 4. Communities. Community Harms. Community Benefits. Risks from Community Benefit Funding. Dimensions of Moral Jeopardy. Moral Jeopardy and Democracy 5. Freedom in the Media. Becoming a ’Real City’. Three Freedoms. Points of Resistance 6. Gambling Advertising. Functions of Gambling Advertising. Psychological Explanations. Rhetorical Explanations. Conclusion 7. Researchers. The Researcher’s Dilemma. Researcher-Industry Relationships. Inconvenient Research 8. Helping Professionals on the Frontier. Problem Gambling Helping Organizations. Inhabitants of Frontier Towns. Industrial Relations. From Frontier to Settlement 9. Protecting Independence. Minimising Harm to Democratic Systems. Protective Measures. The Willingness to Protect 10. Strategies for Change: Three Ways Ahead. Gambling and Harm Minimisation. Guidelines for Assessing Moral Jeopardy. Setting International Benchmark Standards. Monitoring Future Strategies 11. Facing the Future. Visioning the Future. Future Moral Jeopardy October 2007: 6x9: 236pp Hb: 978-0-415-95762-5: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93509-5

Edited by Pam Nilan and Carles Feixa

Youth Crime and Youth Culture in the Inner City Bill Sanders

New Black Man

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Mark Anthony Neal

2005: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35503-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43975-6: £20.00

2005: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-97109-6: £60.00

Youth Cultures

2ND EDITION

Scenes, Subcultures and Tribes

Resistance Through Rituals

Edited by Paul Hodkinson and Wolfgang Deicke

Youth Subcultures in Post-War Britain

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Edited by Tony Jefferson and Stuart Hall

June 2007: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37612-9: £75.00

Series: Cultural Studies Birmingham

Brand Culture

2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-32437-3: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32436-6: £18.99

Edited by Jonathan Schroeder and Miriam Salzer Morling 2005: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35598-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35599-5: £27.99

March 2007: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-37412-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37413-2: £19.99

Brands Meaning and Value in Media Culture

The Sociology of Risk and Gambling Reader

Adam Arvidsson 2005: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-34715-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34716-7: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by James Cosgrave 2006: 6x9: 440pp Hb: 978-0-415-95221-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95222-4: £20.99

Consumption and Everyday Life

2ND EDITION

Mark Paterson

The Subcultures Reader

Series: The New Sociology

Twentieth Century Music and the Sociology of Modern Culture

The Cultural Studies Reader Edited by Simon During

TEXTBOOK

FORTHCOMING

2006: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-37070-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37071-4: £25.99

Edited by Ken Gelder

2005: 198x129: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-35506-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35507-0: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2005: 246x174: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-34415-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34416-6: £21.99

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

TEXTBOOK

Time, Innovation and Mobilities

This book analyzes the history of contemporary or ‘new’ music in the twentieth century through the lens of the sociology of modern culture, linking the paradoxical aspects of twentieth century music to the central processes in modern culture that are analyzed by sociology and social theory.

Culture and Everyday Life

Travels in Technological Cultures

David Inglis

Peter Frank Peters

Series: The New Sociology

Series: International Library of Sociology

Eduardo de la Fuente, Macquarie University, Australia

Selected Contents: 1. Disenchantment 2. Modernism 3. The ‘Tragedy of Modern Culture’ 4. ‘Rejections of the World and their Directions’ 5. Rationalization 6. Indeterminacy 7. Performance 8. Public Sphere 9. Intellectuals 10. State and Market 11. ‘Invented Traditions’ 12. Re-Enchantment

2005: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37072-1: £75.00

2005: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-31925-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31926-3: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Visual Worlds Edited by John R. Hall, Blake Stimson and Lisa Tamiris Becker

Culture, Society and Sexuality A Reader Edited by Richard Parker and Peter Aggleton

January 2009: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96208-7: £60.00

Series: International Library of Sociology

Series: Sexuality, Culture and Health

2005: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-36212-2: £80.00

2006: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-40455-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40456-3: £19.99

Where Stuff Comes From How Toasters, Toilets, Cars, Computers and Many Other Things Come To Be As They Are Harvey Molotch

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2005: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-95042-8: £16.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

NEW

TEXTBOOK

The Celebrity Culture Reader

Celebrity Culture

The Media and Social Theory

Edited by P. David Marshall, Northeastern University Boston, USA

Ellis Cashmore, Staffordshire University, UK

From TV’s Big Brother, to Heat magazine, this Reader includes classic pieces and contemporary writings to examine the study of celebrity over the last twenty years, and the significance and importance of celebrity in contemporary culture.

Series: CRESC Media studies needs richer and livelier intellectual resources. This book provides some by bringing social theory to bear on the media. It brings together major and emerging international media analysts to consider key processes of media change, using a number of critical perspectives. Case studies range from reality television to professional journalism, from blogging to control of copyright, from social networking sites to indigenous media, in Europe, North America, Asia and elsewhere. Among the theoretical approaches and issues addressed are: •public sphere theory - including post-Habermasian versions •post-structuralist and neo-Foucauldian approaches to media and culture •Pierre Bourdieu and field theory •actor network theory •critical realism •Marxist and post-Marxist theories, including contemporary critical theory •theories of democracy, antagonism and difference This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students and researchers of cultural studies, media studies and social theory. Selected Contents: Part 1: Power and Democracy Part 2: Spatial Inequalities Part 3: Spectacle and the Self Part 4: Media Labour and Production May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44799-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44800-0: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93047-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

List of Contributors: Francesco Alberoni. David L. Andrews. Frances Bonner. Daniel Boorstin. Leo Braudy. C.L. Cole. Rosemary Coombe. Richard de Cordova. Kathy Davis. Richard Dyer. Charles Fairchild. Neal Gabler. Joshua Gamson. David Giles. Lawrence Grossberg. Alison Hearn. Joke Hermes. Stephen Hinerman. Richard Johnson. Barry King. Elizabeth Arveda Kissling. John Langer. Leo Lowenthal. Catharine Lumby. P. David Marshall. Kembrew McLeod. Joe Moran. Momin Rahman. Chris Rojek. Richard Sennett. Jackie Stacey. Ernest Sternberg. John Street. Richard Tithecott. Graeme Turner. Max Weber. Jeffrey Williams Selected Contents: 1. Celebrity and Modernity: The Historical Pattern of Celebrity 2. The Textual and the Extra-Textual Dimensions of the Public Persona 3. Ascribed Celebrity: The Transformed Public Sphere 4. Transgression: Scandal, Notoriety and Infamy 5. The Body and Celebrity 6. Celebrity Culture: Narcissism, Fandom and the Will-to-Celebrity 7. Celebrity Nation: Celebrity in National Contexts 8. The Celebrity Industry: The Management of Fame. Conclusion: Surface and Depth: Celebrity in the ’Post-Celebrity’ Era 2006: 246x174: 872pp Hb: 978-0-415-33791-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33792-2: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Codifying Cyberspace Communications Self-Regulation in the Age of Internet Convergence Damian Tambini, Danilo Leonardi and Chris Marsden Providing essential critical perspective, this book is the first full-scale study of selfregulation and codes of conduct in these fast-moving new media sectors and offers a thorough exploration of the issues involved in selfregulation of the internet.

See Also: Crime and Media Pg 85

Selected Contents: 1. The ’Classic’ Model of Self-Regulation on the Internet 2. SelfRegulation of Media Content in Europe 3. Methodology and Media Self-Regulatory Codes of Conduct 4. Press Councils: Codes and Analysis of Codes in the EU 5. Mechanisms for Self-Regulation in the Broadcasting Sector in the EU 6. Internet Content and Self-Regulation 7. ISP Codes of Conduct 8. Self-Regulation of the Electronic Games Industry 9. Self-Regulation of the Film Industry 10. Mobile Telephony-Delivered Internet Services and Codes of Conduct to Protect Minors from Adult Content 11. The Privatisation of Censorship?: SelfRegulation and Freedom of Expression 12. Conclusion December 2007: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-84472-145-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84472-144-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94706-7

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Selected Contents: 1. Desiring the Good Life: What Parts did the Media and Consumer Society Play in Turning Us in Celebrity Doters? 2. Making New Rules: When did the Paparazzi Appear and How did they Make Private Lives Public? 3. Giving it All: How did Madonna and Diana become Global Icons and Change History? 4. Fabricating Fame: When and Why did Hollywood Build an Image-Building Machine that Conquered All? 5. Worshipping from Afar: What do Fans Think, Feel and Do … and with what Effects on the Objects of their Adoration? 6. Consuming Beauty: How has Celebrity Culture Sparked Body Dissatisfaction and a Boom in Cosmetic Surgery? 7. Commodifying Race: Why Have Black Celebrities become Living Proof of the End of Racism? 8. Thriving on Scandal: How Have Disgrace, Shame and Humiliation Helped Some Celebrities Climb onto the A-List? 9. Buying Sales: Why do Advertisers Assume we will Buy Products Endorsed by People we Suspect Never use those Products? 10. Televising Reality: When Did Ordinary People Become so Fascinating that we will Watch Entire Programs about them Doing Nothing in Particular? 11. Blurring the Line: Why are More and More Celebrities Turning to Politics and Politics Turning to Celebrities? 12. Creating Legends: What Happened to Sport when Athletes Stopped being Praised for their Achievements and Start being Acclaimed for their Images? 13. Answering the Big Question: How Have Scholars Tried to Explain the Seemingly Irresistible Rise of the Celebrity Culture? 2006: 198x129: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-37310-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37311-1: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

Culture and Media in the UK A Guide to Organisations, Policy and Funding Sara Selwood and Rachel Viney This book brings together, for the first time, a wealth of information about UK culture. It explains how the whole UK cultural sector operates; exploring the contribution of both publicly funded cultural activity and the ’creative industries’. Part one explains how the cultural infrastructure works, how cultural policy is made and applied at local, national, European and international levels, and the conditions attached to cultural funding. Part two describes in detail the role and remit of the UK’s cultural and media institutions, outlining what each does, how it operates, the sources of its funding and the nature and extent of its influence. An appendix directs readers to public documents available from these institutions. January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35523-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35524-7: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00188-2

ORDER NOW!

In this fascinating and topical beginners guide, including literature reviews and an outline of key contemporary topics, Ellis Cashmore explores the intriguing issue of celebrity culture: its origins, its meaning and its global influence.

Edited by David Hesmondhalgh, University of Leeds, UK and Jason Toynbee, The Open University, UK

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

NEW

The Fabric of Cultures

Sound Moves

Fashion, Identity, Globalization

iPod Culture and Urban Experience

Exploring the Networked Worlds of Popular Music

Edited by Eugenia Paulicelli, City University of New York, USA and Hazel Clark, Parsons the New School for Design, USA

Michael Bull, University of Sussex, UK

Milieu Cultures

Series: International Library of Sociology

Peter Webb, University of Birmingham, UK

This innovative study opens up a new area in sociological and urban studies: the aural experience of the social, mediated through mobile technologies of communication.

The Fabric of Cultures examines the impact of fashion as a manufacturing industry and as a culture industry that shapes identities of nations and cities in a cross-cultural perspective and within a global framework. Selected Contents: Introduction Eugenia Paulicelli and Hazel Clark 1. From Potlach to Wal-Mart: Courtly and Capitalist Hierarchies through Dress Jane Schneider 2. Fashion and Italian Identity Now: Between Ready-toWear and ‘Fast Fashion’ Eugenia Paulicelli 3. Body, Gender and Soviet Style: Fashion Discourse in Russia in the 1950s-1960s Olga Gurova 4. Dressing the Nation: Indian Cinema Costume and the Making of a National Fashion, 1947-1957 Rachel Morris 5. From Fustanella to Greek Vogue: It’s Traditional, it’s Modern, but is it Greek? Michael Skafidas 6. Fashion Design and Technologies in a Global Context Michiel Scheffer 7. Youth, Gender, and Second-hand Clothing in Zambia: Local and Global Influences Karen Tranberg Hansen 8. Fashioning ‘China Style’ in the 21st Century Hazel Clark 9. Making Modernity Appropriate and Tradition Fashionable: Debates about Dress, Identity, and Gender in Ho Chi Minh City Anne Marie Leshkowich 10. New York Fashions: Multiple Systems and Composite Identities in NY Contemporary Fashion Landscape Francesca Granata 11. Culture, Work and Creative Labor: Korean Women Fashion Designers and the New York Fashion Industry Christina Moon 12. Fashion Brazil: South America Style, Culture and Industry Valerie Brandini July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77542-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77543-4: £18.99

NEW TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to Language and Society Martin Montgomery, University of Strathclyde, UK This book explores how our ways of seeing and engaging with the world may be shaped by the categories, systems and patterns of language.

Whilst we live in a world dominated by visual epistemologies of urban experience, Michael Bull argues that it is not surprising that the Apple iPod, a sound based technology, is the first consumer cultural icon of the twenty-first century. This book, in using the example of the Apple iPod, investigates the way in which we use sound to construct key areas of our daily lives. The author argues that the Apple iPod acts as an urban Sherpa for many of its users and in doing so joins the mobile army of technologies that many of us habitually use to accompany our daily lives. Through our use of such mobile and largely sound based devices, the book demonstrates how and why the spaces of the city are being transformed right in front of our ears.

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This book assesses sociological and cultural attempts to theorize the worlds of popular music production. It offers and develops a new theoretical matrix that can illuminate these trends in a more complex and instructive way. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Theories of Culture and Music 1. A Journey through Theories of the Intersection of Music and Culture 2. Milieu Cultures: The Theoretical Development of the Milieu: From Subcultures, Scenes and Neo-Tribes to Milieu Section 2: Journeys through Networked Worlds of Popular Music: Milieu Cultures 3. Interrogating the Production of Sound and Place: Bristol as a Site of Music Production, from Lunatic Fringe to Worldwide Massive 4. Neo-Folk or Post Industrial Music: The Development of an Esoteric Music Milieu 5. Hip-Hop as a Global Cultural Phenomenon: The Export and Appropriation of Contradiction, Complexity and Dialogue 6. The Great in the Small: The Changing Terrain of Independence 7. Musicians: (In) Security in the Trial and Error of the Recording Industry. Conclusion: Milieu Cultures December 2007: 6x9: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-95658-1: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93238-4

Selected Contents: 1. Sound Moves, iPod Culture and Urban Experience: An Introduction 2. Sound Epistemologies: Strategies and Technologies 3. Sounding Out Cosmopolitanism: iPod Culture and Regognition 4. The Audio-Visual iPod: Aesthetics and the City 5. Interpersonal Sound Strategies and iPod Culture 6. Mobilization of the Social: Mobile Phones and iPods 7. Contextualizing the Senses: The Auditory World of Automobility 8. The Auditory Privatisation of the Workplace 9. Bergson’s iPod?: The Cognitive Management of Everyday Life 10. The Nostalgia of iPod Culture 11. Sound Timings and iPod Culture 12. Endnote: Sound Mediations December 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-25751-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25752-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49622-0

Selected Contents:Part 1: The Development of Language 1. The Beginnings of Language Development 2. Dialogue and Language Development Part 2: Linguistic Diversity and the Speech Community 3. Language and Regional Variation: Accent and Dialect 4. Language and Ethnic Identity: British Black English 5. Language and Subcultures: Anti-Language 6. Language and Situation: Register 7. Language and Social Class: Restricted and Elaborated Speech Variants 8. Language and Gender 9. Linguistic Diversity and the Speech Community

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008: 198x129: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-38299-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38274-8: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

SOCIAL THEORY

NEW

The Cultural Significance of the Child Star

Media and Cultural Transformation in China

Foucault

Jane Catherine O’Connor, London Metropolitan University, UK

Haiqing Yu, University of Melbourne, Australia

Series: The Routledge Philosophers

Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series This book examines the role played by the media in China’s ongoing cultural transformation. It demonstrates that the media is integral to China’s changing culture in the age of globalization, whilst also being part and parcel of the State and its project of re-imagining national identity.

This book is a clear, reliable, quality philosophical introduction to the work of Michel Foucault. Here Beatrice Han-Pile follows the format of the Routledge Philosophers series by starting with a ‘life and works’ chapter before subjecting Foucault’s thought to philosophical scrutiny: his critique of rationality; the central role played by Kant in Foucault’s thought; his theories of genealogy, power, governmentality, and the self; before closing with a chapter on Foucault’s legacy.

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology In this book, O’Connor explores the paradoxical status of the child star who is both adored and reviled in contemporary society. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Normal Child and the Exceptional Child 3. A Social History of Child Stars 4. The Powerlessness of Child Stars 5. The Power of Child Stars 6. The Demonisation of Church 7. Conclusion

December 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44755-3: £75.00

December 2007: 6x9: 190pp Hb: 978-0-415-96157-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93223-0

NEW

The Media, Cultural Control and Government in Singapore

Sociology through the Projector

Terence Lee, Murdoch University, Australia

Bulent Diken, Lancaster University, UK and Carsten Bagge Laustsen, Aarhus University, Denmark

Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series This book explores the inherent contradiction present in most facets of Singaporean media, cultural and political discourses, identifying the key regulatory strategies and technologies that the ruling People Action Party employs to regulate Singapore media and culture.

Series: International Library of Sociology Sociology through the Projector takes issue with the question of how contemporary film can help in answering the general, abstract but still urgent question: what is the social today? This book explains the performative relation to contemporary social theory in which cinema functions as a tool for social diagnosis. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Cinema and Social Theory 2. Hamam: Postal Economies of the Orient 3. Lord of the Flies: Sociology of Spite 4. City of God: Camping as Social (Non)Relation 5. Fight Club: Violence in Network Society 6. Brazil: From Error to Terror 7. Life is Beautiful: The Ghost of Auschwitz. Afterword: Aesthetics Against Postpolitics October 2007: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-44597-9: £75.00

October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41330-5: £75.00

The Cinematic Tourist Explorations in Globalization, Culture and Resistance Rodanthi Tzanelli Series: International Library of Sociology February 2007: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39413-0: £70.00

NEW

Media, Culture and Society in Iran Living with Globalization and the Islamic State Edited by Mehdi Semati, Eastern Illinois University, USA Series: Iranian Studies Arguing that existing perspectives on contemporary Iran have not fully grasped the significant role of culture in Iran, this book examines its modern culture and media through a wide range of topics.

Young Citizens and New Media

Beatrice Han-Pile, University of Essex

Selected Contents: Chronology. Introduction 1. Life and Works 2. Foucault’s Early Critique of Rationality 3. The Kantian Legacy 4. Genealogy and Truth 5. Archaeology as Counter-Phenomenology 6. Power and Governmentality 7. The Constitution of the Self 8. The History of Subjectivity 9. Foucault’s Legacy January 2008: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39624-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39625-7: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Foucault’s Law Ben Golder, University of East London, UK and Peter Fitzpatrick, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK Provocative and unorthodox, this is the first book in twenty years to address Foucault’s position on law. Engaging with neglected texts, as well as considering his relationship to other continental thinkers, the authors examine the claim the law was expelled from Foucault’s analysis of modernity Selected Contents: Readings, and their Diversity. Foucault’s Law and its Coherence. Instantiation: The ’Case’ of Human Rights December 2008: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-42453-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42454-7: £18.99

Learning for Democratic Participation Edited by Peter Dahlgren Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought June 2007: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-39599-1: £70.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

September 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77216-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93483-8

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL THEORY

TEXTBOOK

NEW

The Contemporary Bauman

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia

2ND EDITION

This text covers Bauman’s contribution to sociology and social theory. This ideal teaching text analyzes Bauman’s shift from a sociology of postmodernity to liquid modernity, and provides a critical assessment of the contemporary Bauman, appraising his novel theory of liquid modernity in terms of its implications for selfidentity, interpersonal relationships, culture, communications, and the broad-ranging institutional transformations associated with globalization. In addition to various extracts from Bauman’s work, the book also contains a spirited reply from Zygmunt Bauman to both his sympathetic and unsympathetic critics. Bauman concludes by providing a new perspective on his theory of liquid modernity, its differentiation from the modernity/postmodernity debate and its relation to current developments in contemporary social theory. Selected Contents: Editor’s Introduction Anthony Elliott. Critique: Privatised and Disarmed Zygmunt Bauman Part 1: Liquid Modernity. On Being Light and Liquid Zygmunt Bauman. From Heavy to Light Modernity Zygmunt Bauman 1. The Theory of Liquid Modernity: A Critique of Bauman’s Recent Sociology Anthony Elliott 2. From Postmodernity to Liquid Modernity: What’s in a Metaphor? Larry Ray 3. Bauman’s Irony Keith Tester Part 2: Liquid Love. Falling in and out of Love Zygmunt Bauman. On Living in a Liquid Modern World Zygmunt Bauman 4. Gender and Sexualities in Liquid Modernity Ann Branaman 5. Relatively Liquid Interpersonal Relationships in Flexible Work Life Poul Poder 6. Liquid Love: Psychoanalysing Mania Janet Sayers Part 3: Liquid Life. To Each Waste its Dumping Site Zygmunt Bauman. The Reality Principle and the Pleasure Principle Strike a Deal Zygmunt Bauman 7. Liquid Waste, Being Human, and Bodily Death Charles Lemert and Makenna Goodman 8. Solid Modernity, Liquid Utopia: Liquid Modernity, Solid Utopia: Ubiquitous Utopianism as a Trademark of the Work of Zygmunt Bauman Michael Hviid Jacobsen 9. On Bauman’s Sociology of Suffering: Questions for Thinking Iain Wilkinson. Afterword on Writing: On Writing Sociology Zygmunt Bauman July 2007: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40969-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40968-1: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The New Social Theory Reader Edited by Jeffrey C. Alexander, Yale University, USA and Steven Seidman, State University of New York, USA In this revised second edition readers are provided with a much greater range of thinkers and perspectives, including new sections on such issues as imperialism, power, civilization clash, health, and performance. The first section sets out the main schools of contemporary thought, from Habermas and Honneth on new critical theory, to Jameson and Hall on cultural studies, and Foucault and Bourdieu on poststructuralism. The sections that follow trace theory debates as they become more issues-based and engaged. They are: • the post-foundational debates over morality, justice and epistemological truth • the social meaning of nationalism, multiculturalism, globalization • identity debates around gender, sexuality, race, the self, and post-coloniality. This new edition provides more ample biographical and intellectual introductions to each thinker, and substantial introductions to each of the major sections. The editors introduce the volume with a newly revised, interpretive overview of social theory today. The New Social Theory Reader is an essential, reliable guide to current theoretical debates. Selected Contents: Part 1: General Theory without Foundations. New Critical Theory 1. Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy Jurgen Habermas 2. Personal Identity and Disrespect Semiotic Structuralism Axel Honneth 3. Historical Metaphors and Mythical Realities Marshall Sahlins 4. On Ethnographic Allegory James Clifford. Poststructuralism 5. Power/Knowledge Michael Foucault 6. Outline of a Theory of Practice Pierre Bourdieu. Cultural Studies 7. Cultural Studies Stuart Hall 8. The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic Act Frederic Jameson Part 2: The Normative Turn. Justice 9. A Defense of Pluralism and Equality Michael Walzer 10. Political Liberalism John Rawls. Ethics 11. Whose Justice? Which Rationality? Alasdair MacIntyre 12. Postmodern Ethics Zygmaunt Bauman. Truth 13. Pragmatism, Relativism, and Irrationalism Richard Rorty 14. Feminism and the Question of Postmodernism Seyla Benhabib Part 3: Rethinking Power. Performativity 15. Imitation and Gender Insubordination Judith Butler 16. Performance and Power Jeffrey Alexander. Domination/Liberation 17. From Redistribution to Recognition? Nancy Fraser 18. Queer Politics David Halperin. Biopolitics 19. The Body and the Reproduction of Femininity Susan Bordo 20. The Politics of Life Itself Nicolas Rose Part 4: Societies and World Order. Postmodernity 21. Simulcra and Simulations Jean Baudrillard 22. The Condition of Postmodernity David Harvey. Civil Society 23. The Utopia of Civil Society Jean L. Cohen and Andrew Arato 24. Global Civil Society Mary Kaldor. Multiculturalism 25. Young Justice and the Politics of Difference Iris Marion 26. Multicultural Citizenship Will Kymlicka. Nationalism 27. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism 28. Whose Imagined Community? Partha Chatterjee and Benedict Anderson. World Politics 29. The End of History Francis Fukuyama 30. The Clash of Civilizations Samuel Huntington. Globalisation 31. A New Society Manuel Castells 32. The Cosmopolitan Perspective Ulrich Beck. Empire 33. From Direct to Indirect Rule Mahmood Mamdani 34. The new U.S. Empire George Steinmetz Part 5: Identities. Self 35. Self and Society in the Late Modern Age Anthony Giddens 36. The Making of Modern Identity Charles Taylor. Gender 37. Gender as a Structure of Social Practice R.W. Connell 38. Westernization and Third World Feminism Uma Narayan. Sexuality 39. Hetero/Homosexuality Diana Fuss Heter 40. Shifts in Normative Heterosexuality Steven Seidman. Race 41. Racial Formation Michael Omi and Howard Winant 42. The Mirage of an Unmarked Whiteness Ruth Frankenberg. Postcoloniality 43. Orientalism Edward Said 44. Postcolonial Melancholia Paul Gilroy February 2008: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-43769-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43770-7: £25.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW TEXTBOOK

Jean Baudrillard Against Banality William Pawlett, University of Wolverhampton, UK Series: Key Sociologists This uniquely engaging introduction to Jean Baudrillard’s controversial writings covers his entire career focusing on Baudrillard’s central, but little understood, notion of symbolic exchange. Through the clarification of this key term a very different Baudrillard emerges: not the nihilistic postmodernist and enemy of Marxism and Feminism that his critics have constructed, but a thinker immersed in the social world and passionately committed to a radical theorizsation of it. Selected Contents: 1. The Object System, the Sign System and the Consumption System 2. The ‘Break’ with Marxism 3. Symbolic Exchange and Death 4. Simulation and the End of the Social 5. The Body, Sexuality and Seduction 6. Into the Fourth Order 7. War Terrorism and 9/11 8. Subjectivity, Identity and Agency

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

November 2007: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-38644-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38645-6: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93736-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIAL THEORY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Cosmopolitanism and Belonging

TEXTBOOK

Contemporary Social Theory

From European Integration to Global Hopes and Fears

Emotions and Social Theory

An Introduction

Craig Calhoun, New York University, USA

Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia In this dazzling book Anthony Elliott unravels the many different definitions of society in contemporary social theory, and examines key sociological ideas on the relationship between the individual and society – from the Frankfurt School through poststructuralism to postmodernism and beyond. The book begins by distilling the essentials of central issues in social theory. Key themes include: •transformations of ’the social’ •the changing relations between identity and culture •the centrality of autonomy to the project of social theory. There then follows a series of chapters on key contemporary social theorists, among them Herbert Marcuse, Michel Foucault, Jean Baudrillard, Zygmunt Bauman, Nancy Chodorow, Anthony Giddens, Manuel Castells, Judith Butler and Jurgen Habermas. Each chapter situates the author’s writings in a wider political and historical context, discusses their major works and critically assesses their contributions to social theory. Wide-ranging and comprehensive, Contemporary Social Theory is Anthony Elliott’s most major work to date. It is essential reading for students and professionals in the fields of social theory, sociology, philosophy and cultural studies, as it is both an original enquiry and a consummate introduction to social theory. Selected Contents: 1. Social Theory and the Textures of Society 2. Max Horkheimer and Theodor Adorno 3. Herbert Marcuse and Erich Fromm 4. Michel Foucault 5. Jacques Lacan and Jacques Derrida 6. Julia Kristeva 7. Jean Baudrillard 8. Fredric Jameson 9. Zygmunt Bauman 10. Jurgen Habermas 11. Anthony Giddens 12. Cornelius Castoriadis 13. Ulrich Beck 14. Judith Butler 15. After Postmodernism

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

This intellectually stimulating and timely book, written by one of the top social scientists today, deals with a topical area of study as Cosmopolitanism has rapidly become one of the burning issues in the social sciences today. Cosmopolitanism and Belonging has a distinct focus on identity and belonging, analyzing a multidisciplinary area, so is an ideal purchase for students, academics and social scientists researching disciplines of sociology, politics and cultural studies. Selected Contents: 1. The Class Consciousness of Frequent Travelers: Towards a Critique of Actually Existing Cosmopolitanism 2. Constitutional Patriotism and the Public Sphere: Interests, Identity, and Solidarity in the Integration of Europe 3. The Democratic Integration of Europe: Interests, Identity, and the Public Sphere 4. The Virtues of Inconsistency: Identity and Plurality in the Conceptualization of Europe 5. ‘Belonging’ in the Cosmopolitan Imaginary 6. The Variability of Belonging 7. Imperialism, Cosmopolitanism, and Belonging 8. A World of Emergencies. Conclusion July 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40545-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40546-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92937-7

Edited by Monica Greco, Goldsmiths College, London, UK and Paul Stenner, University College London, UK Series: Routledge Student Readers A key interest amongst psychologists and biologists, the study of emotions has become increasingly important to the work of social scientists. The sociology of emotions is a wellestablished subdiscipline with its own textbooks, courses and research networks. Far beyond sociology however, talk of emotion, passion, affect, mood and sentiment now provides a shared focal point for an emerging community of scholars and students based in a wide range of disciplines – including anthropology, social psychology, history, legal studies and criminology, geography, gender studies, cultural studies, media and film studies, politics, economics, and management studies. Emotions and Social Theory offers a transdisciplinary framework designed to highlight the mutual relevance of different social scientific traditions and perspectives to the study of emotion. It includes contributions of an empirical character designed to illustrate the real-world relevance of emotions to an understanding of contemporary social, cultural and political processes. Selected Contents: Introduction: Emotion and Social Science Section 1: Universals and Particulars of Affect Section 2: Embodying Affect Section 3: Political Economies of Affect Section 4: Emotions, Power and Justice. Appendix 1: Emotions and the Research Process. Appendix 2: Individual Emotions June 2008: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-42563-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42564-3: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ROUTLEDGE KEY IDEAS

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

With a special focus on European integration which loomed large in the cosmopolitan visions of a few years ago, Craig Calhoun addresses the ways in which cosmopolitan theories may be biased from the standpoint of European and American elites and indeed the heritage of liberal thought.

June 2008: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-38632-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38633-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93054-0 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Reviewing recent cosmopolitan thinking and theorizing from the somewhat chastened perspective of the twenty-first century, Cosmopolitanism and Belonging questions the social bases of cosmopolitanism and the continuing importance of nationalism.

A Reader

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL THEORY

Human Emotions

Non-Representational Theory

Late Modernity and Social Change

A Sociological Theory

Space, Politics, Affect

Reconstructing Social and Personal Life

Jonathan H. Turner, University of California, USA

Nigel Thrift, University of Warwick, Coventry, UK

Brian Heaphy, University of Manchester, UK

This major theoretical work takes existing work on the emotions in significantly new directions. It gives a comprehensive account of emotions, beginning with general sociological principles, moving over important theory construction of social formation and applying this to a detailed and unified ’grand’ theory of human emotions. Presenting a unified view of the emotions in the social universe, the book explores the relationships between emotions, social structure, and culture. Turner hypothezes how social structure and culture affect emotional arousal in humans, and vice versa. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students researching sociology of emotions, social psychology, and contemporary social theory, and is also relevant for students and researchers working in the fields of psychology and cultural studies. Selected Contents: 1. Human Emotions 2. Why did Humans Become so Emotional? 3. Social Structure, Culture, and Emotions 4. Emotional Arousal: Basic Principles 5. Transactional Needs and Emotional Arousal 6. Social Structure and Emotional Arousal 7. Culture and Emotional Arousal 8. Emotions and Social Change 9. The Theory Reviewed June 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42781-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42782-1: £24.99

Nature and Sociology Tim Newton, University of Exeter, UK This book engages with, and contests, the ‘new sociology of nature’. It moves beyond existing debates by presenting new social theory and working across current fields of interest, addressing the debate on new genetics and genomics, taking human biology seriously, and the issues of interdisciplinarity that are likely to arise in longer term attempts to work across the social and natural world.

Sometimes social theory can seem dry and intimidating – as if it is something completely apart from everyday life. But in this incisive text, Brian Heaphy show exactly how the arguments of the great contemporary theorists play out against extended examples from real life.

Series: International Library of Sociology ’This is a richly textured book, alert to the criticisms intellectualists will bring against it and encouraging us to broaden the horizons in which we think, act and combine.’ - William E. Connolly, Johns Hopkins University, USA This astonishing book presents a distinctive approach to the politics of everyday life. Ranging across a variety of spaces in which politics and the political unfold, it questions what is meant by perception, representation and practice, with the aim of valuing the fugitive practices that exist on the margins of the known. It revolves around three key functions. It: •introduces the rather dispersed discussion of nonrepresentational theory to a wider audience •provides the basis for an experimental rather than a representational approach to the social sciences and humanities •begins the task of constructing a different kind of political genre. A groundbreaking and comprehensive introduction to this key topic, Thrift’s outstanding work brings together further writings from a body of work that has come to be known as non-representational theory. This noteworthy book makes a significant contribution to the literature in this area and is essential reading for researchers and postgraduates in the fields of social theory, sociology, geography, anthropology and cultural studies. Selected Contents: 1. Life, but not as we Know it Part 1: 2. Re-Inventing Invention: New Tendencies in Capitalist Commodification 3. Still Life in Nearly Present Time: The Object of Nature 4. Driving and the City 5. MovementSpace: The Changing Domain of Thinking Resulting from the Development of New Kinds of Spatial Awareness Part 2: 6. Afterwords Part 3: 7. From Born to Made: Technology, Biology, and Space 8. Spatialities of Feeling 9. But Malice Aforethought 10. Turbulent Passions: Towards an Understanding of the Affective Spaces of Political Performance

Introducing the ideas of founding social thinkers including Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Simmel and Freud, and the work of key contemporary theorists, among them Lacan, Foucault, Lyotrad, Baudrillard, Bauman, Giddens and Beck, the book begins by examining the merits of the ’late modernity’ thesis against those of the proponents of ’post-modernity’. The authors show the wide swoop of influence of ’post-modern’ thought and how it has changed the way even its opponents think. It also discusses feminist, queer and post-colonial ideas about studying modern and post-modern experience. With examples from personal life (including self and identity, relational and intimate life, death, dying and life-politics) to bring theory to life, this clear and concise new text on contemporary social theory and social change is ideal for students of sociology, cultural studies and social theory. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Founding Narratives of Modernity and the Logics of Social Change 3. The Deconstructive Turn 4. Postmodernity and the Cultural Turn 5. Late Modernity and the Reflexive Turn 6. Reconstructing Self and Identity 7. Reflexive Relating and Intimacy 8. Death, Deskilling and Life-Politics 9. The Sociology of Reflexivity or Reflexive Sociology? August 2007: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-28176-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28177-5: £24.99

August 2007: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-39320-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39321-8: £25.99

Nature and Sociology will be of great interest to students of a variety of disciplines including sociology and social science, human geography, social and biological anthropology, and the natural sciences. Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Nature 2. Knowing Nature 3. Beyond Anti-Dualism? 4. Time 5. Language and Technology 6. Temporality and Realism 7. Genomics 8. Transgression 9. Neurological Adventures

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36684-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36683-0: £24.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIAL THEORY

Also in this series:

Critical Realism: Interventions

Realism and Racism Concepts of Race in Sociological Research

After International Relations

Bob Carter

NEW

Critical Realism and the (Re)Construction of World Politics

Beyond East and West

Critical Realism: Essential Readings

Heikki Patomaki

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK

Essential Readings

Capitalism and Citizenship

Edited by Margaret Archer, Roy Bhaskar, Andrew Collier, Tony Lawson and Alan Norrie

This is Roy Bhaskar’s first systematic study of the philosophy of religion. It is based on the Radhakrishnan lectures on spirituality and comparitive religion which he gave at the Rabindra Bharati University in Kolkata in February and March 2002. Selected Contents: 1. Vedic Hinduism 2. The Development and Spread of Varieties of Buddhism 3. Chinese and Far Eastern Spirituality 4. Ancienct Egypt, Ancient Greece & Judaism 5. Christianity 6. Islam 7. Irreligious Religions & A-Spiritual Religions 8. Axiality and Modernity, Critical Reflexivity, Science and Spirituality

The Impossible Partnership

Being and Worth

Kathryn Dean

Andrew Collier

Critical Realism and Housing Research Julie Lawson

NEW

Critical Realism and Marxism

Dialectic

Edited by Andrew Brown, Steve Fleetwood and John Michael Roberts

The Pulse of Freedom

September 2008 Hb: 978-0-415-37675-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37676-1: £20.99

TEXTBOOK

Dictionary of Critical Realism

An Introduction to Critical Realism in the Social Sciences

Explaining Society

Edited by Mervyn Hartwig, Independent writer This dictionary introduces critical realism to a wider audience by thoroughly explaining all the key concepts and developments. It includes 500 entries on these themes and a number of invaluable essays. Selected Contents: Preface. Contributors and Contributions. List of Figures. How to Use this Book. Cross References, References and Quotations. Citation of Works by Roy Bhaskar. Citation of Works by other Authors. General Abbreviations. Symbols. Abbreviations Used by Critical Realist Authors. Critical Realism. The Causal-Axiological Chain (MELD[ARA] Schema). Domains. The Hermeneutical Circles. Dialectic. Epistemological Dialectic. General. Dictionary Entries. Works by Roy Bhaskar. Other Works Referred to in the Text. February 2007: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-26161-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26099-2: £23.99

Berth Danermark, Mats Ekstrom, Liselotte Jakobsen, Jan ch. Karlsson Forward by Roy Bhaskar

Making Realism Work Realist Social Theory and Empirical Research Bob Carter and Caroline New

Transcendence - see page 60 Philosophy, Literature, and Theology Approach the Beyond Regina Schwartz

Philosophy of Language and Challenge to Scientific Realism Christopher Norris

The Political Forms of Modernity beyond Methodological Nationalism

Dialectic: The Pulse of Freedom is now widely regarded as a classic of contemporary philosophy. Written by the renowned founder of the philosophy of critical realism, first published in 1993, this book sets itself three main aims: the development of a general theory of dialectic – of which Hegelian dialectic can be seen to be a special case; the dialectical enrichment and deepening of critical realism – into the system of dialectical critical realism; and the outline of the elements of a totalizing critique of Western philosophy. March 2008: 234x156: 456pp Pb: 978-0-415-45491-9: £19.99

NEW

The Idea of a Social Science and Its Relation to Philosophy Peter Winch

Possibility of Naturalism

A Social Theory of the Nation-State

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK

A Philosophical Critique of the Contemporary Human Sciences

Introduction by Raimond Gaita, King’s College London, UK and Australian Catholic University, Australia Series: Routledge Classics

Roy Bhaskar

’Far and away the liveliest and most cogent of the responses yet made to that staid official judgement of some years ago, that political philosophy must now be presumed dead.’ Times Literary Supplement

Quantum Theory and Flight from Realism

Daniel Chernilo July 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-39914-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43993-0: £24.99 ebook: 978-0-203-93265-0

Philosophical Responses to Quantum Mechanics Christopher Norris

Rational Choice Theory

Rethinking Marxism From Kant and Hegel to Marx and Engels

Resisting Colonisation

Jolyon Agar

Edited by Margaret S. Archer and Jonathan Q. Tritter

2006: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40998-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41119-6: £22.99

Realist Perspectives on Management and Organisations

Here Winch addresses the possibility and practice of a comprehensive ’science of society’, drawing from the works of such thinkers as Ludwig Wittgenstein, J.S. Mill and Max Weber to make his case. September 2007: 198x129: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-42358-8: £9.99

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

Edited by Stephen Ackroyd and Steve Fleetwood

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL THEORY

NEW

On Waiting

Reclaiming Reality

The Formation of Critical Realism

Harold Schweizer

A Critical Introduction to Contemporary Philosophy

Mervyn Hartwig interviews Roy Bhaskar

Series: Thinking in Action What is the relationship between waiting and time? Is there an ethics of waiting, or even an art of waiting? Does the internet, online shopping and text messaging mean that waiting has come to an end? On Waiting explores such and similar questions in a compelling fashion. Drawing on some fascinating examples, from the philosopher Henri Bergson’s musings on a lump of sugar to Kate Croy waiting in Wings of the Dove to the writings of Rilke, Bishop, and Carver, it examines this ever-present yet overlooked phenomenon from diverse angles in fascinating style. Selected Contents: 1. A Brief Theory of Waiting: Henri Bergson’s Piece of Sugar 2. An Un-Aesthetics of Waiting: Gaston Bachelard’s Instant 3. Waiting in the Shadow of Words: Penelope’s Loom 4. Lingering: Elizabeth Bishop’s Poem 5. Waiting for Death: Ferdinand Hodler’s Paintings of his Dying Mistress 6. Hoping: Raymond Carver’s A Small, Good Thing 7. Waiting June 2008: 198x129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-77506-9: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77507-6: £10.99

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK Reclaiming Reality provides the most accessible introduction to the increasingly influential multidisciplinary and international body of thought, known as critical realism. It is designed to ’underlabour’ both for the sciences, especially the human sciences, and for the projects of human emancipation which such sciences may come to inform; and provides an enlightening intervention in current debates about realism and relativism, positivism and poststucturalism, modernism and postmodernism. July 2008: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-45493-3: £19.99

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK Following on from Roy Bhaskar’s first two books, A Realist Theory of Science and The Possibility of Naturalism, Scientific Realism and Human Emancipation, establishes the conception of social science as explanatory – and thence emancipatory – critique. Reissued with a new introduction.

Plato Etc Problems of Philosophy and their Resolution Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK In this concise text, Roy Bhaskar sets out to diagnose, explain and resolve the ’problems of philosophy’. Plato Etc reviews all the main areas of the subject: the theory of knowledge and philosophy of science; the philosophy of logic and language; the philosophies of space, time and causality; the philosophy of the social and life sciences and of dialectic; ethics, politics and aesthetics; and the history and sociology of philosophy. July 2008: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-45492-6: £19.99

This series of interviews, conducted in the form of exchanges between Roy Bhaskar - the originator of critical realism (and the later philosophy of metareality) - and Mervyn Hartwig, a leading commentator on critical realism, tells a riveting story of the formation and development of critical realism. July 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45502-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45503-9: £22.99

NEW

Revitalizing Causality Realism about Causality in Philosophy and Social Science Edited by Ruth Groff This cutting-edge collection of new and previously published articles by philosophers and social scientists addresses just what it means to invoke causal mechanisms, or powers, in the context of offering a causal explanation.

Scientific Realism and Human Emancipation

NEW

Edited by Mervyn Hartwig, Independent writer and Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Critical Realism

NEW

July 2008: 234x156: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-45495-7: £19.99

NEW

Alienation, Modernity and the Global Crisis Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK

December 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-37218-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93263-6

NEW

Edward Said and the Literary, Social, and Political World Ranjan Ghosh, Kulturwissenschaftliches Institut, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought The contributors to this volume – many among the foremost Said scholars in the world – examine Said as the literary critic; his relationship to other major contemporary thinkers (including Derrida, Ricoeur, Barthes and Bloom); and his involvement with major movements of his time (such as music, feminism, new humanism, and marxism). October 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96323-7: £60.00

Roy Bhaskar’s most important and fully elaborated book to date sets out a new theory of modernity, based on his philosophy of critical realism.

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

July 2008 Hb: 978-0-415-37673-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37674-7: £20.99

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIAL THEORY

NEW

Latin America and Contemporary Modernity

The Quest for Jewish Assimilation in Modern Social Science

Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability

A Sociological Interpretation

Amos Morris-Reich, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Edited by Mary King, Veronica Dujon and Jesse Dillard all at Portland State University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This book examines the connection between the nineteenth century transformation of the human sciences into the social sciences and notions of Jewish assimilation and integration, demonstrating that the quest for Jewish assimilation is linked to and built into the conceptual foundations of modern social science disciplines.

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This volume is the first to explicitly address the macro and micro dimensions of social sustainability and outline the theoretical and practical possibilities. This landmark volume is an essential contribution to sustainable development and will be indispensable to the practice, teaching and academic research of this nascent field.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Language, Culture, and the Representation of the Jews 2. Assimilation as Extinction: Race, Mixture, and Difference 3. From Assimilation to Difference 4. Objects, Definitions, and Assimilation 5. The Aesthetics of Jewish Assimilation: Form and Individuality 6. The ’Jew’: Object of Research and ’Quilting Point’. Conclusion

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction. Editors Overviews of the Field 2. Emergent Principles of Social Sustainability 3. An Inquiry into the Theoretical Basis of Sustainability: Ten Propositions 4. The Economics of Social Sustainability. International Perspectives 5. Global Civil Society: Architect and Agent of International Democracy and Sustainability 6. In the Absence of Affluence: The Struggle for Social Sustainability in the Third World 7. Child Labor and Improved Common Forest Management in Bolivia. The Role of Business 8. Triple Bottom Line: A Business Metaphor for a Social Construct 9. Social Accounting and Accountability 10. Small Business Practice and Understanding of the Social Aspect of Sustainability 11. The Social Return on Investment 12. Social Sustainability: One Company’s Story. Policy Applications 13. Exploring Common Ground: Community Food Systems and Social Sustainability 14. Social Capital and Community-University Partnerships. Integration and Conclusion 15. Discussion 16. Reflection and Directions for the Future Editors

José Maurício Domingues, University Research Institute of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology In this book, renowned author José Maurício Domingues places Latin America within the third phase of global modern civilization and offers a general theoretical approach to contemporary Latin America. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Law, Rights and Justice 2. Development, Globalization and the Search for Alternatives 3. Identities and Domination, Solidarity and Projects. Conclusion November 2007: 6x9: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-96467-8: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93239-1

NEW

December 2007: 6x9: 206pp Hb: 978-0-415-96089-2: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93212-4

Niklas Luhmann: Law, Society, Justice Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, University of Westminster, London, UK Series: Nomikoi Critical Legal Thinkers

NEW

The Spatial Turn Interdisciplinary Perspectives

This is the first book to consider German sociologist Niklas Luhmann’s social theory in a critical legal context. His theory is introduced here both in terms of society at large and the legal system specifically, and the book reveals the aporetic structure of autopoiesis, aligning it with postmodern approaches to law. Readers will find it operates both as an introduction to the relevance of Luhmann’s social theory for law, as well as a critical response to autopoiesis. September 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45108-6: £80.00

NEW

Governmentality, Biopower, and Everyday Life Majia Nadesan, Arizona State University West, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought Governmentality, Biopower, and Everyday Life synthesizes and extends the disparate strands of scholarship on Foucault’s notions of governmentality and biopower and grounds them in the context of familiar social contexts of inquiry including the family, workplace, and the military. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Governing Society: Liberal, Neoliberal, and NeoConservative Governance 3. Governing Populations: Health, Biopower, and the Regulation of Madness 4. Biopower, Genetic Risk, and Governmentality 5. Governing Everyday Life: Family Life and Education 6. Governmentality, Biopower and the Workplace 7. Biopower and Sovereignty in War and Enterprise 8. Bad Subjects: Biopower, Discipline, Sovereignty and Resistance 9. Conclusion

Edited by Barney Warf, Florida State University, USA and Santa Arias, Florida State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography The Spatial Turn compares and contrasts approaches to space, identifying commonalities, and exploring how and why differences appear. It includes thirteen essays by authors from America, Canada, Europe and Latin America, combining up-to-date and empirical literature reviews about space in each discipline. This book will appeal to everyone conducting conceptual and theoretical research on space in geography and other related fields. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Unveiling Space in the Humanities and Social Sciences 2. Autobiographical Notes on the Spatial Turn 3. Spacing Movements: Mapping Practice, Global Justice and Social Activism 4. Reinserting Territory in Political Economy 5. Was Ratzel Right?: Political Science and the Spatial Turn 6. The Spatial Turn in the Study of Democratization: The Case of Post-Communism 7. Retheorizing Global Space in Sociology 8. Sex and the Modern City: English Studies and the Spatial Turn 9. From Ancients to Moderns: The Geopolitics of Historiography from the Old World to the New 10. ’To See a World in a Grain of Sand’: The Predicament of Space in Anthropology 11. The Translocative Moment: Space, Place and Religion 12. The Cultural Production of Space in Colonial Spanish America: From Visualizing Difference to the Circulation of Knowledge 13. Land without Bread: The Convergence of Geography and Naturalism in Documentary Film

June 2008: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-96465-4: £60.00

NEW MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

Society Edited by Reiner Grundmann, Aston University and Nico Stehr Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four-volume collection of canonical and cutting-edge research on the intellectual origins and the development of ‘society’, a critical concept in the social sciences in general and sociology in particular. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Origins of Society Part 2: Classical Theories of Society Part 3: Modern Theories of Society Part 4: Contemporary Societies Part 5: Future Societies October 2008: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-42656-5: £595.00

FORTHCOMING

June 2008: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-77573-1: £75.00

Neo-Materialism From Bio Power to Social Movements Graeme Chesters, University of Bradford, UK and Ian Welsh, Cardiff University, UK

June 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-95854-7: £60.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

March 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45053-9: £75.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIAL THEORY

NEW

Deconstructing Habermas

Discourse Learning and Social Evolution

Jean Baudrillard

Lasse Thomassen

The Emergence of Novelty

Edited by David B. Clarke, Marcus Doel, William Merrin and Richard G. Smith, all at University of Wales, Swansea, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

Theory’s Destiny

Max Miller, Universität Hamburg, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology How discourse develops in children is an important concept for discourse learning. This important work takes this idea and applies it to social groups and systems. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Learning How to Contradict and Still Pursue a Common End 3. Argumentation and Cognition 4. Moral Discourse 5. Discourse and Morality: Two Case Studies of Social Conflicts in a Segmentary and a Functionally Differentiated Society 6. Intersystemic Discourse and Coordinated Dissensus 7. Why Darwinism Fails in Explaining Social and Cultural Evolution 8. Planning and Evolution 9. Some Theoretical Aspects of Systemic Learning 10. Commentaries to ’Some Theoretical Aspects of Systemic Learning’ 11. Who Conducts a Discourse: A Reply to my Commentators October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36842-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02824-7

Series: International Library of Sociology Jean Baudrillard was one of the twentieth-century’s most insightful, prolific, radical, and visionary thinkers. His ideas have had a profound bearing on countless fields, from art and politics to science and technology. This volume brings together some of the most perceptive world-class commentators to assess Baudrillard’s legacy for the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction. Theory’s Destiny 1. On Disappearance 2. On ‘On Disappearance’ 3. Archimedes’ Mirror and the World as it is 4. Baudrillard’s Sense of Humour 5. Baudrillard’s Taste 6. Better than Butter: Margarine and Simulation 7. Baudrillard and the Art Conspiracy 8. Baudrillard and Non-Representational Theory 9. Double Negative: The Student of Prague in Baudrillard, Kracauer and Kittler 10. Floral Tributes, Binge-Drinking and the Ikea Riot Considered as an Up-Hill Bicycle Race 11. Reality: Now and Then - Baudrillard and W-Bush’s America 12. The (Un)Sealing of the Penultimate September 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46442-0: £75.00

NEW

July 2007: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-36054-8: £80.00

TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION

Environment and Social Theory John Barry Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment 2006: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-37617-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37616-7: £22.50

Erving Goffman Greg Smith Series: Key Sociologists 2006: 198x129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-35590-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35591-9: £17.99

Fifty Key Sociologists: The Contemporary Theorists Edited by John Scott

Hegemony Studies in Consensus and Coercion

NEW

Series: Routledge Key Guides

Edited by Richard Howson, University of Wollongong, Australia and Kylie Smith, University of Wollongong, Australia

Norbert Elias

2006: 216x138: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-35256-7: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35259-8: £14.99

Post-Philosophical Sociology

Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This volume recognises and presents the complexity of Gramsci’s formulation through a selection of contemporary theoretical as well as historico-social investigations that mark a significantly innovative moment in the work on hegemony. Selected Contents: 1. Hegemony and the Operation of Consensus and Coercion Richard Howson and Kylie Smith 2. Hegemony in the Pre-Prison Context Richard Howson 3. Hegemony: Political and Linguistic Sources for Gramsci’s Concept of Hegemony Derek Boothman 4. Hegemony and the Elaboration of the Process of Subalternity Hiroshi Matsuda and Koichi Ohara 5. Hegemony, Language and Popular Wisdom in the AsiaPacific Alastair Davidson 6. Hegemony and Power in Gramsci Benedetto Fontana 7. Hegemony, Subalternity and Subjectivity in Early Industrial Sydney Kylie Smith 8. Hegemony, Imperialism and Colonial Labour Andrew Wells 9. Hegemony, Education and Subalternity in Colonial Papua New Guinea Charles Hawksley 10. The World Bank and Neo-Liberal Hegemony in Vietnam Susan Engel 11. Hegemony, Globalisation and Neoliberalism: The Case of West Bengal, India Ruchira Ganguly-Scrase and Timothy J. Scrase 12. Hegemony and the Neoliberal Historical Bloc: The Australian Experience Damien Cahill 13. Hegemony, Japan and the Victor’s Memory of War Yoko Harada April 2008: 6x9: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-95544-7: £60.00

Richard Kilminster, University of Leeds, UK This enlightening book is the book to explain the refractory, uncomfortable, side of Elias’s sociological radicalism and is also the first in-depth analysis of Elias’s last work The Symbol Theory in the light of selected contemporary developments in archaeology, anthropology and evolutionary theory. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Elias 2. Origins of Elias’s Synthesis 3. Norbert Elias and Karl Mannheim 4. The Civilizing Process: The Structure of a Classic 5. Involved Detachment: Knowledge and Self-Knowledge in Elias 6. The Symbol Theory: Secular Humanism as a Research Programme 7. Concluding Remarks: The Fourth Blow to Man’s Narcissism? October 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43706-6: £75.00

BACKLIST

2006: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35257-4: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35260-4: £14.99

TEXTBOOK

Habermas: The Key Concepts Andrew Edgar

A General Theory of Emotions and Social Life

2006: 234x156: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-40212-5: £80.00

Warren D. TenHouten

Max Weber and the Dispute over Reason and Value

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Stephen P. Turner and Regis A. Factor 2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40213-2: £80.00

Max Weber on Capitalism, Bureaucracy and Religion

Series: Key Sociologists

Edited by Stanislav Andreski

2006: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-38543-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38542-8: £17.99

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40214-9: £80.00

Series: Routledge Key Guides

Max Weber and His Contempories

2006: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-36310-5: £80.00

Edited by John Scott

2006: 216x138: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-30378-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30379-8: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Mike Gane

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Fifty Key Sociologists: The Formative Theorists

Series: Routledge Key Guides

Auguste Comte

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIAL THEORY

SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT

BACKLIST continued

The Limits of Rationality

NEW

2006: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-40211-8: £80.00

The Sport and Society Reader

Max Weber, Rationality and Modernity

The New Individualism

Edited by Sam Whimster and Scott Lash

Anthony Elliott and Charles Lemert

2006: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-40215-6: £80.00

2005: 198x129: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-35151-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35152-2: £18.99

The Emotional Costs of Globalization

Max Weber’s Insights and Errors

The Obituary as Collective Memory

Stanislav Andreski

Bridget Fowler

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40216-3: £80.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology June 2007: 6x9: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36493-5: £75.00

Qualitative Complexity Ecology, Cognitive Processes and the ReEmergence of Structures in Post-Humanist Social Theory John Smith and Chris Jenks

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The Politics of Regret On Collective Memory and Historical Responsibility

Series: International Library of Sociology 2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-33650-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43967-1: £20.00

Rethinking Europe Social Theory and the Implications of Europeanization

Understanding Weber

Gerard Delanty and Chris Rumford

Sam Whimster

2005: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34713-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34714-3: £22.99

March 2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-37075-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37076-9: £23.99

Risk: Philosophical Perspectives

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Tim Lewens

Zygmunt Bauman

May 2007: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-42283-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42284-0: £17.99

Tony Blackshaw

•insets for key sociological concepts – throughout the text •classic theoretical readings •shorter readings – empirical reports or stronglyargued opinion pieces for classroom discussion and to concretize the issues at hand. This comprehensive book supports students and researchers working in the sociology of sport; cultural studies, sport history, sports policy, social issues in sport, and sport and physical education. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: The Big Picture: Theorizing Sports from Sociological Perspectives Part 3: High Brow and Low Brow Contests: Sports With More or Less - Class Part 4: Coloring the Game: Race Matters in Sports Part 5: Manning the Field: Gender Myths and Privileges in Sports – Constructing Masculinity; Socialization Part 6: Nice Guys Finish Last: Athletes Out of Bounds and the Problem of Sports and Deviance Part 7: Giving Up your Body: Violence and Injuries in Sports Part 8: The Faustian Bargain: Big Time Sports and the Media Part 9: Raiding the Public Treasury: The Political Economy of Professional Sports (Hustling Major League Cities?) Part 10: Growth of Global Community or NeoImperialism? - National Cultures and the Internationalization of Sports Part 11: True Love or a Marriage of Convenience: Big Time Sports and Higher Education Part 12: The Power of Athletics: Sports and Politics (Schwarzenegger; Soccer politics) Part 13: More than a Game: Fandom and Community in Sports

2005: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35505-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35504-9: £17.99

J.G. Merguior 2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40217-0: £80.00

The Culture of Exception Sociology Facing the Camp Bulent Diken and Carsten B. Laustsen Series: International Library of Sociology 2005: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35123-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35122-5: £25.99

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

July 2008: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77248-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77249-5: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

The Sport and Society Reader contains a wealth of support material for each section, with concept introductions, stimulating ‘classic’ as well as more eclectic shorter readings in the field. Key features of the book include:

•introductory essays for each section – exploring the issues and context

Series: Key Sociologists

Rousseau and Weber

This innovative anthology provides classes with a basis for discussion and learning in the sociology and cultural study of sport. Conceptually driven, and covering all key fields, this Reader includes comprehensive sections on: class, race, gender, deviance, violence, the media, political economy, globalization, education, politics, fans and community and theory.

•an introductory essay – broad overview of studies in sport culture and society

Jeffrey K. Olick June 2007: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-95682-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95683-3: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by David Karen, Bryn Mawr College, USA and Robert E. Washington, Bryn Mawr College, USA

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Olympic Media

A Wider Social Role for Sport

Bodies, Sports and Societies

Inside the Biggest Show on Television

Who’s Keeping the Score?

Regulation, Discipline and Control

Fred Coalter, Stirling University, UK

Joseph Maguire, Loughborough University, UK, Louise Mansfield, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK, Elizabeth Pike, University of Chichester, UK and Jennifer Smith Maguire, Leicester University, UK

Sport is perceived to have the potential to alleviate a variety of social problems and generally to ‘improve’ both individuals and the communities in which they live. Sport is promoted as a relatively cost effective antidote to a range of social problems – often those stemming from social exclusion - including poor health, high crime levels, drug abuse and persistent youth offending, educational under-achievement, lack of social cohesion and community identity and economic decline. To this end, there is increasing governmental interest in what has become known as ‘sport for good’. A Wider Social Role for Sport presents the political and historical context for this increased government interest in sport’s potential contribution to a range of social problems. The book explores the particular social problems that governments seek to address through sport, and examines the nature and extent of the evidence for sport’s positive role. It illustrates that, in an era of evidence-based policymaking, the cumulative evidence base for many of these claims is relatively weak, in part because such research is faced with substantial methodological problems in isolating the precise contribution of sport in many contexts. Drawing on worldwide research, A Wider Social Role for Sport explores the current state of knowledge and understanding of the presumed impacts of sport and suggests that we need to adopt a different approach to research and evaluation if sports researchers are to develop their understanding and make a substantial contribution to sports policy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Sport and Social Policy: From Sport for all to Sport for Good 3. Sport and Social Impacts: Do we Need New Rules? 4. Sport and Social Regeneration: A Capital Prospect? 5. Sport-inDevelopment: A Global Role for Sport? 6. Sport and Education: Scoring on the Pitch and in the Classroom? 7. Sport and Crime: Getting Out of Jail? 8. Sport and Economic Impacts: Investing in Success? 9. Conclusions November 2007: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-36349-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36350-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01461-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Andrew C. Billings, Clemson University, USA

Sport is increasingly becoming an area of ethical ambiguity in which wider social problems are played out in a concentrated form. This book provides a theoretical framework for exploring sport and deviance through an examination of the three main areas in which these issues arise. These are: • the role of violence and aggression in young people’s experience of sport as spectators and participants •the ambiguous nature of the control exercised by government, corporations and the media over sporting events and the ways in which players respond to these controlling factors •the increasing drive to improve sporting performance through a variety of techniques ranging from psychological coaching to performance enhancing drugs Throughout the emphasis is on the social pressures involved in sport and the ways in which individual athletes and the sporting community negotiate them.

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport No sporting event has a wider scope than an Olympic telecast. With this international reach comes great power and potential impact on many societies - a power that many critics claim is being misused. This is the first academic text to explore TV sports media’s output from this ’behind the scenes’ perspective including the first scholarly interviews with the influential US broadcasters and producers and sports media professionals. This unique text examines how NBC does (or doesn’t) construct its coverage with identity issues in mind. Interviews with key media personnel and analysis of the telecast processes before, during and after the Olympics provide the basis for introducing media and cultural studies theory and discussion of sports media in modern society more generally. Selected Contents: 1. Investigating the Biggest Show on Television 2. Meet the ’Framers’: The Olympic Producers 3. Chronicling History: The Olympic Sportscasters 4. The Star-Spangled Games?: Nationalism and the Olympic Telecasts 5. Competing on the Same Stage: Gender and the Olympic Telecasts 6. Dialogue Differences in Black and White?: Ethnicity and the Olympic Telecasts 7. What do Americans Think Happened in Torino?: Examining Media Effects 8. Looking Forward by Looking Back: Reflections on the Olympic Telecasts

Selected Contents: Introduction: Bodies, Sport and Social Problems Part 1: Bodies and Problems of Regulation 1. Sport, Health and Corporeal Control 3. Fitness, Exercise and Regulated Bodies Part 2: Bodies and Problems of Risk 4. Pain, Emotional Bodies and Risk 5. Sport and Experiencing the Injured Body Part 3: Bodies and Problems of Medicalization 6. Marginalization and Aging Bodies 7. Representation and Disabled Bodies Part 4: Bodies and Problems of Performance 8. Sport, Drugs and the Enhanced Body 9. Cyborgs, Genetics and Body Alterations Part 5: Bodies and Problems of Control 10. Sport, Bodies and Legitimizing Violence 11. Sport, Spectator Violence and Public Order

January 2008: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-77250-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77251-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93335-0

June 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-24430-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24431-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92949-0 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The Olympics provides a unique, critical reference source that systematically sets out the key themes in modern Olympism.

NEW TEXTBOOK

The Olympics A Critical Reader Edited by Jim Parry, University of Leeds, UK and Vassil Girginov, Brunel University, Bristol, UK

Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction to Studying the Olympics Section 2: Conceptualising Olympism Section 3: Olympic History Section 4: Olympic Ethics Section 5: The Olympics and the Media Section 6: Managing and Marketing the Olympics Section 7: Politicising the Olympics Section 8: Paralympic Studies Section 9: Cultural Olympics Section 10: Olympic Education Section 11: Olympic Legacies Section 12: Issues for the Olympics Section 13: The Future of the Olympics

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

August 2008: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-44535-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44536-8: £29.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Culture, Politics and Sport

Fit for Consumption

Critical Race Theory in Sport

Blowing the Whistle, Revisited

Sociology and the Business of Fitness

Garry Whannel, Luton University, UK

Jennifer Smith Maguire, Leicester University, UK

Kevin Hylton Challenging dominant orthodoxies and providing an accessible, cohesive framework for debates which are often shifted to the periphery of undergraduate teaching because of their sensitivity, this book opens critical race theory to a wide readership of students and researchers, offering a genuinely cutting-edge review of this field. It includes an analysis of: •the tensions inherent in popular key terms in ‘race’ theory •the question of Whiteness and the perpetuation of a hegemony of white privilege in sport •the power of the media in the construction of racialized identities •the challenge to the assumptions underpinning popular approaches to antiracism. Critical Race Theory in Sport breaks down concepts including ’race’, ethnicity, social Darwinism, social constructionism, racialization, universalism, genetics and scientific racism, identity and citizenship, social capital and equality. Each of these concepts presents a challenge for academics, policy makers and practitioners in the way they approach the development of their ideas, policies and practical interventions. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Critical Race Theory 3. Researching ‘Race’ and Sport 4. Whiteness 5. ‘Race’ and the Media with Ian Law 6. Antiracism in Sport

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport Garry Whannel’s text Blowing the Whistle: The Politics of Sport broke new ground when it was first published in 1983. Its polemical discussion brought sports as cultural politics into the academic arena and set the agenda for a new wave of researchers. Since the 1980’s sport studies has matured both as an academic discipline and as a focus for mainstream political and public policy debate. In Culture, Politics and Sport Whannel revisits the themes that led his first edition, assessing their 1980’s context from our new millennium perspective, and exploring their continued relevance for contemporary sports academics. This revisited volume will appeal to undergraduate students and researchers in sports and cultural studies and sociology. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Politics of Sport 1. Introduction 2. The Complete Original Text of Blowing the Whistle: The Politics of Sport 3. Profiting by the Presence of Ideals: Sponsorship and Olympism 4. Sport and Popular Culture: The Temporary Triumph of Process over Product Part 2: Sport, Cultural Politics and Political Culture since 1983 5. Pleasures, Commodities and Spaces 6. Nations, Identities, Celebrities and Bodies 7. Globalisation: The Global and the Local 8. Back to Politics January 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41706-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41707-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93377-0

May 2008: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-43655-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43656-4: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Intended for researchers and senior undergraduate and postgraduate students of sport, leisure, cultural studies and the body, this book utilizes the US fitness field as a case study through which to explore the place of the body in contemporary consumer culture. Combining observations in health clubs, interviews with fitness producers and consumers, and a discourse analysis of a wide variety of fitness texts, this book provides an empirically grounded examination of one of the pressing theoretical questions of our time: how individuals learn to fit into consumer culture and the service economy and how our bodies and selves become ‘fit for consumption.’ Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of Fitness 2. The Roots of Fitness: Physical Culture and Physical Capital 3. Health Clubs: The Stratification of Fitness Sites 4. Fitness Media: An Education in the Fitness Lifestyle 5. Personal Trainers: In the Service of Fitness 6. Lessons from the Fitness Field

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Fitness today is not simply about health clubs and exercise classes, or measures of body mass index and cardiovascular endurance. Fit for Consumption conceptualizes fitness as a field within which individuals and institutions may negotiate - if not altogether reconcile - the competing and often conflicting social demands made on the individual body that characterize our current era.

September 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42180-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42181-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94065-5

ORDER NOW!

This is the first text to offer a comprehensive socio-cultural and historical analysis of the current fitness culture.

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT

NEW

Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport

Rethinking Gender and Youth Sport

The Cultural Politics of the Paralympic Movement

Edited by Ian Wellard, Canterbury Christchurch University, UK

Edited by Ben Carrington, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Ian McDonald, University of Brighton, UK Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport The cultural ubiquity, political prominence and economic significance of contemporary sport in global capitalist society presents fertile terrain for its critical socio-cultural analysis. Whether it’s the corporate and media dominated mega-events like the Olympics, state programmes for nationbuilding, or the politics of ’race’, gender and sexuality, sport is so profoundly marked by relations of power, that it lends itself to critique and deconstruction. Foremost in this scholarship are marxist and cultural studies approaches. Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport contributes to the critical analysis of sport in society by joining together marxist and cultural studies approaches in one volume, so as to reveal the underlying structures of power present in contemporary sporting cultures. This volume contains contributions from: David L. Andrews, Alan Bairner, Rob Beamish, Anouk Bélanger, C.L. Cole, Ross Dawson, Grant Farred, Jayne O. Ifekwunigwe, Toby Miller, Garry Whannel, Brett St. Louis. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport 2. One-Dimensional Sport: Rethinking Marxist Theories of Sport 3. Foucault, Marxism and Sport 4. World Bank Golf: Global Capital, Cultural Resistance and the Re-Ordering of Sporting Space 5. Wrestling with Fred’s Angels: Illuminating the Cultural Logics of Sporting Capital 6. Sport, the Media and Marxist Cultural Analysis 7. ’Sisters Are Doing it For Themselves’: Theorizing Sporting Celebrity, Marxism and Black Feminism for the Hip-Hop Generation 8. ’Sport Without Guarantees’: Cultural Studies and the Politics of Sport 9. Black Marxism, Post-Marxism, and the Critique of Sport 10. ’It’s Socialism, Without the Politics’: The Triangulation of Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sports Studies 11. Sex, ’Race’ and Capital Accumulation: Dennis Rodman Revisited 12. Sport, Labour and Representation 13. Re-Appropriating Gramsci: Marxism, Hegemony and Sport 14. Sport, Steroids and Alienated Labour: A Marxist Critique of Contemporary World Class High-Performance Sport 15. Political Economy, Memory and the Spectacularization of Urban Space: A Critical Examination of Professional Sports Franchises

Series: International Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport Much writing on gender and sport is focused upon the negative impact of girls’ exclusion from the arena, suggesting by inference that current practice in sport and physical education offers an uncomplicatedly positive sport experience for boys, and that gender, in and of itself, offers a simple starting point for research into young people’s experience of sport. Rethinking Gender and Youth Sport articulates certain themes which, it is suggested, might contribute to broadening and furthering discussion in the area of gender, youth sport and physical activity. This collection considers a number of themes relating to gender in sport, including: •the body •competence, ability and school physical education •cultural change and diversity •gendered spaces •human rights and well-being. Authoritative writers have contributed thought provoking chapters which will prompt the reader to re-think the ways in which gender is understood within the context of youth sport. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Ian Wellard 2. Physical Education, Physical Activity, Sport and Gender Dawn Penney 3. Embodied Identities: Boxing Masculinities Kath Woodward 4. Girls, Bodies and Pain: Negotiating the Body in Ballet Angela Pickard 5. Being ‘Able’ in a Performative Culture: Physical Education’s Contribution to a Healthy Interest in Sport? John Evans, Emma Rich, Rachel Allwood and Brian Davies 6. Inflexible Bodies and Minds: Exploring Gendered Limits in Contemporary Sport, Physical Education and Dance Ian Wellard 7. Gender and Secondary School NCPE: Change Alongside Continuity Ken Green, Andy Smith, Miranda Thurston and Kevin Lamb 8. (Hetero)sexy Waves: Surfing, Space, Gender and Sexuality Gordon Waitt 9. Sport, Well-Being and Gender Richard Bailey, Andrew Bloodworth and Mike McNamee October 2007: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-41092-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41093-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93361-9

Through an Anthropological Lens P. David Howe, Loughborough University, UK Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport Expansion of the Paralympic Games has to some extent mirrored expansion of the mainstream Olympics and the event now constitutes an internationally significant sporting festival. This book examines the development of the Paralympics and asks whether we are justified in describing the Games as a vehicle for the empowerment of the disabled community. A highly successful paralympian athlete in his own right, David Howe uses ethnographic research methods to investigate the economic, social, cultural and political processes shaping the Paralympic movement on a local and global scale, and develops a new theory of the relationship between sport, the body and the culture of disability. By critiquing contemporary attitudes to disability within sport and within society more generally, and by challenging the orthodox view of the Paralympics as a vehicle for empowerment, this book raises important questions and debates crucial to the study of sociology and sports studies. Selected Contents: 1. Athlete as Anthropologist, Anthropologist as Athlete Part 1: Sport and Disability 2. A Social History of Sport for the Disabled 3. Paralympic ‘Lived History’: Reflections of a Participant Observer 4. The Politics of Sporting Disablement 5. Mediated Paralympic Culture Part 2: Impairment, Sport and Performance 6. The Imperfect Body and Sport 7. Technology and the Paralympic Games 8. Accommodating Paralympic Bodies. Appendix: Through the Anthropological Lens February 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-28886-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28887-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50609-7

TEXTBOOK 4TH EDITION

Making Sense of Sports Ellis Cashmore This unique, multidisciplinary introduction reflects the changing character of contemporary sport. Already established as a standard text, this updated edition is essential reading for undergraduates of sociology and sports studies.

June 2008: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-37540-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37541-2: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09905-6

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2005: 246x174: 490pp Hb: 978-0-415-34854-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34853-9: £25.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT

NEW

British Asians and Football

Sport and Gender Identities

Youth Culture and Sport

Culture, Identity, Exclusion

Masculinities, Femininities and Sexualities

Daniel Burdsey

Edited by Cara Carmichael Aitchison

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-25956-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25957-6: £23.99

Identity, Power, and Politics Edited by Michael Giardina, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA and Michele Donnelly, McMaster University, Canada Youth Culture and Sport critically interrogates and challenges contemporary articulations of race, class, gender, and sexual relations circulating throughout popular iterations of youth sporting culture in latecapitalism. Selected Contents: Introduction: Youth Culture & Sport in New Millennial Times 1. American Jordan: P.L.A.Y., Consensus, and Punishment 2. Midnight Basketball & the Cultural Politics of Recreation, Race, & At-Risk Urban Youth 3. The Popular Racial Order of ‘Urban’ America: Sport, Identity, & the Politics of Culture 4. White Masculinities and Youth Sport in America 5. It can Get Ugly on the Diamond: Examining White Privilege in Little League Baseball 6. Virtual Playing Fields: Children’s Video Games and the Infantilization of Contemporary Athletes 7. Care of the Young Sporting Self: Race, Gender, & Citizenship in Athletic Training Manuals 8. Babes & Boards: Action Sports Advertising and the Performance of Youthful Identity 9. All-Girls Snowboard Camps: Empowerment through Segregation? 10. Contesting Femininity through Women’s Rugby 11. From Babies to Ballers: Feminism, Race, and Girl’s Youth Basketball 12. TomBoys, TomGrils, and Gender Performativity in Youth Sport. Coda: Where Do We Go From Here? October 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95580-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95581-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93882-9

2006: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39500-7: £75.00

Cricket, Race and the 2007 World Cup Edited by Boria Majumdar and Jon Gemmell Series: Sport in the Global Society

Drugs, Alcohol and Sport

Sport Tourism

Series: Sport in the Global Society

Edited by Heather J. Gibson Series: Sport in the Global Society

2006: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-40016-9: £75.00

2006: 246x174: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-34809-6: £80.00

Ethics, Money and Sport This Sporting Mammon

TEXTBOOK

Adrian Walsh and Richard Giulianotti

Sport, Culture and Society

Series: Ethics and Sport

An Introduction

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-33338-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33339-9: £23.99

Grant Jarvie

Fastest, Highest, Strongest

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77042-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77043-9: £23.99

2006: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-30646-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30647-8: £29.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Sport, Sexualities and Queer/Theory Edited by Jayne Caudwell Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport

Foucault, Sport and Exercise Power, Knowledge and Transforming the Self Pirkko Markula-Denison and Richard Pringle

Dennis Brailsford

2006: 234x156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-39794-0: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by Paul Dimeo

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Sport

Elizabeth to Anne

Figurational Studies of the Development of Modern Sports

A Critical History

Rob Beamish and Ian Ritchie

Sport and Society

Sport Histories

Edited by Eric Dunning, Dominic Malcolm and Ivan Waddington

August 2007: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37164-3: £70.00

A Critique of High-Performance Sport

BACKLIST

TEXTBOOK

2006: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41309-1: £85.00

2006: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-35862-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35863-7: £23.99

Boxing, Masculinity and Identity

Sport and Crime Reduction

The ’I’ of the Tiger

The Role of Sports in Tackling Youth Crime

Kath Woodward

Geoff Nichols

2006: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36770-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36771-4: £24.99

May 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39647-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39648-6: £24.99

2006: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36761-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36762-2: £23.99

Surfing and Social Theory Experience, Embodiment and Narrative of the Dream Glide Nicholas J. Ford and David Brown 2005: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-33432-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33433-4: £24.99

The Sport Studies Reader Edited by Alan Tomlinson 2006: 246x174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-419-26020-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-419-26030-1: £27.99

NEW

Transnational and Comparative Research in Sport Globalisation, Governance and Sport Policy Ian Henry and Inst Of Sport & Leisure Policy

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

September 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40112-8: £75.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION

NEW

Muslims in the West after 9/11

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Religion in Contemporary China

Religion, Politics and Law

Political Justice and Religious Values

Revitalization and Innovation

Edited by Jocelyn Cesari, Harvard University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security

Charles F. Andrain, San Diego State University, USA

Since 9/11, and particularly since the Madrid and London bombings of 2004 and 2005, the Muslim presence in Europe and the United States has become a major political concern. Many have raised questions regarding potential links between Western Muslims, radical Islam, and terrorism. Whatever the justification of such concerns, it is insufficient to address the subject of Muslims in the West from an exclusively counter-terrorist perspective. Rather, the Muslim presence must be analyzed in light of such issues as immigration, integration, and globalization. This book is the first systematic attempt to compare the situation of European and American Muslims after 9/11, and to present a comprehensive analysis of their religious, political, and legal situations. It will also addresses the links between Western Muslims and the Muslim world at large. This book will be of great interest to students of critical security studies, islamic studies, sociology and political science in general. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Overview: Muslims in Europe and the US 1. Islam in America Jane Smith 2. Islam in Europe Jocelyne Cesari Part 2: Anti-Terrorism and International Constraints 3. The Consequences of European Policing for Muslims after September 11th Didier Bigo 4. European Security Laws After September 11th and their Consequences for Muslims in Europe Jose Maria Ortuño 5. Religious Practices of American Muslims: A Grounded Analysis of Hostility and Hope Louise Cainkar 6. Arab Americans after 9/11: Lessons from Detroit Wayne Baker Part 3: Islam and Secularism 7. Islam and the State in Europe Frank Peter 8. The Religious Practice of Muslims in Europe: Balancing between Equal Treatment and Exception Clauses Marcel Maussen 9. Influence of Jihadi Movements Among European Muslims Farhad Khosrokhavar 10. Islam and Secularism in the United States Jocelyne Cesari Part 4: Islam and Public Space 11. Muslims and the Media: Unholy Alliances Chris Allen 12. Islam in European Public Spaces: Muslims, Non-Muslims, and Stereotypes in the Public Sphere Yasemin Karakasoglu, Sigrid Luchtenberg and Riem Spielhaus 13. Islam and the American Public Sphere Erik Nisbet 14. Muslim Voices in American Media Emran Qureshi September 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77655-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77654-7: £21.99

Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Why do individuals and groups hold distinctive theological views? Why do these beliefs change? In what ways do theological interpretations influence concepts of spiritual and political justice? How and why do these concepts of justice affect policy preferences held by religious liberals and conservatives? Much has recently been written about the relationship between power, conservative politics, and evangelical religious groups, but very little attention has been paid to so-called ’progressive’ religious groups among Protestants, Catholics, and Jews and their relationship to political thought and action. This wide-ranging and interdisciplinary work explores the impact of theological interpretations about God, the individual, society, church, and government on attitudes toward procedural and distributive justice. Major issues revolve around civil liberties, sexual choice, gender equality, world peace, prison reform, and income distribution Selected Contents: 1. Interpretations of Religion and Politics 2. Perspectives on Biblical Justice 3. Walter Rauschenbusch: Prophet of the Social Gospel 4. The Social Gospel and Political Action 5. New Thought and the Power of the Individual Mind 6. The Policy Influence of Religious Liberalism 7. Liberal and Conservative Attitudes toward Justice. Appendix: Measurement of Variables

Edited by Adam Yuet Chau, SOAS, University of London, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book provides a wide-ranging and in-depth survey of contemporary religious practices in China, explaining how the recent economic reforms and concurrent relaxation of religious polices have provided fertile ground for the revitalization of a wide range of religious practices. Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Yuet Chau 1. Buddhism in the Reform Era: A Secularized Revival? JI Zhe 2. Giving Back: Morality Texts and the Re-Growth of Lay Buddhism Garesh Fisher 3. The Emerging SpiritMedium Cults in Sishui Village, Hebei Der-ruey Yang 4. Daoist Temple Networks and Monks’ Wandering About Adeline Herrou 5. Temples as Enterprises Selina Chan and Graeme Lang 6. Building Temples across the Border: The Story of a Female Spirit Medium and Her Devotees Tiksang Liu 7. Intertwined Fortunes: Music-Making and Ritual Life in North China Stephen Jones 8. Rationalizing Re-Enchantment: Charisma, Affiliation and Organization in the Post-Mao Qigong Movement David Palmer 9. Global Modernity, Local Community, and Spiritual Power: Innovation and Tradition in the Catholic Church in Shanxi since 1979 Henrietta Harrison 10. Of Stones and Fonts: The Art and Politics of Inscribing and Re-Inscribing a Temple Adam Yuet Chau. Conclusion November 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45934-1: £75.00

May 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-98964-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98965-7: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92929-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Queer Inclusion in the United Methodist Church Amanda Udis-Kessler, Colorado College, USA Series: New Approaches in Sociology The United Methodist Church has been in conflict over lesbian/gay/bisexual/transgender inclusion issues since 1972. In this groundbreaking book, Udis-Kessler examines this struggle, analyzing both sides of this divisive debate among one of the most prominent religious organizations in the United States. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. History and Stakeholders 3. General Conference 2000: Setting the Stage 4. Raising the Stakes 5. Drawing the Lines 6. Frames: Inclusionist and Conservative Appeals to Principle 7. ’It’s not About Civil Rights, it’s About Holiness’: Contradictory Institutional Logic 8. Conclusion: Lines in the Sand

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

March 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96249-0: £60.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF WORK, ECONOMY AND INDUSTRY

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION

NEW

Christianity and Marxism

NEW

South Asian Religions on Display

A Philosophical Contribution to their Reconciliation

TEXTBOOK

Andrew Collier

5TH EDITION

Religious Processions in South Asia and in the Diaspora Edited by Knut A. Jacobsen, University of Bergen, Norway Series: Routledge South Asian Religion Series Religious procession is a significant dimension of religion in South Asia. This volume presents current research on this important phenomenon dealing with interpretations of the role of processions, the recent increase in processions and changes in the procession traditions. Selected Contents: Introduction: Religion on Display Knut A. Jacobsen Part 1: Processions in South Asia 1. The Re-Invention of Tamil Funeral Processions Isabelle Clark-Deces 2. Getting in Line: The Kumbha Mela Festival Processions James Lochtefeld 3. Mapping the Management of Threatening Gods and Social Conflict: A Territorial Approach to Processions in a South Indian Village (Tamil Nadu) Pierre-Yves Trouillet 4. Space, Sound, Auspiciousness, and Performance in North Indian Wedding Processions Gregory D. Booth 5. Public Display, Communal Devotion: Procession at a South Indian Catholic Festival Selva J. Raj 6. The Virgin and her ’Relations’: Reflections on Processions at a Catholic Shrine in Southern India Matthias Frenz 7. ‘Yeh Matam Kayse Ruk Jae’ (How Could this Matam Ever Cease): Muharram Processions in Pakistani Punjab Mariam Abou Zahab 8. A Note on the Modernization of Muharram Stig Toft Madsen and Muhammad Hassan 9. Muharram Processions and the Ethisation of Hero Cults in the PreModern Deccan Hugh van Skyhawk 10. Personalizing the Sikh Scripture: Processions of the Guru Granth Sahib in India Kristina Myrvold Part 2: Processions in the South Asian Diaspora 11. Gods on the Move: Chariot Processions in Urban Singapore Vineeta Sinha 12. Parading Hindu Gods in Public: New Festival Traditions of Tamil Hindus in Germany Brigitte Luchesi 13. Processions, Public Space and Sacred Space in the South Asian Diaspora in Norway Knut A. Jacobsen 14. Rathayatra of the Hare Krishnas in Durban: Inventing Strategies to Transmit Religious Ideas in Modern Society P. Pratap Kumar. ‘Conclusion and Future Prospects’ Knut A. Jacobsen February 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43736-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93059-5

Sociology, Work and Industry

January 2007: 234x156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-43456-0: £20.00

Tony J. Watson, Nottingham University Business School, UK

Jewish Eating and Identity Through the Ages David C. Kraemer Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology June 2007: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-95797-7: £65.00

TEXTBOOK

Religion and Everyday Life Stephen Hunt Series: The New Sociology 2005: 198x129: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-35153-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35154-6: £17.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Religious Toleration in England 1787-1833 Ursula Henriques 2006: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41304-6: £85.00

Sociology, Religion and Grace Arpad Szakolczai Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology 2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-37196-4: £75.00

NEW

The Role of Religion in Modern Societies Edited by Detlef Pollack and Daniel V.A. Olson Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Backlist

September 2007: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-39704-9: £65.00

TEXTBOOK

Weber and the Persistence of Religion

Transcendence

Social Theory, Capitalism and the Sublime

Critical Realism and God

Joseph W.H. Lough

Margaret S. Archer, Andrew Collier and Douglas V. Porpora

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

2004: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-33616-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33617-8: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This popular text effectively explains and justifies the use of the sociological imagination to understand the nature of institutions of work, occupations, organizations, management and employment and how they are changing in the twenty-first century. With outstanding breadth of coverage it provides an authoritative overview of both traditional and emergent themes in the sociological study of work; explains the basic logic of sociological analysis of work and work-related institutions; and provides an appreciation of different theoretical traditions. It fully considers: •the direction and implications of trends in technological change, globalizsation, labour markets, work organization, managerial practices and employment relations •the extent to which these trends are intimately related to changing patterns of inequality in modern societies and to the changing experiences of individuals and families •the ways in which workers challenge, resist and make their own contributions to the patterning of work and shaping of work institutions. New features include an easy to read layout, key issues questions, mini case studies, chapter summaries, and a fantastic Companion Website which is packed full of useful resources (for students and teachers). All of these elements – and much more – provide the reader with a text unrivalled in the field. April 2008: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-43555-0: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92847-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Economic Sociology An Introduction Jeff Hass This text provides a comprehensive overview of economic organization and practice in developed and developing countries. It makes the insights, claims, and logic of economic sociology accessible to students.

2006: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-34352-7: £65.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

2006: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39221-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39222-8: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF WORK, ECONOMY AND INDUSTRY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Financialization At Work

The Culture of Management

Work and Society

Key Texts and Commentary

Stefano Harney

Edited by Ismail Erturk, Manchester Business School, UK, Julie Froud, Manchester Business School, UK, Sukhdev Johal, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, Adam Leaver, Manchester Business School, UK and Karel Williams, Centre for Research in Socio Cultural Change (CRESC),University of Manchester, UK

From filo faxes to palm pilots; from cell phones to laptops; from spreadsheets to online banking, many of us try to make the most of our day, to not waste any time, to maximize our efficiency. These are the hallmarks of time, financial, and information management. More and more we find ourselves managing our time, health, finances, careers and families. We are all managers now.

Sociological Approaches, Themes and Methods Tim Strangleman, University of Kent, UK and Tracey Warren, University of Nottingham, UK Work and Society is an important new text about the sociology of work and employment. It provides both undergraduate and postgraduate students of sociology, business and politics, with a firm and enjoyable foundation to this fascinating area of sociology, giving comprehensive coverage of traditional areas of the sub-discipline as well as new trends and developments. The book is divided into three complementary and interconnected sections – investigating work, work and social change, and understanding work. These sections allow readers to explore themes, issues and approaches by examining how sociologists have thought about and researched work and how the sub-discipline has been influenced by the wider society itself. Novel features include separate chapters on researching work, domestic work, unemployment and work, and the representation of work in literary and visual media.

Social scientists have begun debating financialization in the late 2000s much as they debated globalization in the 1990s, and this important book prepares the way by allowing readers to (re)define financialization for themselves. Selected Contents: Section 1: History: Critique of the Rentier and Financier Section 2: Agency Theory: The Value Maximizing Manager? Section 3: Political Economy: Accumulation and Innovation Section 4: Cultural Economy: Narrative and Performative Discrepancies Section 5: Current Debates: Financialized Management May 2008: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41730-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41731-0: £29.99

NEW A Denied Industry Marina Della Giusta, University of Reading, UK, Maria Di Tommaso, University of Turin, Italy and Steinar Strøm, University of Oslo, Norway Series: Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics Empirical and mathematically rigorous, this book provides an analytical economic study of the supply and demand of prostitution rather than focusing on the sociological and cultural themes.

April 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33648-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33649-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93052-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Credit and Consumer Society Dawn Burton The language of credit and debt is almost ubiquitous in daily life. This groundbreaking book argues that we have entered an era in which credit and debt are sanctioned, delivered and collected through new cultural and economic mechanisms. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. History of Consumer Credit 2. Credit, Consumption and Consumer Society 3. Organisation of the Credit Industry 4. Credit, Surveillance and Developments in Risk Based Pricing 5. The Marketing of Credit 6. Dealing with Default 7. Consumerism and Credit 8. Future Developments

The Culture of Management shows us that, for better or worse, we are all in business with ourselves. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Management Material 2. Learning to Manage 3. Popular Management 4. Management’s Globe 5. Labor’s Management 6. Management’s Labor 7. Going into Business With Ourselves

Sex Markets

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: Investigating Work 2. Theory and Work 3. Researching Work 4. Representations of Work Section 2: Work and Social Change 5. Work and Industrial Society 6. Work and Post Industrial Society Section 3: Understanding Work 7. Divisions at Work 8. Controlling Work 9. Time and Work 10. Domestic Work 11. Unemployment and Work 12. Culture, Emotion and Identity at Work 13. Conclusion

In The Culture of Management, Stefano Harney investigates how the principles of management now shape our lives, both individually and collectively. Ironically, as we embrace the tools of management in our personal lives, as workers we are often leery of the promises of Management. In examining the work world, Harney finds that the age-old clash between Management and Worker is alive and well. But, instead of vilifying Management, Harney asks: What new opportunities can the New Management offer us? Chapters include coverage on such issues as popular management literature; management in a global context, the new labor movement versus the new management.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Studying Prostitution 1.1. Conceptualising Prostitution 1.2. Social Sciences and Prostitution 1.3. Economics and Prostitution Part 2: A Reputation Approach to Prostitution 2.1. The Demand Side 2.2. The Supply Side 2.3. Equilibrium 2.4. The Market for Prostitution when Norms are Endogenous 2.5. Different Markets and Policies Part 3: Empirical Application 3.1. The Demand Side: Clients of Street Sex Workers in the US 3.2. A Specific Segment of the Supply Side: Sexually Exploited Trafficked Women

March 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-93069-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-93070-3: £16.99

NEW

Women and Work in Indonesia Edited by Michele Ford, University of Sydney, Australia and Lyn Parker, University of Western Australia Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series With chapters written by Indonesian scholars and based upon extensive fieldwork experience in Indonesia, this is an important and fascinating examination of the meaning of work for women in modern Indonesia. January 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40288-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93236-0

February 2008: 216x138: 112pp Hb: 978-0-415-39717-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42372-4: £17.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

November 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40521-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40522-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93598-9

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF WORK, ECONOMY AND INDUSTRY

NEW

Economy and Society

Women and Labour Organizing in Asia

Women and the Labour Market

The Final Version by Max Weber Edited by Sam Whimster, London Metropolitan University, UK Economy and Society represents the codification of Weber’s thinking on the fundamental topics of social science, including: • sociology as an interpretative science of society • the economy treated in an interpretative manner • the legitimacy of rulership and power •the formation of class, status groups, and political parties. These were themes Weber had worked with throughout his academic life and in this final and succinct formulation they provide the basis of modern sociology and much of the thinking in economics, politics and law. This edition offers a new translation by Keith Tribe, the first new translation of this classic text since the A.M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons’ translation of 1947. The new translation restores Weber’s original page layout, the precision of his language and where necessary supplies explanatory footnotes. Sam Whimster also provides a comprehensive introduction. This places the work in the context of the older, separate manuscripts of E&S, updates readers with the advances in international Weber scholarship and initiates the reader into Weber’s architectonic vision of a unified social science.

Diversity, Autonomy and Activism Edited by Kaye Broadbent, Griffith University, Australia and Michele Ford, University of Sydney, Australia Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series Providing a full account of the role of women in union activism in Asia, covering all the major economies of the region, this book successfully challenges the prevailing conception of women workers in Asia as passive and uninterested in industrial issues. Selected Contents: 1. Women and Labour Organizing in Asia: Diversity, Autonomy and Activism Kaye Broadbent and Michele Ford 2. Indonesia: Separate Organizing within Unions Michele Ford 3. China: Labour Organizations Representing Women Fang Lee Cooke 4. Malaysia: Women, Labour Activism and Unions Vicki Crinis 5. Sri Lanka: Contradictions for Women in Labour Organizing Janaka Biyanwila 6. Bangladesh: Women and Labour Activism Shahidur Rahman 7. Thailand: Women and Spaces for Labour Organizing Andrew Brown and Saowalak Chaytaweep 8. India: The Self Eemployed Women’s Association and Autonomous Organizing Elizabeth Hill 9. Korea: Women, Labour Activism and Autonomous Organizing Kyoung-hee Moon and Kaye Broadbent 10. Japan: Women Workers and Autonomous Organizing Kaye Broadbent December 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-41315-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93822-5

NEW NEW

Formal and Informal Work

Maid In China

The Hidden Work Regime in Europe

Media, Mobility, and a New Semiotic of Power

Birgit Pfau-Effinger, University of Hamburg, Germany, Lluis Flaquer and Per Jensen, Aalborg University, Denmark

Series: Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations This compelling book examines the mobility of domestic workers, at both material and symbolic levels, and of the formation and social mobility of the urban middle-class through its consumption of domestic service. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Maid and her Body 1. Disciplining the Maid 2. Branding the Maid Part 2: The Maid ‘at Home’ 3. Maid and her ‘Ma’am’ 4. Maid and her ‘Master’ Part 3: The Maid in the City 5. To Belong or Not to Belong 6. Eye-Witness of the City Part 4: The Maid between the Market and the Nation-State 7. (Re)naming the Maid 8. (Re)defining Domestic Work. Conclusion June 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39210-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94640-4

Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Despite the expansion of female employment, women continue to be crowded into a small number of occupations which, in the main, represent low-paid jobs. This key book analyzes this issue and examines one route of escape: selfemployment. July 2008: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-21601-2: £55.00

NEW

Creativity and Innovation in the Cultural Economy Edited by Paul Jeffcutt, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and Andy Pratt, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This collection brings together international experts from different continents to examine creativity and innovation in the cultural economy. In doing so, this collection provides a unique contemporary resource for researchers and advanced students. August 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41975-8: £85.00

FORTHCOMING

September 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-42548-3: £49.95

Wanning Sun, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

Mark Hart, Kingston University, UK and Vani Borooah, University of Ulster, UK

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Informal work – family care, voluntary work, and undeclared or unregulated work – is a citical form of labor in today’s economy, yet remains underanalyzed and examined. This volume develops a comprehensive conceptual framework of informal work and systematically analyzes the relationship of formal and informal work. Selected Contents: Section 1: Introductory Chapter. Introduction. Informal Work in the Arrangement of Work and Welfare: The Theoretical and Methodological Approach Section 2: Formal and Informal Work in Diverse Arrangements of Work and Welfare. Formal and Informal Work in a Liberal Welfare State: The Case of the UK. The Social Democratic Model: Formal and Informal Work in Denmark. The Social Democratic Model: Formal and Informal Work in Finland. Formal and Informal Work in a Conservative Welfare Regime: The Case of Germany. Formal and Informal Work in the ’Latin Rim’: The Case of Spain. Formal and Informal Work in a Post-Communist Welfare Regime: The Case of Poland Part 3: Diversity and Change of the Relationship of Formal and Informal Work. A Comparative Perspective on Formal and Informal Work. The Changing Relationship of Formal and Informal Work in Europe August 2008: 6x9 Hb: 978-0-415-96469-2: £65.00

Economic Mobility and Ethnic Minorities Jacob Meerman Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77566-3: £65.00

FORTHCOMING

Enterprise and Deprivation Small Business, Social Exclusion and Sustainable Communities Alan Southern, University of Liverpool, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship This book critically challenges the notion that enterprise can address the complexity behind deprivation and social exclusion using UK and North American examples. February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45815-3: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Explorations in Consumer Culture Theory Edited by John F. Sherry, University of Notre Dame, USA and Eileen Fischer, York University, Canada This book elaborates on the interdisciplinary field of consumer culture theory; recognizing the dynamics of accommodation and resistance that characterize the individual’s relationship with the market.

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77640-0: £75.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF WORK, ECONOMY AND INDUSTRY

NEW

Economics and Social Theory

Frontiers in the Economics of Gender

Adam Lutzker, University of Michigan-Flint, USA

Edited by Francesca Bettio, University of Siena, Italy and Alina Vershchagina

Critical Representations of Work and Organization in Popular Culture

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Innovative and cutting-edge, this book proposes an alternative philosophical framework for economics which will reconfigure economics and social theory as historical disciplines that analyze successive standardizations of social practices. September 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77175-7: £85.00

Series: Routledge Siena Studies in Political Economy Gender is now recognized as a fundamental organizing principle for economic as well as social life, and related research has grown at an unprecedented pace in the recent decades across branches of economics. This volume takes stock of this research, proposes novel analytical frameworks and outlines further research directions. April 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44572-6: £65.00

NEW

Carl Rhodes, University of Technology, New South Wales, Australia and Robert Westwood, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies This fascinating book demonstrates how popular culture is a compelling arena for the critique of organizational life, one that plays out the complex and contradictory relations that people have with the organizations in which they work. December 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35989-4: £70.00

Feminism, Economics and Utopia Time Travelling through Paradigms

NEW

Karin Schonpflug, University of Vienna, Austria

Gossip and Organizations

NEW

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Grant Michelson, University of Sydney, Australia and Kathryn Waddington, City University, London, UK

Sexualities, Work and Organizations

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Exciting and innovative, this book provides readers with an important analysis of the latent and informal aspects of organizational discourse on which, until now, no serious researched has been carried out.

Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context Innovative and well-written, Sexualities, Work and Organizations brings together and relates stories of minority sexual identity from six organizations drawn from three different industry sectors.

Answering a range of questions and written by a rising star in feminist economics, this book provides explanations of the different kinds of feminism, the evolution of feminist thought and, the history and sources of utopias as a theoretical and/or literary tool. February 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41784-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93071-7

James Ward, Kingston University, UK and Management Consultant, PA Consulting Group

NEW

July 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41785-3: £65.00

October 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39699-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93924-6

The Political Economy of Families, Work and Globalization

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Sustainable Business in Service Companies

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Drucilla Barker, Hollins University, Virginia, USA and Susan Feiner, University of Southern Maine, USA

Lessons from IKEA

Nan Lin, Duke University, USA

Bo Edvardsson, Karlstad University, Sweden and Bo Enquist, Karlstad University, Sweden

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy An interdisciplinary reader of scholarship relevant to feminist political economy, the selections in this book cover themes such as: feminism and the history of economic thought, and the feminization of poverty and welfare state policies. July 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77287-7: £70.00

Social Capital

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society This is the first book on the role of values in developing and managing service companies, emphasizing sustainable business. The authors examine the role of values in forming a service culture which creates customer value.

FORTHCOMING

February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45853-5: £65.00

The Foundations of Female Entrepreneurship

NEW

Women in Business in Mid-Victorian London

Mobility and Technology in the Workplace

Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences Together with a new introduction by the editor to guide the user through its four volumes, this major work of reference provides researchers with all the key writings on social capital in one convenient and unique resource. November 2008: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-40717-5: £595.00

NEW

History of Women as Investors

Alison Kay, King’s College London, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History Just as women in business have often been hidden by men, they have often also been hidden by the ‘home’ and the conceptualization of separate spheres of public and private agency. Most recent findings on women in business are scattered in specialized journals and are difficult to identify by more general readers. To date, no single overview pulls these separate threads together for the nineteenth century. This book fills that gap.

Edited by Donald Hislop, Loughborough University, UK

Edited by Anne Laurence, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK, Josephine Maltby, University of Sheffield, UK and Janette Rutterford, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK

This international and multidisciplinary book draws together a diverse range of scholars to discuss the changes facilitated by the ongoing evolution of a range of technologies, such as wi-fi networks and mobile technologies.

Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History The first book of its kind, using case studies and empirical material, it explores the activities of women as investors and as managers of wealth in Europe, the Caribbean and North America, from the early eighteenth to the mid-twentieth century.

July 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44346-3: £75.00

July 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41976-5: £80.00

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

March 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43174-3: £65.00

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF WORK, ECONOMY AND INDUSTRY

BACKLIST

Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance

Technological Communities and Networks

Handling Death and Bereavement at Work

A Comparative Analytical Approach

Dimitris Assimakopoulos

Edited by Franz Traxler and Gerhard Huemer

Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations

David Charles-Edwards

May 2007: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-42466-0: £135.00

2005: 216x138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-34724-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34725-9: £24.99

Haunting the Knowledge Economy

Triggers and Drivers for Innovation

May 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33480-8: £70.00

Visual Consumption

Service Work

Jane Kenway, Elizabeth Bullen, Johannah Fahey and Simon Robb

Critical Perspectives

Series: International Library of Sociology

Series: Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research

Edited by Cameron MacDonald and Marek Korczynski

2006: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-37067-7: £80.00

2002: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-24424-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36625-0: £27.99

February 2007: 6x9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-95316-0: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95317-7: £18.99

No Place Like Home Organizing Home-Based Labor in the Era of Structural Adjustment

’Rice Plus’

David Staples

Widows and Economic Survival in Rural Cambodia

Series: New Approaches in Sociology 2006: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-97797-5: £60.00

Susan H. Lee

Non-Traditional Occupations, Empowerment, and Women

Contemporary Economic Sociology Globalization, Production, Inequality Fran Tonkiss 2006: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-30093-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30094-0: £25.99

Working Time Around the World Trends in Working Hours, Laws, and Policies in a Global Comparative Perspective Sangheon Lee, Deirdre McCann and Jon C. Messenger Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Series: New Approaches in Sociology 2006: 6x9: 182pp Hb: 978-0-415-97700-5: £50.00

Jonathan E. Schroeder

May 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43937-4: £70.00

Ayele Lea Adubra

Women, Employment and Organizations

Series: African Studies

Judith Glover and Gill Kirton

2005: 6x9: 154pp Hb: 978-0-415-97359-5: £55.00

2006: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-32838-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32839-5: £22.99

A Case of Togolese Women

Power at Work Contexts of Social Capital Social Networks in Communities, Markets and Organizations Edited by Ray-May Hsung, Nan Lin and Ronald L. Breiger Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology February 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-41117-2: £65.00

How Employees Reproduce the Corporate Machine Darren McCabe Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations March 2007: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-41797-6: £70.00

Race and Economic Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century

Critical Realist Applications in Organisation and Management Studies

Edited by Marlene Kim Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy

Edited by Stephen Ackroyd and Steve Fleetwood

June 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-37179-7: £90.00

Series: Critical Realism: Interventions 2004: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-34510-1: £29.99

Regulating New Forms of Employment

Gender, Diversity and Trade Unions

Local Experiments and Social Innovation in Europe

International Perspectives

Edited by Ida Regalia

Edited by Fiona Colgan and Sue Ledwith

Series: Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy of the Welfare State

February 2007: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-43976-3: £20.00

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

ORDER NOW!

2005: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-36056-2: £75.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

THE BODY, SELF AND SOCIAL IDENTITY

NEW

TEXTBOOK

Self-Identity and Everyday Life

The Body and Everyday Life

3RD EDITION

Harvie Ferguson, University of Glasgow, UK

Helen Thomas, London College of Fashion, UK

Social Identity

Series: The New Sociology

’Identity’ and ’selfhood’ are terms routinely used throughout the human sciences that seek to analyze and describe the character of everyday life and experience. Yet these terms are seldom defined or used with any precision, and scant regard is paid to the historical and cultural context in which they arose or to which they are applied. This innovative book provides fresh historical insights in terms of the emergence, development, and interrelationship of specific and varied notions of identity and selfhood, and outlines a new sociological framework for analyzing. This is the first historical/sociological framework for discussion of issues which have till now, generally been treated as ’philosophy’ or ’psychology’, and as such it is essential reading for those undergraduates and postgraduates of sociology, philosophy and history and cultural studies interested in the concepts of identity and self. It covers a broader range of material than is usual in this style of text, and includes a survey of relevant literature and precise analysis of key concepts written in a student friendly style. Selected Contents: Introduction: Opacity of the Present Age 1. Modernity and the Problem of Identity 2. Forms of Self-Identity 3. From Self-Fashioning to the Fashionable Self 4. Disjunctive Experience. Conclusion: Transparency of Everyday Life June 2008: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-35509-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35508-7: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00177-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Richard Jenkins, University of Sheffield, UK

Taking an innovative and alternative approach to the fascinating topic of the body, this book offers a lively and comprehensive introduction to the main themes and issues that have emerged in the study of the body over recent years. It includes sections on: •ethnographies of the body •bodies of performance •technological bodies •raving bodies/shifting socialites •the ageing performing body. Thomas illustrates the complex relationships that exist between the body, society and everyday life, by linking current theory to the body through a series of case studies. These case studies range across a variety of cultural settings such as film, theatre, dance and sport, offering a colourful basis to the discussion of the theory and methodology which underlies the body. Selected Contents: 1. Enter the Body 2. Ethnographies of the Body 3. Bodies of Performance 4. Technological Bodies 5. Raving Bodies/Shifting Socialites 6. The Ageing Performing Body 7. Conclusion October 2008: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-33111-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33112-8: £28.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Series: Key Ideas This third edition builds on the international success of previous editions, offering an easy access critical introduction to social science theories of identity, for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates. All of the previous chapters have been updated and extra material has been added where relevant, for example, on globalization. Two new chapters have been added; one addresses the debate about whether identity matters, discussing, for example, Brubaker; the second reviews the postmodern approach to identity. The text is informed by relevant topical examples throughout and, as with earlier editions, the emphasis is on sociology, anthropology and social psychology; on the interplay between relationships of similarity and difference; on interaction; on the categorization of others as well as self-identification; and on power, institutions and organizations. Selected Contents: 1. Identity Matters 2. Similarity and Difference 3. A Sign of the Times? 4. Understanding Identification 5. Selfhood and Mind 6. Embodied Selves 7. Entering the Human World 8. Self-Image and Public Image 9. Groups and Categories 10. Beyond Boundaries 11. Symbolising Belonging 12. Predictability 13. Institutionalising Identification 14. Organising Identification 15. Categorisation and Consequences 16. Identity and Modernity Revisited

TEXTBOOK

The Body A Reader Series: Routledge Student Readers The body has become an increasingly significant concept in recent years and this Reader offers a stimulating overview of the main topics, perspectives and theories surrounding the issue. This broad consideration of the body presents an engagement with a range of social concerns, from the processes of racialization to the vagaries of fashion and performance art, enacted as surgery on the body.

May 2008: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44848-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44849-9: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: 1. What is a Body? 2. The Body and Social (Dis)order 3. Bodies and Identities 4. Normal Bodies, or Not 5. Bodies in Health and Disease 6. Bodies and Technologies 7. Bodies in Consumer Culture 8. Body Ethics

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2004: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-34007-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34008-3: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

THE BODY, SELF AND SOCIAL IDENTITY

NEW

The Self and Social Relationships

Personality and Social Behavior

Edited by Joanne V. Wood, Abraham Tesser and John G. Holmes

Series: Frontiers of Social Psychology Personality and Social Behavior contains a series of essays on topics where a transactional analysis of the person and situation has proved most fruitful. Contributions span the personality and social psychology spectrum and include such topics as new units in personality; neuroscience perspectives on interpersonal personality; social and interpersonal frameworks for understanding the self and selfesteem; and personality process analyses of romantic relationships, prejudice, health, and leadership. Selected Contents: Personality and Social Behavior: An Overview F. Rhodewalt. Beyond Person and Situation Effects: Intraindividual Personality Architecture and its Implications for the Study of Personality and Social Behavior D. Cervone. Personality, Collective Identity, and Social Context M. Hogg. The Fragile Self: People Who Need People F. Rhodewalt and B. Peterson. Contextual Variability in Personality: The Case of the Relational Self and the Process of Transference S. Andersen. The Rejection Sensitivity Dynamic: Linking Intrapersonal and Interpersonal Processes G. Downey. How Attachment Styles Work: Linking Styles to Outcomes S. Rholes. Personality, Prejudice, and Social Behavior P. Devine. Social Psychological Processes Linking Personality to Physical Health at Multiple Levels of Analysis B. Uchino. Leaders and Leadership M. Chemers February 2008: 6x9: 304pp Hb: 978-1-84169-450-4: £37.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

The Emotional Body A Multi-Disciplinary Perspective on the Body, the Self and Emotion S. Dalley Body image is a crucial factor in how we understand, interact with and feel about ourselves and the world. The Emotional Body explores why we have such an experience of body image in the first place and why it differs from person to person. Selected Contents: The Body, the Self and Emotion: Ultimate and Proximate Causation. Body Image: A Description and Explanation. Body Focus: Ultimate Causation. Body Focus: Proximate Causation. The Body-Self Relationship: Ultimate Causation. The Body-Self Relationship: Proximate Causation. The Emotional Body: Ultimate Causation. The Emotional Body: Proximal Causation. Coping and the Body: Proximate Causation. Summary and Directions for Future Research December 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84169-356-9: £39.95 eBook: 978-0-203-33993-0

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

’Wood, Tesser, and Holmes have done a great job. The writing is clear throughout. The style and level of discourse is consistent. A great deal of theory and empirical work is reviewed and new insights also appear, often in welcome sections devoted to integration where theorists place their own views within the larger context of others’ theories and research. The book will be easy to use as a teaching tool. It is theory driven and, as such, provides readers with the structure that they will need to recall the many empirical findings that are reviewed. In addition, many authors provide wonderful role models of how to step back from one’s own perspectives and findings and place them in a larger context.’ - Margaret S. Clark, Yale University, USA The Self and Social Relationships is the first volume that marks, expedites, and defines this exciting new research synthesis between the areas of ’self’ and ’social relationships’. It serves both as a platform for authors to present their latest ideas on the topic and to encourage continued integration in this emerging field. The contributions represent a diverse set of perspectives from social/personality and clinical psychology. Each chapter covers a topic that is central to the study of self and relationships, and presents some of the most exciting research programs in the field. Selected Contents: Self-Related Motives Influence Close Relationships. Risk Regulation in Relationships: Self-Esteem and the If-Then Contingencies of Interdependent Life. On the Role of Psychological Needs in Healthy Functioning: Integrating a Self-Determination Theory Perspective with Traditional Relationship Theories. Self-Verification in Relationships as an Adaptive Process. Narcissism and Interpersonal Self-Regulation. Functions of the Self in Interpersonal Relationships: What Does the Self Actually Do? Reciprocal Influences of Self and Other, 1: SelfPerception and Self-Regulation. Self-Perception as Interpersonal Perception. Self-Regulation and Close Relationships. Evolutionary Perspectives. ImmediateReturn Societies: What Can they Tell Us about the Self and Social Relationships in Our Society? Evolutionary Accounts of Individual Differences in Adult Attachment Orientations. Reciprocal Influences, 2: Close Relationships and Changing the Self. How Close others Construct and Reconstruct Who we are and How we Feel about Ourselves. The Relational Self in Transference: Intrapersonal and Interpersonal Consequences in Everyday Social Life. Changes in Working Models of the Self in Relationships: A Clinical Perspective. Time for Some New Tools: Toward the Application of Learning Approaches to the Study of Interpersonal Cognition

The Search for the ’Good Life’ and the ’Body Perfect’ Helga Dittmar, University of Sussex, UK Series: European Monographs in Social Psychology ’Dr. Dittmar has done us a great service by writing a book on the importance of ’consuming’ to society and to individual identity and well-being that is both scholarly and accessible. The book tackles some tough questions regarding who and what people want to be, how they go about constructing their ’selves’, and just what is it that people want from life and why. I wish more research psychologists were writing books like this’ – James E. Maddux, George Mason University, Washington, USA ’Dittmar’s book provides a valuable review of her ground-breaking psychological studies of consumer culture. In my mind, the book’s strongest contribution is its explication of how identity-related processes help explain the damage that occurs when individuals take on the materialistic values and unhealthy body images encouraged in our contemporary world.’ – Tim Kasser, Knox College, USA This volume documents the negative psychological impact consumer culture is having on how individuals view themselves and on their emotional welfare. It looks at the social psychological dimensions of having, buying and wanting material goods. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding the Impact of Consumer Culture 2. To Have is to Be?: Psychological Functions of Material Possessions 3. Consuming Passions?: Psychological Motives for Buying Consumer Goods 4. Is this as Good as it Gets?: Materialistic Values and Well-Being 5. I Shop Therefore I Am?: Compulsive Buying and Identity-Seeking 6. Does Size Matter?: The Impact of Ultra-Thin Media Models on Women’s Body Image and on Advertising Effectiveness 7. Think ’Ideal’ and Feel Bad?: Using Self-Discrepancies to Understand Negative Media Effects 8. What is Beautiful and Who is ’Cool’?: Consumer Culture and Socialisation 9. What is the Price of Consumer Culture?: Consequences, Implications, and the Cage Within August 2007: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-84169-608-9: £29.95

August 2007: 6x9: 336pp Hb: 978-1-84169-488-7: £39.95

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Edited by Frederick Rhodewalt, University of Utah, USA

Consumer Culture, Identity and Well-Being

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF PLACE AND ENVIRONMENT

BACKLIST

NEW

2ND EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Architecture, Power and National Identity

Archaeology of Identity

Lawrence Vale, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

Margarita Diaz-Andreu and Sam Lucy 2005: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-19745-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-19746-5: £20.99

Harmful Cultural Practices in the West Sheila Jeffreys Series: Women and Psychology 2005: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-35183-6: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35182-9: £12.95

Body Work The Social Construction of Women’s Body Image Sylvia K. Blood Series: Women and Psychology Reassessing experimental psychology from a critical perspective, in this book Sylvia Blood demonstrates how its research into body image can be misused and prone to misuse. 2005: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-27271-1: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27272-8: £14.95 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Locus of Political Power 1. Capital and Capitol: An Introduction 2. National Identity and the Capitol Complex 3. Early Designed Capitals: For Union, for Imperialism, for Independence 4. Designed Capitals after World War Two: Chandigarh and Brasília 5. Designed Capitals Since 1960 Part 2: Four Postcolonial Capitol Complexes in Search of National Identity 6. Papua New Guinea’s Concrete Haus Tambaran 7. Sri Lanka’s Island Parliament 8. Precast Arabism for Kuwait 9. The Acropolis of Bangladesh 10. Designing Power and Identity March 2008: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-95514-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95515-7: £24.99

Cities and Everyday Life David Parker, University of Nottingham, UK Series: The New Sociology

Looking through the lenses of culture and politics, this updated new edition reveals the intersecting relationship between the design of international capitals and the prominent roles they play in the assertion of national identity.

Beauty and Misogyny

International and interdisciplinary, this important book provides a clear, user-friendly introduction to contemporary debates on urban life. It explores the concepts and methodologies through which sociology, cultural studies and cultural geography are coming to terms with the changing configurations of space, time and social relations in cities. The conceptual framework for understanding urban everyday life is introduced through a summary of relevant classical and contemporary ideas. The book goes on to develop this framework through the exploration of a number of urban domains, including: •mobility and travel •consumption and urban spectacle •everynight life •new communications technologies. Throughout the book, illustrative material is drawn from a range of cities in Britain, North America and East Asia, and examples from a range of urban contexts are included, as well as brief biographical portraits of key urban thinkers. This comprehensive text includes end of chapter resources, suggestions for further reading and information on relevant internet sites, all of which make it an ideal student reference.

TEXTBOOK

The Body in Question A Socio-Cultural Approach Alan Petersen

Selected Contents: 1. Everyday Life and the New Urban Studies 2. Mobility and Migration 3. Home, Work and the Quality of Life 4. The City as Spectacle 5. Cities and Everynight Life 6. The Discarded City 7. Networked Urbanism: The Future of Cities?

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-32161-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32162-4: £20.99

September 2008: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38273-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38272-4: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Genetics, Mass Media and Identity A Case Study of the Genetic Research on the Lemba Tudor Parfitt and Yulia Egorova

FORTHCOMING

2006: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-37474-3: £70.00

TEXTBOOK

Researching Cities Ronan Paddison, University of Glasgow, UK and Nick Fyfe, Dundee University More than simply a book about research methods, this text will also be of value in exploring interdisciplinary understandings of cities and urban living. Selected Contents: Part 1: Orientations 1. Researching Cities 2. Researching Design Fundamentals Part 2: Key Issues 3. Unravelling the Urban Economy 4. Division and Difference 5. Experience the City 6. Researching Representations of the City 7. Power/Governance 8. Cities: Their Past and Future Part 3: Conclusion 9. Telling People about the City: Writing and Dissemination 10. Reflections

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

January 2009: 234x156: 245pp Hb: 978-0-415-33388-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33389-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41447-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF PLACE AND ENVIRONMENT

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The Community Development Reader

2ND EDITION

James DeFilippis, Baruch College, City University of New York, USA and Susan Saegert, CUNY Graduate Center, USA

Sacred Ecology

The Community Development Reader is the first comprehensive Reader addressing community development. Community development has become a significant component of urban political economies in the past thirty years. This Reader is an ambitious volume bringing together history, theory and power dynamics. It does not just promote the model of community development but also addresses the messiness of community development. Selected Contents: 1. Communities Develop: The Question is How James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert Section 1: History and Future of Community Development 2. Swimming Against the Tide: A Brief History of Federal Policy in Poor Communities Alice O'Connor 3. Collective Ownership and Community Control and Development: The Long View James DeFilippis 4. The New (and Old) Politics of Urban Problem Solving Xavier de Souza Briggs Section 2: Community Development Institutions and Practice 5. Section Introduction James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert 6. More Than Bricks and Sticks: Five Components of Community Development Corporation Capacity Norman Glickman and Lisa Servon 7. Learning from Adversity: The CDC School of Hard Knocks William Rohe, Rachel Bratt, and Protip Biswas 8. Social Ownership of Housing Michael Stone 9. Community Development Financial Institutions Benjamin Lehn, Julia Sass Rubin, and Sean Zielenbach 10. No Progress Without Protest Gregory Squires 11. Economic Development of Neighborhoods and Localities Wim Wiewel, Michael Teitz, and Robert Giloth 12. Communities of Place, Face and Space: Provision of Services to Poor, Urban Children and their Families Tama Levanthal, Jeanne Brooks-Gunn, and Sheila Kamerman 13. Community Based Organizations and Migration in New York City Héctor Cordero-Guzmán and Victoria Quiroz-Becerra 14, Social Capital, Religious Institutions and Poor Communities Michael Foley, John McCarthy and Mark Chaves 15. Collaborating to Reduce Poverty Michael Rich, Michael Giles and Emily Stern 16. Toward Greater Effectiveness in Community Change: Challenges and Responses for Philanthropy Prudence Brown, Robert Chaskin, Ralph Hamilton, and Harold Richman 17. Rural Community Development: A Focus on Rural Communities in Urban Societies Timothy Collins and Christopher Merrett Section 3: Understanding, Building, and Organizing Community 18. Section Introduction James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert 19. What ‘Community’ Supplies Robert Sampson 20. The Myth of a Purified Community Richard Sennett 21. Community Organizing for Power and Democracy: Lessons Learned from a Life in the Trenches Harold DeRienzo 22. Neighborhood Organizing: The Importance of Historical Context Robert Fisher 23. A Theology of Organizing: From Alinsky to the Modern IAF Mark Warren 24. Community Organizing: an Ecological Route to Empowerment and Power Paul Speer, and Joe Hughey 25. Community Building: Limitations and Promise William Traynor 26. Exploring Social Capital and Civic Engagement to Create a Framework for Community Building James Hyman 27. Doing Democracy Up-Close: Culture, Power and Communication in Community Planning Xavier de Souza Briggs 28. Community Organizing or Organizing Community?: Gender and the Crafts of Empowerment Susan Stall and Randy Stoecker 29. How do Communities Matter for Community Organizing? David Greenberg Section 4: Theoretical Conceptions and Debates 30. Section Introduction James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert 31. Domestic Property Interests as a Seedbed for Community Action John E. Davis 32. Has Homeownership been Oversold? Winton Pitcoff 33. The Five Faces of Oppression Iris Marion Young 34. Expanding Comprehensiveness: Structural Racism and Community Building in the United States Keith Lawrence 35. Defining Feminist Community Judith Garber 36. The CDC Model of Urban Development: A Critique and an Alternative Randy Stoecker 37. The Construction of the Local and the Limits of Contemporary Community-Building in the United States James Fraser, Jonathan Lepofsky, Edward Kick and J. Patrick Williams 38. Strengthening the Connections between Communities and External Resources Anne C. Kubisch, Patricia Auspos, Prudence Brown, Robert Chaskin, Karen Fulbright-Anderson, and Ralph Hamilton 39. Concluding Thoughts James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert November 2007: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-95428-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95429-7: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Fikret Berkes, University of Manitoba, Canada Sacred Ecology examines bodies of knowledge held by indigenous and other rural peoples around the world, and asks how we can learn from this knowledge and ways of knowing. In this volume Berkes explores the importance of local and indigenous knowledge as a complement to scientific ecology, and its cultural and political significance for indigenous groups themselves. This second edition is expanded and updated throughout, and places greater emphasis on ‘knowledge as process’. It has two new chapters, chapter eight on climate change, demonstrating how indigenous communities ‘read’ environmental signals, and chapter nine on how indigenous knowledge deals with complexity. Selected Contents: 1. Context of Traditional Ecological Knowledge 2. Emergence of the Field 3. Intellectual Roots of Traditional Ecological 4. Traditional Knowledge Systems in Practice 5. Cree Worldview ’From the Inside’ 6. A Story of Caribou and Social Learning 7. Cree Fishing Practices as Adaptive Management 8. Climate Change and Indigenous Ways of Knowing 9. Complex Systems, Holism, and Fuzzy Logic 10. How Local Knowledge Develops: Cases from the West Indies 11. Challenges to Indigenous Knowledge 12. Toward a Unity of Mind and Nature February 2008: 6x9: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-95827-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95829-5: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

Consuming the Entrepreneurial City Image, Memory, Spectacle Edited by Anne Cronin and Kevin Hetherington, The Open University, UK Through this important collection of articles by some of the leading analysts of consumption, cities and space Consuming the Entrepreneurial City offers a cutting-edge analysis of the ways in which cities are developing and the implications this has for their future. It is essential reading for students of urban studies, geography, sociology, cultural studies, heritage studies and anthropology.

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

March 2008: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-95518-8: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95519-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93209-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.routledge.com/sociology

SOCIOLOGY OF PLACE AND ENVIRONMENT

NEW

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

2ND EDITION

Branding Cities

Framing Places

Cosmopolitanism, Parochialism, and Social Change

Mediating Power in Built Form

Edited by Eleonore Kofman, Middlesex University, UK, Stephanie Hemelryk Donald, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia and Catherine Kevin, Kings College London, UK

The Global Architect Donald McNeill, University of Western Sydney, USA The Global Architect explores the increasing significance of globalization processes on urban change, architectural practice and the built environment. In what is primarily a critical sociological overview of the current global architectural industry, Donald McNeill covers the ’star system’ of international architects who combine celebrity and hypermobility, the top firms, whose offices are currently undergoing a major global expansion, and the role of advanced information technology in expanding the geographical scope of the industry. July 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95640-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95641-3: £18.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

BOOK FOR COURSE ADOPTION

The American Suburb The Basics Jon C. Teaford, Purdue University, Indiana, USA The American Suburb: The Basics is a compact, readable introduction to the origins and contemporary realities of the American suburb. Teaford provides an account of contemporary American suburbia, examining its rise, its diversity, its commercial life, its government, and its housing issues. While offering a wide-ranging yet detailed account of the dominant way of life in America today, Teaford also explores current debates regarding suburbia’s future. Americans live in suburbia, and this essential survey explains the allimportant world in which they live, shop, play, and work. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Creating Suburbia 2. Diverse Suburbia 3. Commercial Suburbia 4. Governing Suburbia 5. Housing Suburbia 6. Planning Suburbia 7. The Basics July 2007: 5x8 Hb: 978-0-415-95164-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95165-4: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Kim Dovey, Melbourne University, Australia Series: Architext Explored through a range of theories and case studies, this account shows how our lives are ’framed’ within the clusters of rooms, buildings, streets, and cities we inhabit.

This volume brings together cultural analysts, social scientists and media scholars to explore the ways in which core cities generate competing claims on, and visions of their use and future, and thus have engaged with the necessity to brand their image for international consumption and for internal coherence.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Frames of Theorization 1. Power 2. Program 3. Text 4. Place Part 2: Centres of Power 5. Take Your Breath Away: Berlin 6. Hidden Power: Beijing 7. Paths to Democracy: Bangkok Part 3: Global Types 8. Tall Storeys: The Corporate Tower 9. Inverted City: The Shopping Mall 10. Domestic Desires: House and Enclave Part 4: Localities 11. A Sign for the 21st Century: Euralille 12. Rust and Irony: Rottnest Island 13. Afterword: Liberty and Complicity

Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Selling Cities: Trans-Regional Perspectives 1. ‘Understanding Cultural Quarters in Branded Cities’ Simon Roodhouse 2. ’Fashion, Happiness and Branding: Writing the ’Scene’ in Cheng Du’ Zheng Yi 3. ’Locals or Cosmopolitans?: Selling Berlin as a Cosmopolitan City and Strategies of Integration’ Kira Kosnick Section 2: The Idea of the City - Cinematic Futures and the Grounds of the Present 4. ‘London Undead: Cinema and the Deserted City’ Christoph Lindner 5. ‘Branding the Modernist City: Geographies of Rome and Paris in Postwar Film’ Mark Shiel 6. ‘French Atlantic Cosmopolitanisms: The Case of Nantes’ Bill Marshall Section 3: Grounded Cosmopolitanisms and Parochialisms 7. ‘Cosmopolitanism, Diversity and New Migrations’ Eleonore Kofman 8. ‘Strangers in the Cosmopolitan City: Recent Migration to London, Immigrants’ Integration and the Relevance of Place’Panos Hatziprokopiou 9. ‘Europeans in Manchester: Networks, Allegiances and Citizenship’ Paul Kennedy 10. Chinatown: Branded Spaces, Belonging and Exclusion Rosemary Sales, Alessio d’Angelo and Nicola Montagna Section 4: New Cosmopolitanisms and Old Disenchantments 11. ‘Cosmopolitanism, Branding and the Public Realm’ Jeff Malpas 12. ‘Stripes and My Country: A Cosmopolitan History of Brand Insignia: Liverpool, Sydney and Shanghai’ Stephanie Hemelryk Donald 13. ‘Cosmopolitanism with Roots: The Jewish Presence in Shanghai before the Chinese Revolution and in the New Cosmoopolis’ Andrew Jakubowicz 14. ‘Thames Town: Shanghai and the Politics of Renewal’ David SG Goodman

November 2007: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41634-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41635-1: £26.00

NEW

Postcolonial African Cities Imperial Legacies and Postcolonial Predicament Edited by Fassil Demissie, DePaul University, USA This book offers a range of scholarly interpretations of the new forms of urbanity in contemporary African cities, engaging with issues including colonial legacies, postcolonial intersections, cosmopolitan spaces, urban reconfigurations, and migration. It covers cities as diverse as Dar Es Salaam, Dakar, Johannesburg, Lagos and Kinshasa. February 2008: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45448-3: £70.00

July 2008: 6x9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96526-2: £60.00

NEW

The Social Fabric of the Networked City

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Géraldine Pflieger, Luca Pattaroni, Chritophe Jemelin and Vincent Kaufmann all at the Federal Institute of Technology, Lausanne (EPFL), Switzerland

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

Surveillance Edited by Benjamin Goold, University of Oxford, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Criminology A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Criminology, this is a fourvolume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on surveillance. March 2009: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-45819-1: £595.00

This book is constructed around the work of Manuel Castells on the space of places, the space of flows and the networked city. Following an introduction by Castells in which he sets out the theoretical and empirical framework to be followed, the book features nine original contributions focusing on the transformation of the fabric of the networked city in terms of policies and social practices. April 2008: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-46144-3: £45.00

BACKLIST Cities and Consumption Mark Jayne Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City 2005: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32733-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32734-3: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Cities and Services The Geography of Collective Consumption Steven Pinch 2006: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-41798-3: £85.00

Cities and the Creative Class Richard Florida

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2004: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-94886-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94887-6: £15.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SOCIOLOGY OF PLACE AND ENVIRONMENT

BACKLIST continued Cities, Capitalism and Civilization R.J. Holton 2006: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-41774-7: £85.00

Home

Problems of an Urban Society

Alison Blunt and Robyn Dowling

The Social Framework of Planning

Series: Key Ideas in Geography

J.B. Cullingworth

2006: 216x138: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-33274-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33275-0: £19.99

2006: 234x156: 174pp Hb: 978-0-415-41808-9: £85.00

Life in Poverty Neighbourhoods

City

European and American Perspectives

Phil Hubbard

Edited by Jürgen Friedrichs, George Galster and Sako Musterd

Series: Key Ideas in Geography

Christopher T. Husbands 2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41835-5: £85.00

Listening to Harlem

An Outline for Urban Geography

2006: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-41751-8: £85.00

The Urban Support of the National Front

TEXTBOOK

City and Society

John Rex

Racial Exclusionism and the City

2005: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-35363-2: £75.00

2006: 216x138: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-33099-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33100-5: £18.99

Race, Colonialism and the City

Gentrification, Community, and Business

R.J. Johnston

The Sociology of Urban Living

David Maurrasse

2006: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-41772-3: £85.00

Harold E. Nottridge

2006: 6x9: 245pp Hb: 978-0-415-93305-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-93306-3: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

City Publics The (Dis)enchantments of Urban Encounters Sophie Watson

2006: 234x156: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-41744-0: £85.00

The Urban Community

TEXTBOOK

Series: Questioning Cities

A World Perspective

2ND EDITION

Nels Andersen

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-31227-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31228-8: £23.99

Radical Ecology

Compassionate Cities

Carolyn Merchant

Allan Kellehear

Series: Revolutionary Thought and Radical Movements

2006: 234x156: 520pp Hb: 978-0-415-41840-9: £85.00

The Search for a Livable World

2005: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36772-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36773-8: £24.99

2005: 6x9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-93577-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-93578-4: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Cosmopolitan Urbanism Edited by Jon Binnie, Julian Holloway, Steve Millington and Craig Young

TEXTBOOK

The Global Cities Reader Edited by Neil Brenner and Roger Keil Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series 2005: 246x189: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-32344-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32345-1: £29.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

The People’s Property?

2005: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-34491-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34492-0: £24.99

Mediating Nature

Power, Politics, and the Public.

The Urban Politics Reader

Lynn Staeheli and Donald Mitchell

Edited by Elizabeth A. Strom and John H. Mollenkopf

Series: International Library of Sociology

August 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95522-5: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95523-2: £13.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-39177-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39325-6: £25.99

Equity in the City

Nils Lindahl Elliot

Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series 2006: 246x189: 354pp Hb: 978-0-415-31995-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31996-6: £27.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by P.N. Troy

The Urban Sociology Reader

2006: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-41809-6: £80.00

TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION

Edited by Jan Lin and Christopher Mele Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series

Environmental Sociology

Gentrification of the City

John Hannigan

Edited by Neil Smith and Peter Williams

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-35512-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35513-1: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-41829-4: £85.00

2005: 246x189: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-32342-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32343-7: £26.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

A Crisis of Waste?

Inner City Poverty in Paris and London

Urban Sociology and Urbanized Society

Understanding the Rubbish Society

Charles Madge and Peter Willmott

J.R. Mellor

Martin O’Brien

2006: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-41762-4: £85.00

2006: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-41822-5: £85.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

August 2007: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96098-4: £60.00

www.routledge.com/sociology

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

TEXTBOOK

NEW

3RD EDITION

TEXTBOOK

A Realist Theory of Science

2ND EDITION

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, London, UK

Theories of the Information Society Frank Webster, City University, London, UK

The Cybercultures Reader

Series: International Library of Sociology

Edited by David Bell, University of Leeds, UK and Barbara M. Kennedy, University of Staffordshire, UK

Coping in an era of information flows, of virtual relationships and breakneck change poses challenges to one and all. In Theories of the Information Society Frank Webster makes sense of the information explosion, taking a sceptical look at what thinkers mean when they refer to the ’Information Society’ and critically examines the major post-war theories and approaches to informational development. This third edition brings the book right up to date with both new theoretical work and, social and technological changes (such as the rapid growth of the Internet and accelerated globalization), reassessing the work of key theorists in light of these changes. This book is essential reading for students of contemporary social theory and anybody interested in social and technological change in the post-war era. It addresses issues of central concern to students of sociology, politics, communications, information science, cultural studies, computing and librarianship. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is an Information Society? 3. Post-Industrial Society: Daniel Bell 4. Regulation School Theory 5. Network Society: Manuel Castells 6. Information and the Market 7. Information and Democracy: Jurgen Habermas 8. Information, Reflexivity and Surveillance: Anthony Giddens 9. Information and Postmodernity 10. The Information Society?

This new, updated, and thoroughly revised edition of the best-selling The Cybercultures Reader, includes specially selected contemporary articles by key thinkers in the expanding field of cybercultures studies. With general and thematic section introductions, a full bibliography and user guide, this latest edition is an indispensable resource for all those interested in living with and thinking about new technologies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Approaching Cyberculture Part 2: Popular Cybercultures Part 3: Cybercommunities Part 4: Cyberidentities Part 5: Cyberfeminisms Part 6: Cyberbodies Part 7: Cyberlife Part 8: Cyberpolitics Part 9: Beyond Cybercultures November 2007: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-41068-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41067-0: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

The Medicalization of Cyberspace Andy Miah, University of Paisley, UK and Emma Rich, Loughborough University, UK ’Cyberspace’ plays a significant role in the new medicalized world of the twenty-first century. This book explores the complex social interactions between health, medicalization, cyberculture, the body and identity.

2006: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-40632-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40633-8: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Now acknowledged as a classic in the philosophy of science, A Realist Theory of Science is one of the very few books which has transformed, not only our understanding of science, but that of the nature of the world it studies. Since its original publication in 1975, the book has inspired the multi-disciplinary and international movement of thought known as ’critical realism’; and its ideas have been influential across the whole spectrum of the sciences, arts and humanities and in a diverse array of social practices and professions. In this book, Roy Bhaskar sets out to revindicate ontology, critiquing the reduction of being in favor of knowledge, which he calls the ’epistemic fallacy’. Employing a transcendental argument from the nature of experimental activity, he establishes a critique of the dominant positivist and neo-Kantian traditions in the philosophy of science, developing a new ontology in which concepts of structure, difference and change come to the fore. Then, analyzing the nature of scientific discovery and development, he shows how, against both the empiricist and rationalist traditions, science can come to have a posteriori knowledge of natural necessity. The resultant position, which the author characterizes as transcendental realism, has the power to resolve many traditional philosophical problems, such as the problem of induction. At the same time it lays the basis for radically new accounts of social science, ethics and the project of human emancipation. March 2008: 216x138: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-45494-0: £19.99

Selected Contents: Introduction: Medicine in Society Section 1: Cybermedical Discourse 1. Medicalization in Cyberspace 2. Cybermedical Bodies 3. Cybermedicine and Reliability Discourse 4. Virtual Governance of Health Behaviour 5. Cyberpatients, Illness Narratives and Medicalization Section 2: Cyber Bodies 6. Partial Prostitution 7. Biological Property Rights in Cyberspace 8. The Online Pro-Ana Movement 9. The Bioethics of Cybermedicalization. Conclusion: After-Cyborgs or Artificial Life

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

February 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-37622-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39364-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93113-4

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

GENETICS AND SOCIETY

NEW

Handbook of Genetics & Society

The International Legal Governance of the Human Genome

Edited by Paul Atkinson, Cardiff University, UK, Peter Glasner, Cardiff University, UK and Margaret Lock, McGill University, Canada

NEW

Debating Human Genetics Contemporary Issues in Public Policy and Ethics Alexandra Plows, Cardiff University, UK This book examines contemporary public debate on emerging developments in medical genetics, including cloning, gene therapy, gene patenting, biobanks, genetic testing and screening, and pharmacogenomics. The basic science and the ethical, political and social issues are outlined in a user-friendly manner as well as exploring the main actors in these debates, their core positions and characteristic arguments. Selected Contents: 1. Beyond ‘Pro’ and ‘Anti’ Section A: Applications 2. Stem Cells (Adult and Embryo), Cloning, Gene Therapy and Engineering 3. Biobanks, Patenting 4. Pharmacogenomics/Proteomics/ Nutrigenomics 5. Screening and Testing, Reproductive Technologies Section B: Core Themes and Issues 6. Exceptional Genetics? 7. Choosing Genetics? 8. Genetics and Future Promise December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45109-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45110-9: £21.99

NEW

Human Cloning in the Media From Science Fiction to Science Practice Joan Haran, CESAGEN, Cardiff University, UK, Jenny Kitzinger, JOMEC and CESAGEN, Cardiff University, UK, Maureen McNeil, Lancaster University, UK and Kate O’Riordan, CESAGen, Lancaster University and University of Sussex, UK This book provides an intensive exploration of recent popular representations of human cloning and genomics and the complex concerns evoked by these. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Cloning? 3. Cloning Futures 4. Mavericks, Madmen and Fallen Heroes 5. Women’s Bodies in Cloning Discourse 6. Truth Claims and Genres 7. The Constitution of Publics and Audiences 8. Conclusion October 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42236-9: £75.00

Also in this series: New Genetics, New Identities Edited by Paul Atkinson, Peter Glasner and Helen Greenslade

Growth Cultures The Global Bioeconomy and its Bioregions

This Handbook contains the most comprehensive discussion of the social, political and economic consequences and implications of the new biosciences. It includes case studies from the USA, Australia, South-East Asia and Europe which are complemented by comparative international and developing country perspectives.

This book presents the thesis that a common heritage framework based on the right to development is the way forward for international legal governance of the human genome so that the international community can secure a future that is based on protection of human rights and scientific progress.

All contributors have been selected by the Editors as authorities in their particular fields and are drawn from the international scholarly community.

The Scientific, Clinical and Commercial Development of the Stem Cell

The Handbook takes an interdisciplinary approach and addresses cross-cutting themes in contemporary social sciences research on genetics and genomics. It consists of seven sections, each with an introduction written by an internationally renowned section editor. Selected Contents: General Introduction Section 1: Biomedical Applications of New Genetic Technologies. Introduction 1. The Biomedicalisation of Health and Identity 2. Cloning, Tissue Engineering and Enhancement 3. Reproductive Genetics, Diagnosis, Therapy, Risk 4. From Local Biologies to Biosocial Assemblages: Translating Genetics Testing and Screening 5. Nutrigenomics Section 2: Commercialisation. Introduction 6. Making Europe Unsafe for Agbiotech 7. Insurance, Property and Privacy 8. On a Critical Path: Genomics, the Crisis of Pharmaceutical Productivity and the Search for Sustainability 9. Technology Transfer Section 3: Representations. Introduction 10. Stakeholder Representations and Rhetorics 11. Media Representations and Genomics 12. Cultural Imaginaries and Laboratories of the Real: Representing the Genetic Sciences 13. Genes in Our Knot Section 4: Regulation. Introduction 14. Law and Regulation 15. Crime and Forensics 16. Biopolitics, Government and Health: Regulating Contemporary Populations 17. Bio-Banking Section 5: BioEthics. Introduction 18. Rethinking Privacy in the Genetics Age 19. Bioethics and Human Genetic Engineering 20. Ethical Perspectives on Animal Biotechnology 21. Towards a Bioethics of Disability and Impairment Section 6: Diversity and Justice. Introduction 22. Faithful Genes: Nationhood, Religion, Ethics and the New Biosciences 23. Human Diversity 24. Eugenics 25. Human Dignity and Biotechnology Policy Section 7: New Forms of Knowledge Production. Introduction 26. Knowledge Economy and Bio-Sciences 27. Innovative Genetic Technologies 28. Genomic Platforms and Hybrid Formations

From Radiobiology to Regenerative Medicine Alison Kraft, University of Nottingham, UK This book provides a timely analysis of the past, present and future of the stem cell. It uncovers an intriguing and paradoxical story of scientific setbacks and advance, medical breakthroughs and technical innovation amid ongoing uncertainty about the nature of the stem cell. Selected Contents: 1. Radiobiological Beginnings: What is the ’Recovery Factor?’ 2. Bone Marrow Transplantation 1957-1983: From Clinical Failure to Clinical Success 3. HSC-Based Transplantation Medicine: The Commodification of the Stem Cell 4. A New Therapeutic Paradigm: Stem Cells in Regenerative Medicine 5. Capitalising Stem Cell Potential: Building Stem Cell Biotechnology 6. The Stem Cell Bioeconomy: Frameworks and Interpretations 7. Conclusion June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44993-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92939-1

NEW

Local Cells, Global Science Embryonic Stem Cell Research in India Aditya Bharadwaj, University of Edinburgh, UK and Peter Glasner, Cardiff University, UK One of the first studies of an exciting new development in global biotechnology, this cuttingedge text examines the extent of the transnational movements of tissues, stem cells and expertise, in the developing governance framework of India.

February 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39322-5: £75.00

March 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39609-7: £65.00

Governing the Transatlantic Conflict over Agricultural Biotechnology

The GM Debate

New Genetics, New Social Formations

NEW

Tom Horlick-Jones, John Walls, Gene Rowe, Nick Pidgeon, Wouter Poortinga, Graham Murdock and Tim O’Riordan

September 2008: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-41080-9: £95.00

Joseph Murphy and Les Levidow

June 2008: 234x156: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-45857-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92940-7

Selected Contents: 1. The Local, Global and Contextual: An Introduction 2. Dis-Locations: Local Cultures of Cells, Global Transactions in Science 3. Biosociality to Bio-Crossings: Encounters with Embryonic Stem Cells in India 4. Sacrificial Gifts: Infertile Citizens and the Moral Economy of Embryos 5. Miraculous Stem Cells: The Liminal Third Space and Media Rhetoric 6. One Ethic Fits All?: Complexities in Cross-Cultural Standardization, Bioethics and Regulatory Protocols 7. Local Cells, Global Science: Some Concluding Considerations

Philip Cooke

Contending Coalitions, Trade Liberalisation and Standard Setting

Chamundeeswari Kuppuswamy, University of Sheffield, UK

Risk, Politics and Public Engagement

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

Edited by Paul Atkinson, Peter Glasner and Helen Greenslade

www.routledge.com/sociology

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

NEW

Human Genes and Neoliberal Governance

Handbook of Public Communication of Science and Technology

Towards a Normative Theory of the Information Society

A Foucauldian Critique

Edited by Massimiano Bucchi, University of Trento, Italy and Brian Trench, Dublin City University, Ireland

Alistair S. Duff, Napier University, UK

Antoinette Rouvroy, University of Namur, Belgium Original and interdisciplinary, this is the first book to explore the relationship between a neoliberal mode of governance and the so-called genetic revolution. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Production of Genetic Knowledge and the Rise of Genetics as New Perceptual Regime 1. The Production of Genetic Knowledge 2. Scientific and Economic Strength of Genetic Reductionism 3. Policy Implications: Discourses of Genetic Enlightenment as New Disciplinary Devices 4. Genetic Conceptualisations of ‘Normality’ and the Idea of Genetic Justice 5. Beyond Genetic Universality and Authenticity, the Lure of the ‘Genetic Underclass’ Part 2: The Socio-Economic Life of Genes - Genetic Risks and Insurance 6. Commonalties and Variations in Regulation of Genetic Information Flows 7. Previews of the Future as Background 8. Economic and Actuarial Perspectives on Genetics and Insurance 9. Practical and Normative Arguments Against ‘Genetic Exceptionalist’ Legislation 10. The Changing Social Role of Private Insurance: ‘Risk’ as a New Representational Regime. Conclusions. References December 2007: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44433-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93939-0

NEW

Internet and Society Social Theory in the Information Age Christian Fuchs, University of Salzburg, Austria Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society By outlining a social theory of the internet and the information society, this book demonstrates how the ecological, economic, political and cultural systems of contemporary society have been transformed by new information and communication technologies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Self-Organization and Co-Operation 3. Society and Dynamic Social Theory 4. The Rise of Transnational Informational Capitalism 5. Social Internet Dynamics 6. Competition and CoOperation in the Informational Ecology 7. Competition and Co-Operation in the Internet Economy 8. Competition and Co-Operation in Online Politics 9. Competition and Co-Operation in Cyberculture 10. Conclusion November 2007: 6x9: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-96132-5: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93777-8

Comprehensive yet accessible, this key Handbook provides an up-to-date overview of the fast growing and increasingly important area of ‘public communication of science and technology’, from both research and practical perspectives. As well as introducing the main issues, arenas and professional perspectives involved, it presents the findings of earlier research and the conclusions previously drawn. Unlike most existing books on this topic, this unique volume couples an overview of the practical problems faced by practitioners with a thorough review of relevant literature and research. The practical handbook format ensures it is a student-friendly resource, but its breadth of scope and impressive contributors means that it is also ideal for practitioners and professionals working in the field. Combining the contributions of different disciplines (media and journalism studies, sociology and history of science), the perspectives of different geographical and cultural contexts, and by selecting key contributions from appropriate and wellrespected authors, this original text provides an interdisciplinary as well as a global approach to public communication of science and technology. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Popular Science Books 2. Science Journalism 3. Science Museums and Science Centers 4. Cinematic Science 5. Of Deficits, Deviations and Dialogues: Theories of Public Communication of Science 6. Health Campaign Research 7. Genetics and Genomics: The Ethics and Politics of Metaphorical Framing 8. Survey Research and the Public Understanding of Science 9. Scientists as Public Experts 10. Public Relations in Science: Managing the Trust Portfolio 11. Environmental Groups and other NGOs as Science Communicators 12. Public Participation and Dialogue 13. Internet: Turning Science Communication Inside-Out 14. Risk, Science and Public Communication: Third-Order Thinking about Scientific Culture 15. Public Communication of Science and Technology in Developing Countries 16. Communicating the Social Sciences 17. Evaluating Public Communication of Science and Technology April 2008: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38617-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92824-0

Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society In this book, Duff presents a prescriptive theory to guide the academic and policy communities as they debate the future shape of emerging post-industrial, information-based societies. Selected Contents: 1. Framework for a Normative Theory of the Information Society 2. Religious Social Democracy as a Normative Tradition 3. Social Engineering and the Programme of Information Society Development 4. On the Social Distribution of Information and News 5. Conclusion: Towards the International Information Polity? April 2008: 6x9: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-95571-3: £60.00

NEW

Science Images and Popular Images of the Sciences Edited by Peter Weingart, University of Bielefeld, Germany and Bernd Huppauf, New York University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society This book examines how visual media influences public perceptions of science and scientific research in the current context of growing public anxiety about the social impact of that research. Selected Contents: 1. Images in and of Science 2. Science Images between Scientific Fields and the Public Sphere: A Historiographical Survey 3. Image Science 4. Popular Images versus Self-Images of Science: Visual Representations of Science in Clipart Cartoons and Internet Photographs 5. The Frog’s Two Bodies: The Frog in Science Images 6. Science from Hell: Jack the Ripper and Victorian Vivisection 7. The Scientist as Personality: Elaborating a Science of Intimacy in the Nadar/Chevreul Interview (1886) 8. Visual Arguments: The Role of Images in Sciences and Mathematics 9. Imagination, Multimodality and Embodied Interaction: A Discussion of Sound and Movement in Two Cases of Laboratory and Clinical Magnetic Resonance Imaging 10. Neuroscience and Contemporary Art: An Interview 11. Women Scientists in Mainstream Film: Social Role Models - A Contribution to the Public Understanding of Science from the Perspective of Film Sociology 12. Stereotypes and Images of Scientists in Fiction Films 13. The Ambivalence Towards New Knowledge: Science in Fiction Film 14. Unforgettable?: Science, Prosthetic Memory, Film 15. The Self-Referential Scientist: Narrative, Media, and Metamorphosis in Cronenberg’s The Fly

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

October 2007: 7x10: 346pp Hb: 978-0-415-38381-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93915-4

for e-mail updates in your field

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

NEW

Wind Power and Power Politics

Hacking Capitalism

Atoms, Computers and Genes

Edited by Peter Strachan, David Lal and Dave Toke

The Free and Open Source Software Movement

Public Resistance and Socio-Technical Responses

Johan Söderberg

Martin Bauer, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society This book offers a detailed exposition of contemporary wind power issues, examining the prevalence, political and policy consequences and advantages and disadvantages of corporate and community ownership of wind power.

Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society Hacking Capitalism examines the Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) movement, giving exceptional insight into the struggle by hackers over technological development and legislation.

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Wind Power Outcomes: Myths and Reality 3. Danish National Energy Policy and Wind Power Implementation 4. The Development of Wind Power in Netherlands and Denmark 5. The Wind Power Market in the Netherlands: Assessing the Performance of Different Types of Entrepreneurs 6. The Deployment of Wind Energy in Germany: The Case of North Rhine Westfalia 7. Corporate Interests and Spanish Wind Power Deployment 8. Wind Energy Policy Development in Ireland: A Critical Analysis 9. UK Wind Energy Policy and Stakeholder Actors 10. Global Benefits, Local Costs?: Finnish Views about the Impacts of Wind Power 11. USA: Corporate and Community Ownership in the USA 12. Critical Policy Lessons Arising from the Country Cases June 2008: 6x9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-96130-1: £60.00

NEW

Technologies of Insecurity The Surveillance of Everyday Life Edited by Katja Franko Aas, University of Oslo, Norway, Helene Oppen Gundhus and Heidi Mork Lomell, Senior Researcher, Institute of Criminology, University of Oslo, Norway Technologies of (In)security examines how general social and political concerns about terrorism, crime, migration and globalization are translated into concrete practices of securitisation of everyday life. August 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46455-0: £70.00

Truth, Lies and Trust on the Internet

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Foundations 1. Technology Movements: Framing and Objectification 2. Challenge and Response: The ‘Pain’ of the Technology Project 3. New Benchmarks: Consumerism, Environmentalism, Anti-Globalisation Part 2: Nuclear Power and Risk Perceptions 4. Nuclear Power: Military and Civil Uses 5. Risk, Public Opinion and Public Understanding of Science Part 3: Information Technology and Social Mobilization 6. Information Technology: From Mainframe to WorldWideWeb 7. Social Influence and Mobilization Part 4: Genetic Engineering and Institutional Learning 8. Genetic Engineering: Life Science, Biotechnology, Cloning and Genomics 9. Institutional Learning: State Regulation and Corporate Actors Part 5: Does History Repeat Itself? 10. Scenarios of Public Opinion over Nanotechnology

Monica T. Whitty, Queen’s University Belfast and Adam Joinson, The Open University, UK

June 2008: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95803-5: £60.00

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Background of the Hacker Movement 2. FOSS Development in a Post-Fordist Perspective 3. Commodification of Information 4. Consumption and Needs of Information Goods 5. Production of Information 6. Markets and Gift in the Networked Economy 7. Play Struggle of Hackers November 2007: 6x9: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-95543-0: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93785-3

NEW

This book offers a balanced view of the internet by presenting empirical data conducted by social scientists. It is the first book to develop a coherent model of the truth-lies paradox, with specific reference to the critical role of trust. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Truth. Let’s Talk About Me, Me, Me: Self-Disclosure in Varied Online Contexts. The Role of Truth in Relationship Formation Online. Misery Loves Company: Emotional and Practical Support Online. Online Research, Ethics and the Candid Participant Section 2: Lies. Online Deception, Fraud, Spam, and Cons. Short, Light and Ugly: Misrepresentation of the Self in Online Dating Sites. Cheating with a Mouse: Internet Infidelity Section 3: Trust. Building Trust Through Communication. Cyberstalking and Harassment: Violating Trust. Surveillance, Privacy, and Trust. Developing Trust in Online Counselling. Concluding Thoughts March 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-84169-584-6: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-93894-2

NEW

This book demonstrates the varied contributions of public resistance to technological developments over the last fifty years.

FORTHCOMING MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

The Sociology of Scientific Knowledge Edited by David Bloor This Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on the sociology of scientific knowledge. It brings together many of the classic empirical studies and provides the essential background for their critical assessment and for gaining a deeper understanding of the current controversies surrounding science. March 2009: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-43490-4: £595.00

NEW

Cosmic Society

NEW

MAJOR WORK 4 VOLUME SET

Towards a Sociology of the Universe

Feminist Cultural Studies of Science and Technology

The Information Society

Peter Dickens, University of Cambridge, UK and University of Essex, UK and James Ormrod, University of Brighton, UK As the first sociological book to tackle humanity’s relationship with the universe, this fascinating volume links social theory to classical and contemporary science and proposes a new ’cosmic’ social theory. Selected Contents: Introduction: Cosmic Society 1. The Cosmic Order, the Social Order and the Self 2. The Outer Spatial Fix 3. Capital, Outer Space and Star Wars 4. Satellites and Social Power 5. Space Tourism and Human Identity 6. Industry and Empire in Space. Conclusion: Cosmic Imperialism and Social Resistance

Maureen McNeil, Lancaster University, UK Series: Transformations Feminist Cultural Studies of Science and Technology challenges the assumption that science is simply what scientists do, say, or write: it shows the multiple and dispersed makings of science and technology in everyday life and popular culture. Selected Contents: Section 1: Making Heroes Section 2: Telling Stories Section 3: Witnessing Spectacle December 2007: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-44537-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93832-4

Edited by Robin Mansell Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four-volume collection of canonical and the best cutting-edge research on the intellectual origins and the development of ’the information society’, a critical concept in the social sciences in general, and in sociology, communications, and media research in particular. October 2008: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-44308-1: £595.00

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

October 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-37432-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94150-8

www.routledge.com/sociology

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

The Politics of Cyberconflict

BACKLIST

NEW

Athina Karatzogianni

TEXTBOOK

Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society

Biomedicine as Culture

Crime and Media A Reader

2006: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39684-4: £70.00

Instrumental Practices, Technoscientific Knowledge, and New Modes of Life

Edited by Chris Greer, City University London, UK

Edited by Regula Valérie Burri and Joseph Dumit

Virtually Criminal

Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society

Crime, Deviance and Regulation Online

June 2007: 6x9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95798-4: £65.00

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-36404-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36405-8: £25.99

Biosocialities, Genetics and the Social Sciences

Matthew Williams

Young Citizens in the Digital Age Political Engagement, Young People and New Media

Making Biologies and Identities Edited by Sahra Gibbon and Carlos Novas

Edited by Brian D. Loader

August 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40137-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40138-8: £22.99

July 2007: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-40913-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40912-4: £22.99

Digital Matters

The Information Society Reader

The Theory and Culture of the Matrix

Edited by Professor Frank Webster With Raimo Blom, Erkki Karvonen, Harri Melin, Kaarle Nordenstreng and Ensio Puoskari

Jan Harris and Paul Taylor 2005: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-25184-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-25185-3: £23.99

Series: Routledge Student Readers 2003: 246x174: 464pp Pb: 978-0-415-31928-7: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Mobile Technologies of the City Edited by Mimi Sheller and John Urry Series: Networked Cities Series

TEXTBOOK

2006: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-37434-7: £72.99

Science in Society An Introduction to Social Studies of Science

States of Knowledge

Massimiano Bucchi

The Co-production of Science and the Social Order

2004: 216x138: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-32200-3: £21.99

Edited by Sheila Jasanoff Series: International Library of Sociology 2006: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-40329-0: £25.99

This engaging and timely collection gathers together for the first time key and classic readings in the everexpanding area of crime and media. Comprising a carefully distilled selection of the most important contributions to the field, Crime and Media: A Reader tackles a wide range of issues including: theoretical perspectives; research methods; media influence; crime news and fiction; media, criminal justice and social control; and new media and surveillance technologies. Specially devised introductory and linking sections contextualize each reading and evaluate its contribution to the field, both individually and in relation to competing approaches and debates. Accessible yet challenging, and packed with additional pedagogical devices, Crime and Media: A Reader will be an invaluable resource for students and academics studying crime, media, culture, surveillance and control. Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Media and Society Part 2: Researching Media Part 3: Crime, Newsworthiness and News Part 4: Crime, Consumption and Creativity Part 5: Effects, Influence and Moral Panic Part 6: Cybercrime, Surveillance and Risk Contributors include: M. McLuhan, J. Habermas, E. Herman, N. Cholmsky, S. Hall, J. Baurillard, M. Castells, W. Gibson, R. Ericson, P. Baranek, J. Chan, T. Sasson, D. Morley, S. Chibnall, Jewkes, Katz, C. Critcher, T. Jefferson, J. Clarke, B. Roberts, P. Schlesinger, H. Tumber, G. Murdoch, E. McLaughlin, H. Benedict, T. Todorov, R. Reiner, M. Valverde, S. Livingston, J. Allen, M. Woodiwiss, B. Jarvis, A. Bandura, D. Ross, S Ross, D. Gauntlett, M. Barker, J. Petley, L Gross, J. Ditton, D. Chadee, S. Farrall, E. Gilchrist, J. Bannister, K. Franko Aas, July 2008: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-42238-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42239-0: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Surveillance and Security Technological Politics and Power in Everyday Life Torin Monahan 2006: 6x9: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-95392-4: £73.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95393-1: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Technological Economy Edited by Don Slater and Andrew Barry

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2004: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-33605-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33606-2: £22.99

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

NEW IN PAPERBACK

TEXTBOOK

Evidence-Based Crime Prevention

Crime, Justice and the Media

2ND EDITION

Ian Marsh, Liverpool Hope University, UK and Gaynor Melville, Liverpool Hope University, UK

Criminology

Edited by David P. Farrington, Doris Layton MacKenzie, Lawrence W. Sherman and Brandon C. Welsh

Crime, Justice and the Media examines and analyzes the relationship between the media and crime, criminals and the criminal justice system. It considers how crime and criminals have been portrayed by the media over time, applying different theoretical perspectives on the media to the way crime, criminals and justice is reported. It focuses on a number of specific areas of crime and criminal justice in terms of media representation - these areas include moral panics over specific crimes and criminals (including youth crime, cybercrime and paedophilia), the media portrayal of victims of crime and criminals and the way the media represent criminal justice agencies.

Eamonn Carrabine, University of Essex, UK, Maggy Lee, University of Essex, UK, Ken Plummer, University of Exeter, UK, Nigel South and Pam Cox, University of Essex, UK

A key strength of the book is its interactive approach - throughout the text students are encouraged to respond to the material presented and think for themselves. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A Brief History of the Media Portrayal of Crime and Criminals 2. Applying Theoretical Perspectives on the Media to Crime 3. Moral Panics: Theories and Examples 4. New Media Technology and Crime: Cybercrime 5. Media and Criminals 6. Media and Victims 7. Media and Criminal Justice Agencies 8. Media and Communities 9. Media, Punishment and Public Opinion October 2008: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44489-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44490-3: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Theories of Crime Edited by Ian Marsh, Liverpool Hope University, UK Presenting a clear, comprehensive review of theoretical thinking on crime, this interactive book provides an interdisciplinary approach to criminology through the contributions of sociology, psychology and biology. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Crime - The Historical Context 2. Biological Explanations for Criminal Behaviour 3. Psychological Explanations for Criminal Behaviour 4. Sociological Explanations for the Criminal Behaviour 5. Explaining the Criminal Behaviour of Women 6. Explaining the Criminal Behaviour of Ethnic Minorities

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Criminological Imagination. Introduction and Overview: Method and Measurement in Criminology Part 2: Thinking About Crime 1. The Enlightenment and Early Traditions 2. Early Sociological Thinking about Crime 3. Radicalizing Traditions: Labelling, New Criminologies and the Gender Issue 4. Social Change and Criminological Thinking Part 3: Doing Crime 5. Victims and Victimization 6. Crime and Property 7. Crime and Sexuality 8. Crime and Emotion 9. Organizational and Professional Forms of Crime 10. Drugs, Alcohol, Health and Crime Part 4: Controlling Crime 11. Thinking about Punishment 12. The Criminal Justice Process 13. Police and Policing 14. Prisons and Imprisonment Part 5: Globalizing Crime 15. The Greening of Criminology 16. Crime and Media 17. Crime and Human Rights 18. Horizons and Futures of Crime and Criminology January 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-46450-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46451-2: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 234x156: 456pp Pb: 978-0-415-40102-9: £27.99

Claire Grant, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK

Criminology: The Basics Sandra Walklate, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: The Basics Providing an international and comparative introduction to the discipline, this informative book is an accessible guide to the theoretical and practical approaches to the phenomena of crime. Selected Contents: 1. What is Criminology? 2. Counting Crime 3. How Much Crime?: Challenging Myths about Crime and Offenders 4. The Search for Criminological Explanation 5. Thinking about the Victim of Crime 6. Crimes of the Suites: An Introduction to Critical Criminology 7. A Question of Justice 8. Crime Prevention and the Future of Crime Control 9. Developing your Criminological Imagination 2005: 198x129: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-33553-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33554-6: £9.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Series: International Library of Sociology Today, questions about how and why societies punish are deeply emotive and hotly contested. In Crime and Punishment in Contemporary Culture, Claire Grant argues that criminal justice is a key site for the negotiation of new collective identities and modes of belonging. Exploring both popular cultural forms and changes in crime policies and criminal law, Grant elaborates on new forms of critical engagement with the politics of crime and punishment. In doing so, the book discusses: •teletechnologies, punishment and new collectivities •the cultural politics of victims rights •discourses on foreigners, crime and diaspora •terror, the death penalty and the spectacle of violence. Crime and Punishment in Contemporary Culture makes a timely and important contribution to debate on the possibilities of justice in the media age. This book is essential reading for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers interested in the area of crime and punishment. Selected Contents: Punishment, Culture and Communication 1. Murder Will Out 2. Punishment, Print Culture and the Nation 3. Travelling Cultures 4. Irony and the State of Unitedness 5. The Internet, New Collectivities and Crime 6. Punishment and the Powers of Horror 7. The Shadow of the Death Penalty Addressing the Contemporary Bibliography June 2007: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-41409-8: £22.99

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Selected Contents: 1. Preventing Crime 2. The Maryland Scientific Method Scale 3. Family-Based Crime Prevention 4. School-Based Crime Prevention 5. Communities and Crime Prevention 6. Labor Markets and Crime Risk Factors 7. Preventing Crime at Places 8. Policing for Crime Prevention 9. Reducing the Criminal Activities of Known Offenders and Delinquents: Crime Prevention in the Courts and Corrections 10. Conclusion: What Works, What Doesn’t, What’s Promising and Future Directions

Crime and Punishment in Contemporary Culture

2006: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-37068-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37069-1: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ORDER NOW!

Reviewing more than 600 scientific evaluations of programs intended to prevent crime, this book is an understandable source of information about what works, what does not work and what is promising in preventing crime.

The book offers a clear, accessible and comprehensive analysis of theoretical thinking on the relationship between the media, crime and criminal justice and a detailed examination of how crime, criminals and others involved in the criminal justice process are portrayed by the media.

A Sociological Introduction

www.routledge.com/sociology

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

Criminology and Justice Studies Edited by Shaun Gabbidon, Penn State University, Harrisburg USA, Chester Britt, Northeastern University, USA and Nancy Rodriguez, Arizona State University, USA

Criminal Justice Theory

TEXTBOOK

Explaining the Nature and Behavior of Criminal Justice

Criminological Perspectives on Race and Crime

Edited by David Duffee, University of Albany and Edward R. Maguire, George Mason University, USA Criminal Justice Theory is the first comprehensive volume on the theoretical foundations of criminal justice. The authors argue that theory in criminal justice is currently underdeveloped and inconsistently applied, especially in comparison to the role of theory in the study of crime itself.

Community Policing in America Jeremy M. Wilson, Rand Corporation Drawing on data from nearly every major U.S. municipal police force, this book is the first comprehensive study to examine how the organizational context and structure of police organizations impact the implementation of community policing. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Defining Community Policing and Reseaching its Implication 3. Police Organizations as Open Systems 4. Organizational Context and Community Policing 5. Organizational Structure and Community Policing 6. Organizational Context and Organizational Structure 7. Models, Data, and Analysis 8. Findings 9. Conclusions and Policy Implications. Appendix A: Analytical Process of Structural Equation Modeling. Appendix B: Calculating Estimates of Community Policing Implementation. Appendix C: Estimates of Community Policing Implementation for Sample Police Organizations, 1997 and 1999 (scale 0-3. 187) 2006: 6x9: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-95350-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95351-1: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW TEXTBOOK

Contemporary Biosocial Criminology Edited by Anthony Walsh and Kevin M. Beaver This book of original chapters breaks new and important ground for ways today’s criminologists need to think more broadly about the crime problem. Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview of the Biosocial Approach 1. Introduction to Biosocial Criminology Anthony Walsh and Kevin M. Beaver 2. Criminal Behavior from Heritability to Epigenetics: How Genetics Clarifies the Role of the Environment Anthony Walsh 3. Molecular Genetics and Crime Kevin M. Beaver 4. The Ghost in the Machine and Criminal Behavior: Criminology for the 21st Century John Paul Wright, Danielle Boisvert, Kim Dietrich, and M. Douglas Ris 5. Evolutionary Psychology and Crime Satoshi Kanazawa Part 2: Applications to Important Correlates of Crime 6. Gender and Crime: An Evolutionary Perspective Anne Campbell 7. Race Alex Piquero 8. Crazy by Design: A Biosocial Approach to the Age-Crime Curve Anthony Walsh 9. Substance Abuse and Crime: Biosocial Foundations Michael G. Vaughn 10. Testosterone and Violence among Young Men Allan Mazur Part 3: Serious Violent Criminals 11. Neuroscience and the Holy Grail: Genetics and Career Criminality Matt DeLisi 12. Psychopathy Richard P. Wiebe Part 4: A Biosocial Approach to Crime Prevention 13. No Longer Taboo: Crime Prevention Implications of Biosocial Criminology Matthew Robinson

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Selected Contents: 1. Criminal Justice, Criminology, and Criminal Justice Theory Part 1: The Nature, Method, and Boundaries of Criminal Justice Theory 2. Foundations of Criminal Justice Theory 3. Durkheim’s Comparative Method and Criminal Justice Theory 4. The Dominance of Crime and Neglect of Justice in Criminal Justice Theory Part 2: Theories of Policing 5. Explaining Police Organizations 6. Understanding Variety in Urban Community Policing Part 3: Individual and Community Level Theories of the Courts 7. Assessing Blameworthiness and Assigning Punishment 8. Courts and Communities Part 4: Testing Correctional Sector Theories: Two Examples 9. A Test of a Turnover Intent Model 10. Correctional Resources and the Structure of the Institutionalized Environment Conclusion 11. Directions for Theory and Theorizing in Criminal Justice

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies Criminological Perspectives on Race and Crime examines an array of perspectives that have been used to contextualize criminal behavior among racial/ethnic minorities. Beginning with an historical review of a single perspective, each chapter takes into account the historical development of that perspective and the way in which race/ethnicity is contextualized by that theory. Because of the international nature of the overrepresentation of racial/ethnic minorities and immigrants in justice systems around the globe, the book also reviews international research. Throughout the chapters, the author considers which perspectives have shown the most promise in contextualizing the overrepresentation of racial/ethnic minorities and immigrants in justice systems around the world. Selected Contents: 1. A Brief Introduction to Race, Crime, and Theory 2. Biological Perspectives on Race and Crime 3. Sociological Perspectives on Race and Crime 4. Subcultural Perspectives on Race and Crime 5. Labeling Perspectives on Race and Crime 6. Conflict Perspectives on Race and Crime 7. Social Control Perspectives on Race and Crime 8. Colonial Perspectives on Race and Crime 9. Feminist Perspectives on Race and Crime 10. Conclusion March 2007: 6x9: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-95314-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95315-3: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

March 2007: 6x9: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-95479-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95480-8: £22.84 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Race, Law, and American Society 1607-Present Gloria J. Browne-Marshall In Race, Law, and American Society: 1607 to Present Gloria Browne-Marshall traces the history of racial discrimination in American law from colonial times to the present, analyzing the key court cases that established America’s racial system and showing their impact on American society. Throughout, she places advocates for freedom and equality at the center, moving from their struggle for physical freedom in the slavery era to more recent battles for equal rights and economic equality. From the colonial period to the present, this book examines education, property ownership, voting rights, criminal justice, and the military as well as internationalism and civil liberties. Race, Law, and American Society is highly accessible and thorough in its depiction of the role race has played, with the sanction of the U.S. Supreme Court, in shaping virtually every major American social institution. Selected Contents:Introduction 1. Overview of Race and the Law in America 2. Race and the Struggle for Educational Opportunity 3. Property Rights and Restrictions 4. Civil Liberties and Racial Justice: Protest, Assembly, Marriage 5. Voting Rights and Restrictions 6. Race and the Military 7. Race, Crime and Injustice 8. Race and Internationalism. Afterword March 2007: 6x9: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-95293-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95294-1: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

June 2008: 6x9: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-98943-5: £69.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98944-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92991-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

In the diverse range of essays included here, the authors and contributors integrate examples from the study of criminal justice systems, judicial decision-making, courtroom communities, and correctional systems, building the argument that students of criminal justice must not evaluate their discipline solely on the basis of the effectiveness of specific measures in reducing the crime rate. Rather, if they hope to improve the system, they must acquire a systematic knowledge of the causes behind the structures, policies, and practices of criminal justice.

Shaun L. Gabbidon, Penn State University, USA

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

Key Ideas in Criminology Edited by Tim Newburn, London School of Economics, UK and President-Elect of the British Society of Criminology Key Ideas in Criminology explores the major concepts, issues, debates and controversies in criminology. The series provides authoritative essays on central topics within the broader area of criminology. Each book adopts a strong individual ’line’, constituting original essays rather than literature surveys and offers lively and agenda setting treatments of their subject matter. These books will appeal to students, teachers and researchers in criminology, sociology, social policy, cultural studies, law and political science.

TEXTBOOK

Penal Populism John Pratt, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Following the USA, in many Western countries over the last decade, prison rates have increased while crime rates have declined. This key book examines the role played by penal populism on this and other trends in contemporary penal policy. Selected Contents: 1. What is Penal Populism? 2. Underlying Causes 3. Penal Populism, the Media and Information Technology 4. Penal Populism and Crime Control 5. Competing and Complimentary Influences on Penal Strategy and Thought 6. Is Penal Populism Inevitable? 2006: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38509-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38508-4: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

NEW

Rehabilitation

TEXTBOOK

Tony Ward, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand and Shadd Maruna, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

Surveillance

Over the last two decades, empirical evidence has increasingly supported the view that it is possible to reduce re-offending rates by rehabilitating offenders rather than simply punishing them. In fact, the pendulum’s swing back from a pure punishment model to a rehabilitation model is arguably one of the most significant events in modern correctional policy. This comprehensive review argues that rehabilitation should focus both on promoting human goods (i.e. providing the offender with the essential ingredients for a ’good’ life), as well as reducing/avoiding risk.

PIN numbers, credit records, photo IDs and biometric measures play a central role in our daily lives. Instead of being mere by-products of public and private surveillance systems, such tokens of trust are now fundamental to surviving in modern society – so much so that our ‘surveillance profiles’ have begun to inform the way in which we think about notions of community and personal identity.

Offering a succinct summary and critique of the scientific approach to offender rehabilitation, this intriguing volume for students of criminology, sociology and clinical psychology gives a comprehensive evaluation of both the Risk-Need Model and the Good Lives Model. Rehabilitation is a value-laden process involving a delicate balance of the needs and desires of clinicians, clients, the State and the public. Written by two international leading academics in rehabilitation research, this book argues that intervention with offenders is not simply a matter of implementing the best therapeutic technology and leaving political and social debate to politicians and policy makers. Selected Contents: 1. How Did ‘Rehabilitation’ Become a Dirty Word? 2. What is a Rehabilitation Theory? 3. The Risk-Need-Responsivity Model of Offender Rehabilitation 4. Evaluating the Risk-Need-Responsivity Model 5. The Good Lives Model of Offender Rehabilitation 6. Evaluating the Good Lives Model 7. In Search of Common Ground

Benjamin Goold, University of Oxford, UK

In this fascinating volume, Benjamin Goold considers how surveillance is experienced by individuals within both the criminal justice system and the wider community and argues that the convergence of different spheres of surveillance – law enforcement, state security and commercial – has led to a fundamental shift in the way in which individuals are recognized and legitimized in society. Using examples drawn from the US, UK, Canada, Japan and Australia, this book presents a new account of how surveillance is changing the ways in which people respond to crime, their relationship to the state and each other. Selected Contents: 1. The Transformation of Surveillance 2. Theorizing Surveillance 3. Surveillance and the Criminal Justice System 4. The Criminal Consumer: Private and Commercial Surveillance 5. Coming Together: The Significance of Convergence 6. Re-Imagining Surveillance: Identity and Action July 2008: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39219-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39220-4: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08729-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

May 2007: 198x129: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-38642-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38643-2: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

To order a copy of our new

Criminology Catalogue please contact Gemma-Kate Hartley Email: gemma.hartley@tandf.co.uk

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7017 5911

www.routledge.com/sociology

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

TEXTBOOK

NEW

Race, Crime, and Justice

TEXTBOOK

A Reader

International Criminology

Edited by Shaun L. Gabbidon and Helen Taylor Greene, Pennsylvania State University, USA

A Critical Introduction

Old Dominion University, USA A comprehensive collection of the essential writings on race and crime, this important reader spans more than a century and clearly demonstrates the longstanding difficulties minorities have faced with the justice system. Selected Contents: Race and Crime: Early Writings 1. W. E. B. Du Bois (1901) ’The Spawn of Slavery: The Convict Lease System in the South.’ 2. Norman Hayner (1938) ’Social Factors in Oriental Crime’ American Journal of Sociology.’ 3. Norman Hayner (1942) ’Variability in the Criminal Behavior of American Indians.’ 4. Oliver Cox (1945) ’Lynching and the Status Quo.’ Race, Crime, and the Disproportionality Debate 5. Alfred Blumstein (1982) ’On Racial Disproportionality of United States’ Prison Populations.’ 6. Ruth Peterson and John Hagan (1984) ’Changing Conceptions of Race: Toward an Account of Anomalous Findings of Sentencing Research.’ 7. John DiLulio (1996) ’My Black Crime Problem, and Ours.’ 8. Matt Delisi and Robert Regoli (1999) ’Race, Conventional Crime, and Criminal Justice: The Declining Importance of Skin Color.’ Women, Race, and Crime 9. Hans Von Hentig (1942) ’The Criminality of Colored Women.’ 10. Jody Miller (1998) ’Up it Up: Gender and the Accomplishment of Street Robbery.’ 11. Jacqueline Huey and Michael Lynch (1996) ’The Image of Black Women in Criminology: Historical Stereotypes as Theoretical Foundation’ 12. Carolyn M. West, Glenda Kaufman, and Jana L. Jasinski (1998) ’Sociodemographic Predictors and Cultural Barriers to Help-Seeking Behavior by Latina and Anglo American Battered Women.’ Race, Crime, and Communities 13. Robert Sampson and William Julius Wilson (1995) ’Toward a Theory of Race, Crime, and Urban Inequality.’ 14. Albert J. Meehan and Michael C. Ponder (2002) ’Race and Place: The Ecology of Racial Profiling African American Motorists.’ 15. Jared Taylor and Glayde Whitney (2002) ’Racial Profiling: Is There an Empirical Basis?’ 16. Barbara Perry (2002) ’Defending the Color Line: Racially and Ethnically Motivated Hate Crime.’ Explaining Race and Violent Crimes 17. Darnell Hawkins (1984) ’Black and White Homicide Differentials: Alternatives to an Inadequate Theory.’ 18. Ramiro Martinez, Matthew T. Lee, and Amie L. Nielson (2001) ’Revisiting the Scarface Legacy: The Victim/Offender Relationship and Mariel Homicides in Miami.’ 19. Ronet Bachman (1991) ’An Analysis of American Indian Homicide: A Test of Social Disorganization and Economic Deprivation at the Reservation County Level.’ 20. Marianne R. Yoshioka, Jennifer DiNoia, and Komal Ullah (2001) ’Attitudes Towards Marital Violence: An Examination of Four Asian Communities.’ Race, Crime and Punishment 21. Marjorie Zatz (1987) ’The Changing Forms of Racial/Ethnic Biases in Sentencing.’ 22. Alexander Alvarez and Ronet Bachman (1996) ’American Indians and Sentencing Disparity: An Arizona Test.’ 23. Loic Wacquant (2000) ’The New ’Peculiar Institution’: On the Prison as Surrogate Ghetto.’ 24. Paula Kautt and Cassia Spohn (2002) ’Crack-ing Down on Black Drug Offenders? Testing for Interactions Among Offenders’ Race, Drug Type, and Sentencing Strategy in Federal Drug Sentences.’

Rob Watts, Royal Institute of Technology, Australia, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia, Judith Bessant, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology and Richard Hil, Southern Cross University, Australia, Southern Cross University ’This comprehensive volume is sure to put a new face on criminology, where it’s been, where it is now and what to expect in the future. Wellwritten, well thought out and informative, it is a must-read for anyone in the criminology field.’ - J.A. Hitchcock, Cyber Crime Expert and President of Working to Halt Online Abuse ’In an age of globalization, Watts, Bessant, and Hill have written a provocative and exciting introduction to criminology that will be well received by students who are venturing into their first course on the topic. The authors’ approach to the discipline is both historical and comparative and is a welcome addition to most mainstream texts that are rarely critical and are usually provincial in content.’ - Gregg Barak, Eastern Michigan University, USA ’In this engaging and highly readable textbook, Watts, Bessant, and Hil challenge students to think critically not only about popular conceptions of crime and offenders, but also about what criminologists do and are supposed to do. With jargon-free prose and apt examples from various countries, the authors encourage students to question and reflect on the ’facts’ about crime, and guide them beyond the comfort zones of their personal and national boundaries. This book is a refreshingly innovative addition to the criminology textbook market.’ - Claire Renzetti, University of Dayton, USA International Criminology is an easy access critical introduction to how conventional criminologists in the international arena think about and research crime. By using examples from the US, UK and Australia, the authors outline key ideas, vocabulary, assumptions and findings of the discipline while opening up a set of critical underlying issues and problems. From theoretical traditions to historical perspectives; contemporary criminology to reflexive criminology; this all encompassing text covers it all. This is the most valuable introduction to international criminology available for undergraduates and works as a superb refresher for more experienced students. Selected Contents: Introduction. Theoretical Traditions and Historical Perspectives 1. What is Crime?: How Criminologists Think about Crime 2. The Origins of Modern Criminology 3. The Consolidation of Modern Criminology 4. Dissenting Criminology:†Issues in Contemporary Criminology 5. A Guide to Reading and Thinking about Criminology 6. Explaining Crime: Uemployment and Crime 7. Explaining Crime: Crime and the Family 8. Criminology and the Lure of Crime Prevention 9. Criminal Justice: Victimology and the Victim 10. Criminology and Corporate Crime 11. Criminology and†State Crime. Conclusion Towards a Reflexive Criminology January 2008: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43178-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43179-8: £21.99

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

2005: 7x10: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-94706-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-94707-7: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

CRIMINOLOGY: NEW TEXTBOOKS AND HIGHLIGHTS

NEW IN PAPERBACK VOTED OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC BOOK OF 2007 BY CHOICE

Handbook of Restorative Justice A Gobal Perspective Edited by Dennis Sullivan, Institute for Economic and Restorative Justice, New York, USA and Larry Tifft, Central Michigan University, USA Handbook of Restorative Justice is a collection of original, cutting-edge essays that offer an insightful and critical assessment of the theory, principles and practices of restorative justice around the globe. Selected Contents: The Healing Dimension of Restorative Justice: A One-World Body Section 1: Restorative Justice Processes and Practices 1. The Recent History of Restorative Justice: Mediation, Circles, and Conferencing 2. Victim Offender Mediation: An Evolving Evidence-Based Practice 3. Victim Offender Mediation and Restorative Justice: The European Landscape 4. Conferencing and Restorative Justice 5. Restorative Justice and Recidivism: Promises Made, Promises Kept? 6. Peacemaking Circles: Reflections on the Principal Features and Primary Outcomes 7. The Limits of Restorative Justice Section 2: The Foundations of Restorative Justice 8. Navajo Peacemaking: Original Dispute Resolution and a Way of Life 9. The African Concept of Ubuntu and Restorative Justice 10. Spiritual Foundations of Restorative Justice 11. Empathy and Restoration 12. Sanctuary as a Refuge from State Justice Section 3: The Needs of Victims and the Healing Process 13. Responding to the Needs of Victims: What Was Promised, What Has Been Delivered 14. Restoration of the Assumptive World as an Act of Justice 15. Murder Victims’ Families for Reconciliation: Story-Telling for Healing, as Witness, and in Public Policy 16. Hearing the Victim’s Voice Amidst the Cry for Capital Punishment 17. The Other Victims: The Families of Those Punished by the State Section 4: Making Things Right: Extending Restorative Justice 18. Changing Boundaries of the ’Victim’ in Restorative Justice: So Who is the Victim Now? 19. Stopping Domestic Violence or Protecting Children? Contributions from Restorative Justice 20. Are There Limits to Restorative Justice?: The Case of Child Sexual Abuse 21. Restoring Justice Through Forgiveness: The Case of Children in Northern Ireland 22. Restorative Justice in Transition: Ownership, Leadership, and ’Bottom Up’ Human Rights Section 5: Gross Human Rights Violations and Transitional Justice 23. Essential Elements of Healing After Massive Trauma: Complex Needs Voiced by Victims/Survivors 24. Exploring the Relationship Between Reparations, the Gross Violation of Human Rights, and Restorative Justice 25. Truth and Reconciliation in Serbia 26. Transitional Justice, Restoration, and Prosecution 27. Restorative Justice and the Governance of Security in the Southwest Pacific 28. Rwanda’s Failing Experiment in Restorative Justice Section 6: Restorative Justice: Critical Commentaries on Restorative Justice 29. Restorative Justice and the Criminological Enterprise 30. Shame, Shaming and Restorative Justice: A Critical Appraisal 31. Community Justice Versus Restorative Justice: Contrasts in Family of Value 32. Postmodernism’s Challenges to Restorative Justice 33. A Feminist Vision of Justice?: The Problems and Possibilities of Restorative Justice for Girls and Women Section 7: Transformative Justice and Structural Change 34. Toward a ’Radical’ Paradigm of Restorative Justice 35. Environmental Policy and Management in Costa Rica: Sustainable Development and Deliberative Democracy 36. Reaching Toward a Structurally Responsive Training and Practice of Restorative Justice 37. The Good Samaritan or the Person in the Ditch?: An Attempt to Live a Restorative Justice Lifestyle 38. Transformative Justice: The Transformation of Restorative Justice December 2007: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-44724-9: £28.99

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

ORDER NOW!

The NEW Sociology

www.routledge.com/sociology

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

JOURNALS

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

A Aas, Katja Franko ......................................................................................................................84 Abbott, Pamela .............................................................................................................................2 Accounting for Rape: Psychology, Feminism and Discourse Analysis in the Study of Sexual Violence.........................................8 Ackroyd, Stephen ...........................................................................................................60, 74 Adams, Peter J. ...........................................................................................................................53 Adubra, Ayele Lea ....................................................................................................................74 Afolabi, Niyi ........................................................................................................................21, 50 African Diasporas: A Global Perspective ....................................................................49 African Minorities in the New World............................................................................21 African Studies Series ........................................................................................21, 50, 74 After International Relations: Critical Realism and the (Re)Construction of World Politics ............................................................................60 After the Cosmopolitan?: Multicultural Cities and the Future of Racism....................................................................................................................21 Agar, Jolyon ..................................................................................................................................60 Age Matters: Re-Aligning Feminist Thinking ..........................................................16 Ageing in East Asia: Challenges and Policies for the Twenty-First Century ........................................................................................................................................26 Ageing Well: Nutrition, Health, and Social Interventions .............................26 Aggleton, Peter ..........................................................................................................................53 Aitchison, Cara Carmichael .............................................................................................68 Aitken, Stuart ...............................................................................................................................39 Alber, Jens.......................................................................................................................................25 Albrow, Martin ..............................................................................................................................2 Alexander, Jeffrey C. ..............................................................................................................57 Alienation, Modernity and the Global Crisis ..........................................................61 Allan, Elizabeth J. ......................................................................................................................35 Allwood, Rachel .........................................................................................................................29 Alpers, Edward A......................................................................................................................49 Altered States: Politics After Democracy ....................................................................42 American Dream and the Power of Wealth, The: Choosing Schools and Inheriting Inequality in the Land of Opportunity ...............7 American Families: A Multicultural Reader ..............................................................22 American Suburb, The: The Basics ................................................................................79 Amin, Camron Michael.......................................................................................................38 Amoore, Louise ..........................................................................................................................44 Andersen, Nels ...........................................................................................................................80 Anderson, Irina ..............................................................................................................................8 Anderson, John ..........................................................................................................................33 Andrain, Charles F. ..................................................................................................................69 Andreski, Stanislav .........................................................................................................63, 64 Anna Julia Cooper, Visionary Black Feminist: A Critical Introduction ..............................................................................................................................16 Annandale, Ellen .......................................................................................................................30 Annas, George J. .......................................................................................................................32 Ansell, Amy ...................................................................................................................................20 Anything But Racism: How Social Scientists Limit the Significance of Racism ......................................................................................................18 Appelbaum, Richard P. ........................................................................................................40 Arab, Muslim, Woman: Voice and Vision in Postcolonial Literature and Film ..............................................................................................................14 Archaeology of Identity ..........................................................................................................77 Archer, Margaret ...................................................................................................47, 60, 70 Architecture, Power and National Identity ..............................................................77 Architext Series ..........................................................................................................................79 Are We Thinking Straight?: The Politics of Straightness in a Lesbian and Gay Social Movement Organization ...........................................9 Arias, Santa....................................................................................................................................62 Armstrong, Elisabeth .............................................................................................................14 Arneil, Barbara ............................................................................................................................17 Arnot, Madeleine .....................................................................................................5, 32, 35 Arthur, Raymond ......................................................................................................................24 Arvidsson, Adam .......................................................................................................................53 ASA Research Methods Series ...........................................................................................3 ASAA Women in Asia Series .........................................................................14, 71, 72 Asencio, Emily K. .........................................................................................................................3 Asian Americans and the Shifting Politics of Race: The Dismantling of Affirmative Action at an Elite Public High School ...................................21 Assimakopoulos, Dimitris ..................................................................................................74 Atkinson, Paul .......................................................................................................................2, 82 Atlas of Poverty in America, An: One Nation, Pulling Apart 1960–2003...................................................................................................................6 Atoms, Computers and Genes: Public Resistance and Socio-Technical Responses .............................................................................................84 Auguste Comte ............................................................................................................................63 Austin, Roger ...............................................................................................................................33 Australia: Nation, Belonging, and Globalization ................................................38

B Back, Les ..........................................................................................................................................22 Badgett, Lee ....................................................................................................................................9 Bagchi, Debasis..........................................................................................................................32 Bailey, David .................................................................................................................................47 Bailey, Peter ......................................................................................................................................6 Baiocchi, Gianpaolo ...............................................................................................................18 Baker, Susan .................................................................................................................................46 Banks, James A...........................................................................................................................35 Barbercheck, Mary ..................................................................................................................12

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Barker, Drucilla ...........................................................................................................................73 Barnard, Malcolm ..........................................................................................................51, 52 Barry, Andrew .............................................................................................................................85 Barry, John .....................................................................................................................................63 Barton, Len ....................................................................................................................................35 BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies Series ......................................................................................16, 46 Basics of Essay Writing, The ..................................................................................................4 Basics Series............................................................................................................................2, 86 Bauer, Martin ...............................................................................................................................84 Beamish, Rob...............................................................................................................................68 Beauty and Misogyny: Harmful Cultural Practices in the West ................77 Beaver, Kevin M. .......................................................................................................................87 Becker, Lisa Tamiris .................................................................................................................53 Being Against the World: Rebellion and Constitution......................................43 Being and Worth ........................................................................................................................60 Bell, David ......................................................................................................................................81 Bennett, Colin.............................................................................................................................41 Bennett, Tony .................................................................................................................................6 Bereavement Narratives: Continuing Bonds in the 21st Century ...........28 Berger, Ronald J. ..........................................................................................................................5 Berkes, Fikret ................................................................................................................................78 Bessant, Judith ............................................................................................................................89 Bettio, Francesca.......................................................................................................................73 Between Sex and Power: Family in the World 1900-2000 .........................23 Beyond Bad Girls: Gender, Violence and Hype .....................................................16 Beyond East and West ............................................................................................................60 Beyond Relativism: Raymond Boudon, Cognitive Rationality and Critical Realism .................................................................................47 Bharadwaj, Aditya ...................................................................................................................82 Bhaskar, Roy ....................................................................................................31, 60, 61, 81 Bhavnani, Kum-Kum .............................................................................................................45 Bibbings, Lois ..............................................................................................................................16 Billings, Andrew C. .................................................................................................................65 Binding Men: Nineteenth Century Criminal Cases and the Policing of Masculinity ......................................................................................................16 Binnie, Jon......................................................................................................................................80 Biomedicine as Culture: Instrumental Practices, Technoscientific Knowledge, and New Modes of Life .......................................................................85 Biosocialities, Genetics and the Social Sciences: Making Biologies and Identities ....................................................................................................85 Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment........................................................................................18 Black Sexual Politics: African Americans, Gender, and the New Racism..............................................................................................................................18 Black Wealth/White Wealth: A New Perspective on Racial Inequality....................................................................................................................21 Blackshaw, Tony ........................................................................................................................64 Blom, Raimo .................................................................................................................................85 Blondel, Jean ................................................................................................................................45 Blood, Sylvia K. ..........................................................................................................................77 Bloor, David ..................................................................................................................................84 Blunt, Alison .................................................................................................................................80 Bode, Ingo ........................................................................................................................................6 Bodies, Sports and Societies: Regulation, Discipline and Control............65 Body, The: A Reader .................................................................................................................75 Body and Everyday Life, The ..............................................................................................75 Body in Question, The: A Socio-Cultural Approach ...........................................77 Body Work: The Social Construction of Women’s Body Image .................77 Bohmer, Carol.............................................................................................................................49 Bonilla-Silva, Eduardo ...........................................................................................................18 Bornstein, Marc H. ..................................................................................................................24 Borooah, Vani..............................................................................................................................72 Borris, Kenneth..............................................................................................................................8 Bose, Christine............................................................................................................................11 Bourdieu, Pierre ............................................................................................................................6 Bowlby, Sophia ..........................................................................................................................28 Boxing, Masculinity and Identity: The ’I’ of the Tiger .....................................68 Boykoff, Jules ...............................................................................................................................48 Brailsford, Dennis .....................................................................................................................68 Brand Culture ................................................................................................................................53 Branding Cities: Cosmopolitanism, Parochialism, and Social Change .........................................................................................................................79 Branding New York: How a City in Crisis Was Sold to the World ...........52 Brands: Meaning and Value in Media Culture .....................................................53 Breiger, Ronald L......................................................................................................................74 Brenner, Neil ................................................................................................................................80 British Asians and Football: Culture, Identity, Exclusion ................................68 Britt, Chester ................................................................................................................................87 Broadbent, Kaye .......................................................................................................................72 Brosnan, Caragh .......................................................................................................................31 Brown, Andrew ..........................................................................................................................60 Brown, David...............................................................................................................................68 Browne-Marshall, Gloria J. ................................................................................................87 Bruggeman, Jeroen....................................................................................................................4 Brynin, Malcolm .......................................................................................................................24 Bucchi, Massimiano .....................................................................................................83, 85 Buchholz, Sandra .....................................................................................................................40 Bull, Michael ................................................................................................................................55 Bullen, Elizabeth........................................................................................................................74 Buras, Kristen L. .........................................................................................................................34 Burdsey, Daniel ..........................................................................................................................68 Burri, Regula Valérie ...............................................................................................................85 Burton, Dawn..............................................................................................................................71

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Bury, Michael ...............................................................................................................................26 Byrne, Bridget .............................................................................................................................22 Byrne, David ....................................................................................................................................6

C Caesarean: Just Another Way of Birth? ......................................................................31 Caforio, Giuseppe ....................................................................................................................48 Calasanti, Toni M.....................................................................................................................16 Calhoun, Craig .......................................................................................................43, 51, 58 Calnan, Michael ........................................................................................................................26 Cammarota, Julio .....................................................................................................................34 Canaan, Joyce E. .......................................................................................................................35 Capacity to Care, The: Gender and Ethical Subjectivity ................................17 Capitalism and Citizenship: The Impossible Partnership ..............................60 Care and Interdependency Across the Lifecourse................................................28 Carr, James H. ................................................................................................................................5 Carrabine, Eamonn ................................................................................................................86 Carreiras, Helena ......................................................................................................................17 Carrington, Ben .........................................................................................................................67 Carter, Bob ....................................................................................................................................60 Carubia, Josephine ..................................................................................................................17 Carvalho, Edzia ..........................................................................................................................40 Casella, Ronnie ...........................................................................................................................35 Cashmore, Ellis .......................................................................................................18, 54, 67 Cass Military Studies Series ....................................................................................17, 48 Caudwell, Jayne .........................................................................................................................68 Caveman Mystique, The: Pop-Darwinism and the Debates Over Sex, Violence, and Science ................................................................................13 Celebrity Culture .........................................................................................................................54 Celebrity Culture Reader, The............................................................................................54 Cernkovich, Stephen A. ......................................................................................................17 Cesari, Jocelyn ............................................................................................................................69 Challenging Medicine .............................................................................................................31 Changing Relationships .........................................................................................................24 Chapman, Steve...........................................................................................................................3 Chappell, Marisa.......................................................................................................................25 Charity Law and Social Inclusion: An International Study ..........................31 Charles-Edwards, David ......................................................................................................74 Chau, Adam Yuet .....................................................................................................................69 Cheal, David.................................................................................................................................22 Chernilo, Daniel ........................................................................................................................60 Chesney-Lind, Meda .............................................................................................................16 Chesters, Graeme .................................................................................................44, 48, 62 Child Abuse, Gender and Society ...................................................................................14 Child Poverty in Historical Perspective: From 1900 to the Present ...........6 Childhood ........................................................................................................................................26 Children, Place and Identity: Nation and Locality in Middle Childhood .................................................................................................................26 Children, Structure and Agency: Realities Across the Developing World .................................................................................................................24 China and Globalization: The Social, Economic and Political Transformation of Chinese Society ..........................................................................37 Chinese Party-State in the 21st Century, The: Adaptation and the Reinvention of Legitimacy ..........................................................................45 Choi, Sung Hak .........................................................................................................................19 Choice and Consent: Feminist Engagements with Law and Subjectivity ................................................................................................................................16 Cholewka, Patricia ...................................................................................................................31 Christianity and Marxism: A Philosophical Contribution to their Reconciliation ..........................................................................................................................70 Cinar, Alev ......................................................................................................................................38 Cinematic Tourist, The: Explorations in Globalization, Culture and Resistance........................................................................................................................56 Cities, Capitalism and Civilization .................................................................................80 Cities and Consumption ........................................................................................................79 Cities and Everyday Life.........................................................................................................77 Cities and Services: The Geography of Collective Consumption ..............79 Cities and the Creative Class .............................................................................................79 Citizens and the State: Attitudes in Western Europe and East and Southeast Asia ........................................................................................................................45 Citizenship between Past and Future ..........................................................................45 City .......................................................................................................................................................80 City and Society: An Outline for Urban Geography .........................................80 City Publics: The (Dis)enchantments of Urban Encounters .........................80 Clark, Anna .......................................................................................................................................9 Clark, Hazel ...................................................................................................................................55 Clarke, David B..........................................................................................................................63 Clayton, Anita H. ......................................................................................................................17 Clements, Luke ..........................................................................................................................27 Club Cultures: Boundaries, Identities and Otherness .......................................52 Coalter, Fred.................................................................................................................................65 Codifying Cyberspace: Communications Self-Regulation in the Age of Internet Convergence .......................................................................................54 Cohabitation, Family & Society .......................................................................................23 Cohen, Robin ..............................................................................................................................50 Cohen, Shana .............................................................................................................................38 Cole, Mike ......................................................................................................................................35 Coleman, Simon ..........................................................................................................................4 Coles, Anne ...................................................................................................................................50 Colgan, Fiona ..............................................................................................................................74 Collier, Andrew.......................................................................................................47, 60, 70 Collier, Richard ...........................................................................................................................13 Collins, Patricia Hill .................................................................................................................18

21st Century Sexualities: Contemporary Issues in Health, Education, and Rights ....................................................................................................................................9

www.routledge.com/sociology

INDEX

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Cultural Studies Reader, The ..............................................................................................53 Culture, Class, Distinction .......................................................................................................6 Culture, Politics and Sport: Blowing the Whistle, Revisited .........................66 Culture, Society and Sexuality: A Reader ..................................................................53 Culture and Everyday Life ....................................................................................................53 Culture and Media in the UK: A Guide to Organisations, Policy and Funding .............................................................................................................................54 Culture of Exception, The: Sociology Facing the Camp ..................................64 Culture of Management, The............................................................................................71 Culture of Welfare Markets, The: The International Recasting of Pension and Care Systems..........................................................................................6 Cultures of Masculinity ..........................................................................................................16 Curran, Sara R. ...........................................................................................................................39 Cybercultures Reader, The ...................................................................................................81

D Dahbour, Omar .........................................................................................................................42 Dahlgren, Peter .........................................................................................................................56 Dalby, Simon ...............................................................................................................................48 Dales, Laura ..................................................................................................................................14 Dalley, S...........................................................................................................................................76 Dana E. Gerstein .......................................................................................................................32 Danermark, Berth...........................................................................................................31, 60 Dangour, Alan D. .....................................................................................................................26 Davidson, Roger ...........................................................................................................................9 Davies, Andrew ..........................................................................................................................26 Davies, Brian ................................................................................................................................29 Davies, Bronwyn .......................................................................................................................10 Davies, Charlotte Aull ..............................................................................................................3 Davis, Lennard J. .......................................................................................................................27 Dawson, Ashley .........................................................................................................................42 Day, Graham ................................................................................................................................26 de Goede, Marieke .................................................................................................................44 de la Fuente, Eduardo ..........................................................................................................53 Deacon, Bob ................................................................................................................................25 Dean, Kathryn.............................................................................................................................60 Deater-Deckard, Kirby .........................................................................................................24 Debating Human Genetics: Contemporary Issues in Public Policy and Ethics ....................................................................................................82 Deciphering the Global: Its Scales, Spaces and Subjects ..............................40 Deconstructing Habermas ...................................................................................................63 Defeating Autism: A Damaging Delusion.................................................................29 Defending Objectivity: Essays in Honour of Andrew Collier ........................47 DeFilippis, James .......................................................................................................................78 Deicke, Wolfgang.....................................................................................................................53 Delanty, Gerard .........................................................................................................................64 Demissie, Fassil...........................................................................................................................79 Democratisation and Gender in Contemporary Russia ..................................16 Democratization Studies Series ....................................................................................42 DePoy, Elizabeth ..........................................................................................................................3 Dermott, Esther .........................................................................................................................23 Descartes, Lara ...........................................................................................................................22 Desire: A History of European Sexuality ........................................................................9 Deveaux, Monique .................................................................................................................17 Dhamoon, Rita ...........................................................................................................................17 Di Tommaso, Maria................................................................................................................71 Dialectic: The Pulse of Freedom .......................................................................................60 Diaspora Strikes Back, The: Caribbean Latino Tales of Learning and Turning........................................................................................................49 Diaz-Andreu, Margarita ......................................................................................................77 Dickens, Peter .............................................................................................................................84 Dicks, Bella ....................................................................................................................................26 Dictionary of Critical Realism ............................................................................................60 Different Wavelengths: Studies of the Contemporary Women’s Movement .................................................................................................................................17 Digital Matters: The Theory and Culture of the Matrix .................................85 Diken, Bulent ...........................................................................................................43, 56, 64 Dillard, Jesse .................................................................................................................................62 Dimeo, Paul ..................................................................................................................................68 Disability, Mothers, and Organization: Accidental Activists .......................24 Disability Rights and Wrongs ............................................................................................31 Disability Studies Reader, The ...........................................................................................27 Disabled People and the Right to Life: The Protection and Violation of Disabled People’s Most Basic Human Rights ............27 Discourse Learning and Social Evolution: The Emergence of Novelty ..................................................................................................................................63 Disposable Women and Other Myths of Global Capitalism .......................17 Dittmar, Helga ............................................................................................................................76 Doel, Marcus................................................................................................................................63 Doherty, Kathy ..............................................................................................................................8 Dolan, Alan ...................................................................................................................................30 Domingues, José Maurício ...............................................................................................62 Donald, Stephanie Hemelryk .........................................................................................79 Donnelly, Michele ....................................................................................................................68 Don’t Touch!: The Educational Story of a Panic .................................................32 Doughan, David .......................................................................................................................17 Dovey, Kim ....................................................................................................................................79 Dowler, Lorraine .......................................................................................................................17 Dowling, Robyn ........................................................................................................................80 Drakeford, Mark ........................................................................................................................26 Dressler, Markus ........................................................................................................................39 Drugs, Alcohol and Sport: A Critical History ..........................................................68

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Communist Russia .....................................................................................................................46 Community and Everyday Life ..........................................................................................26 Community Development Reader, The .......................................................................78 Community Policing in America ......................................................................................87 Comparative Development and Policy in Asia Series ................................26 Compassionate Cities ..............................................................................................................80 Complexity and Social Movements: Multitudes at the Edge of Chaos ......................................................................................................................................48 Conflict and Peace Building in Divided Societies: Responses to Ethnic Violence .......................................................................................................................48 Connell, John...............................................................................................................................50 Consumer Culture, Identity and Well-Being: The Search for the ’Good Life’ and the ’Body Perfect’ ...........................................................................76 Consuming the Entrepreneurial City: Image, Memory, Spectacle ...........78 Consumption and Everyday Life ......................................................................................53 Contemporary Bauman, The .............................................................................................57 Contemporary Biosocial Criminology ...........................................................................87 Contemporary Economic Sociology: Globalization, Production, Inequality ...................................................................................................................................74 Contemporary Human Rights Ideas .............................................................................41 Contemporary Issues in Gerontology: Promoting Positive Ageing..........31 Contemporary Social Theory: An Introduction .....................................................58 Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Series ................................3, 5, 69 Contexts of Social Capital: Social Networks in Communities, Markets and Organizations..........................................................................................74 Contributions to Social Ontology ...................................................................................47 Conway, Janet M. ....................................................................................................................48 Cooke, Abigail ............................................................................................................................39 Cooke, Philip................................................................................................................................82 Coontz, Stephanie ..................................................................................................................22 Cooper, Davina ..........................................................................................................................19 Cortese, Daniel K. .......................................................................................................................9 Cosgrave, James ........................................................................................................................53 Cosmic Society: Towards a Sociology of the Universe .....................................84 Cosmopolitan Space: Europe, Globalization, Theory .......................................40 Cosmopolitan Urbanism .......................................................................................................80 Cosmopolitanism ........................................................................................................................42 Cosmopolitanism and Belonging: From European Integration to Global Hopes and Fears ............................................................................................58 Coulson, Irene ............................................................................................................................31 Counihan, Carole .....................................................................................................................51 Covington, Jeanette ...............................................................................................................21 Cowan, Sharon ..........................................................................................................................16 Cox, Pam ........................................................................................................................................86 Crawford, Patricia B. .............................................................................................................32 Creativity and Innovation in the Cultural Economy .........................................72 Creavan, Sean .............................................................................................................................47 Credit and Consumer Society ............................................................................................71 CRESC Series .........................................................................................................................6, 54 Cricket, Race and the 2007 World Cup .....................................................................68 Crime, Justice and the Media ............................................................................................86 Crime and Media: A Reader ...............................................................................................85 Crime and Punishment in Contemporary Culture ..............................................86 Criminal Justice Theory: Explaining the Nature and Behavior of Criminal Justice ................................................................................................................87 Criminological Perspectives on Race and Crime ..................................................87 Criminology: A Sociological Introduction ..................................................................86 Criminology and Justice Studies Series ..................................................................87 Criminology: The Basics.........................................................................................................86 Crisis of Waste, A?: Understanding the Rubbish Society ...............................80 Critical Asian Studies Series .............................................................................................24 Critical Concepts in Criminology Series................................................................79 Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies Series...........................52 Critical Concepts in Sociology Series ............................................6, 17, 62, 84 Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences Series ...............................................73 Critical Globalization Studies ............................................................................................40 Critical Perspectives in Public Health ...........................................................................29 Critical Race Theory in Sport .............................................................................................66 Critical Realism and Composition Theory ................................................................47 Critical Realism and Housing Research ......................................................................60 Critical Realism and Marxism ...........................................................................................60 Critical Realism: Essential Readings: Essential Readings ................................60 Critical Realism: Interventions Series .......................................................6, 60, 74 Critical Realism, Post Postivism & the Possibility of Knowledge ...............47 Critical Realism: The Difference it Makes .................................................................47 Critical Realist Applications in Organisation and Management Studies ..........................................................................................................................................74 Critical Representations of Work and Organization in Popular Culture ......................................................................................................................73 Critical Social Thought Series ........................................................................................34 Critical Studies in Health and Society Series .....................................................30 Cronin, Anne ...............................................................................................................................78 Cross-National Research Methodology and Practice .......................................26 Cruickshank, Justin..................................................................................................................47 Cuff, E.C. ............................................................................................................................................2 Cullingworth, J.B......................................................................................................................80 Cultural Overstretch?: Differences Between Old and New Member States of the EU and Turkey .........................................................................................52 Cultural Politics of the Paralympic Movement, The: Through an Anthropological Lens .........................................................................................................67 Cultural Significance of the Child Star, The ............................................................56 Cultural Spaces Series.................................................................................................49, 52 Cultural Studies Birmingham Series .........................................................................53

Drugs in Black and White: African Americans and Drug Policy ...............21 du Toit, Louise ............................................................................................................................15 Duckworth, Kathryn ..............................................................................................................33 Duff, Alistair S. ............................................................................................................................83 Duffee, David ..............................................................................................................................87 Dujon, Veronica .........................................................................................................................62 Duke Series in Child Development and Public Policy Series ...............24 Dumit, Joseph .............................................................................................................................85 Dunning, Eric ..............................................................................................................................68 During, Simon ............................................................................................................................53

E East Asia: History, Politics, Sociology and Culture Series ...........................6 Eaton, Kalenda C. ....................................................................................................................15 Eckerberg, Katarina ................................................................................................................46 Economic Mobility and Ethnic Minorities..................................................................72 Economic Sociology: An Introduction ..........................................................................70 Economics and Social Theory ............................................................................................73 Economy and Society: The Final Version by Max Weber ...............................72 Ecstasy and Raves......................................................................................................................52 Edgar, Andrew ............................................................................................................................63 Educating the Gendered Citizen .....................................................................................32 Education, Disordered Eating and Obesity Discourse: Fat Fabrications .....................................................................................................................29 Education, Equality and Human Rights: Issues of Gender, ’Race’, Sexuality, Disability and Social Class .....................................................................35 Education and the Family: Passing Success Across the Generations ....33 Education Heritage Series .................................................................................................35 Education Research On Trial: The Search for Rigor and the Promotion of Randomized Studies ...........................................................................33 Educational Policy and Realist Social Theory: Primary Teachers, Child Centred Philosophy and the New Managerialism ..........................47 Edvardsson, Bo ...........................................................................................................................73 Edward Said and the Literary, Social, and Political World ...........................61 Edwards, Rosalind....................................................................................................................23 Edwards, Tim ...............................................................................................................................16 Egorova, Yulia .............................................................................................................................77 Eisenberg, Avigail .....................................................................................................................17 Eisenschitz, Aram.........................................................................................................................6 Ekstrom, Mats .............................................................................................................................60 Elliot, Nils Lindahl ....................................................................................................................80 Elliott, Anthony.............................................................................................36, 57, 58, 64 Elliott, Carolyn M. ...................................................................................................................15 Emergentist Marxism: Dialectical Philosophy and Social Theory ............47 Emotional Body, The: A Multi-Disciplinary Perspective on the Body, the Self and Emotion ...........................................................................................76 Emotional Labour in Health Care: The Unmanaged Heart of Nursing ..................................................................................................................................30 Emotions and Social Movements....................................................................................48 Emotions and Social Theory: A Reader.......................................................................58 Encyclopedia of Race and Ethnic Studies, Revised Edition ............................18 End of Gender, The: A Psychological Autopsy .......................................................17 End of Stigma, The?.................................................................................................................27 Endowed: Regulating the Male Sexed Body ...........................................................13 Engendering the State: The International Diffusion of Women’s Human Rights ..................................................................................................47 Enquist, Bo ....................................................................................................................................73 Enterprise and Deprivation: Small Business, Social Exclusion and Sustainable Communities ...............................................................................................72 Environment and Social Theory.......................................................................................63 Environmental Sociology .......................................................................................................80 Equity in the City ........................................................................................................................80 E-Research: Transformation in Scholarly Practice ..................................................4 Eriksen, Thomas Hylland ....................................................................................................42 Ermisch, John ..............................................................................................................................24 Erturk, Ismail ................................................................................................................................71 Erving Goffman ...........................................................................................................................63 E-schooling: Global Messages from a Small Island ...........................................33 Essays on Law, Men and Masculinities ......................................................................13 Ethhographic Methods ..............................................................................................................3 Ethics, Money and Sport: This Sporting Mammon ...........................................68 Ethics and Sport Series ........................................................................................................68 Ethnicity and Everyday Life .................................................................................................21 Ethnography: Principles in Practice ..................................................................................2 European Integration as an Elite Process: The Failure of a Dream? .....46 Evaluation Practice: How To Do Good Evaluation Research In Work Settings .............................................................................................................................3 Evans, Betsy ..................................................................................................................................37 Evans, John ....................................................................................................................................29 Evans, Karen ....................................................................................................................................4 Evans, Kristin ................................................................................................................................52 Evidence-Based Crime Prevention...................................................................................86 Explaining Global Poverty: A Critical Realist Approach ..................................47 Explaining Society: An Introduction to Critical Realism in the Social Sciences ........................................................................................................................60 Explorations in Consumer Culture Theory ................................................................72 Exploring the Dirty Side of Women’s Health ..........................................................31 Exploring the Networked Worlds of Popular Music: Milieu Cultures .....55

F Fabric of Cultures, The: Fashion, Identity, Globalization...............................55 Factor, Regis A. ..........................................................................................................................63 Fahey, Johannah........................................................................................................................74

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

G Gabbidon, Shaun ...........................................................................................................87, 89 Gabe, Jonathan ................................................................................................................26, 31 Gaita, Raimond ..........................................................................................................................60 Galster, George ..........................................................................................................................80 Gamble, Sarah ............................................................................................................................11

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Gambling, Freedom and Democracy ...........................................................................53 Gane, Mike ....................................................................................................................................63 Garner, Steve ...............................................................................................................................18 Gautney, Heather D. .............................................................................................................42 Gayo-Cal, Modesto....................................................................................................................6 Geaves, Ron ..................................................................................................................................39 Gelder, Ken ...................................................................................................................................53 Gemmell, Jon ..............................................................................................................................68 Gender, Diversity and Trade Unions: International Perspectives .............74 Gender, Education & Equality in a Global Context: Conceptual Frameworks and Policy Perspectives .......................................................................35 Gender, Islam and Democracy in Indonesia ..........................................................14 Gender, Nation and State in Modern Japan..........................................................14 Gender, Schooling and Global Social Justice..........................................................35 Gender: A Sociological Reader ..........................................................................................17 Gender and Agrarian Reforms ..........................................................................................14 Gender and Crime over the Life Course: A Follow-Up of Serious Adolescent Offenders .........................................................................................................17 Gender and Everyday Life ....................................................................................................10 Gender and Family Among Transnational Professionals ...............................50 Gender and Landscape: Renegotiating the Moral Landscape...................17 Gender and Neoliberalism in India: The All India Democratic Women’s Association and Globalization Politics ...........................................14 Gender and the Military: Women in the Armed Forces of Western Democracies ........................................................................................................17 Gender Inclusive: Writings on Violence, Men, and Feminist International Relations .....................................................................................................46 Gender Talk: Feminism, Discourse and Conversation Analysis .................17 Gendered Peace: Women’s Struggles for Post-War Justice and Reconciliation ..........................................................................................................................16 Gendered Risks.............................................................................................................................14 Gendered Unconscious, The: Can Gender Discourses Subvert Psychoanalysis? .....................................................................................................................13 Gendering Global Transformations: Gender, Culture, Race, and Identity ..............................................................................................................................15 General Theory of Emotions and Social Life, A ....................................................63 Genetics, Mass Media and Identity: A Case Study of the Genetic Research on the Lemba ................................................................................77 Genetics and Society Series.............................................................................................82 Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction ................................................................48 Gentrification of the City ......................................................................................................80 Geographies of Globalization ...........................................................................................40 Geography of Malcolm X, The: Black Radicalism and the Remaking of American Space ......................................................................................22 Geopolitics Reader, The .........................................................................................................48 Gerhards, Jurgen ......................................................................................................................52 Germer, Andrea .........................................................................................................................14 Ghosh, Ranjan ............................................................................................................................61 Giardina, Michael.....................................................................................................................68 Gibbon, Sahra.............................................................................................................................85 Gibson, Heather J. ...................................................................................................................68 Giesman, Donna .......................................................................................................................12 Gill, Rosalind ................................................................................................................................14 Gillborn, David ...........................................................................................................................34 Gillis, Stacy ....................................................................................................................................13 Gilman, Sander L. ....................................................................................................................31 Gilson, Stephen French ..........................................................................................................3 Giordano, Peggy C. ...............................................................................................................17 Girginov, Vassil ...........................................................................................................................65 GIS and Spatial Analysis for the Social Sciences: Coding, Mapping, and Modeling ....................................................................................................3 Giulianotti, Richard.................................................................................................................68 Giusta, Marina Della ..............................................................................................................71 Glasmeier, Amy .............................................................................................................................6 Glasner, Peter ..............................................................................................................................82 Global Architect, The ...............................................................................................................79 Global Childhoods: Globalization, Development and Young People ...........................................................................................................................................39 Global Cities Reader, The .....................................................................................................80 Global Counterterrorism: How Multilateral Co-operation Works ............41 Global Democracy: For and Against: Ethical Theory, Institutional Design and Social Struggles ...........................................................42 Global Diasporas: An Introduction ................................................................................50 Global Diasporas Series .............................................................................................49, 50 Global Economy Contested: Power and Conflict Across the International Division of Labor .........................................................................38 Global Empowerment of Women: Responses to Globalization and Politicized Religions ..................................................................................................15 Global Gender Research: Transnational Perspectives ......................................11 Global Governance of Food, The ....................................................................................39 Global Governance, Regional Integration and Social Policy.......................25 Global Hong Kong.....................................................................................................................38 Global Iberia ..................................................................................................................................37 Global Institutions Series ...................................................................................................41 Global Iran......................................................................................................................................38 Global Ireland: Same Difference .....................................................................................38 Global Lockdown: Race, Gender, and the Prison-Industrial Complex ......................................................................................................................................17 Global Perspectives on Gender Equality: Reversing the Gaze....................16 Global Realities Series..................................................................................................37–38 Global Sex Trade, The: The Industrial Vagina ......................................................44 Global Youth?: Hybrid Identities, Plural Worlds ...................................................53 Globalisation, Knowledge & Labour.............................................................................39

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Globalisation, Public Opinion and the State: Western Europe and East and Southeast Asia .......................................................................................46 Globalization .................................................................................................................................40 Globalization, Uncertainty and Late Careers in Society ................................40 Globalization, Uncertainty and Youth in Society: The Losers in a Globalizing World ................................................................................................................40 Globalization: A Reader ........................................................................................................36 Globalization and Contestation: The New Great Counter-Movement .............................................................................................................40 Globalization and Everyday Life......................................................................................37 Globalization and Transformations of Local Socioeconomic Practices ......................................................................................................................................39 Globalization: The Key Concepts ....................................................................................37 Globalizing World?, A: Culture, Economics, Politics ..........................................40 Glover, Judith ..............................................................................................................................74 Glynos, Jason ...............................................................................................................................48 GM Debate, The: Risk, Politics and Public Engagement................................82 Goede, Marieke de .................................................................................................................44 Goerman, Patricia ....................................................................................................................50 Going Local: Working in Communities and Neighbourhoods ...................31 Golden, Renny............................................................................................................................24 Golder, Ben ...................................................................................................................................56 Goold, Benjamin .............................................................................................................79, 88 Gordon, Peter .............................................................................................................................17 Gossip and Organizations ...................................................................................................73 Gough, Jamie..................................................................................................................................6 Gough, Stephen .......................................................................................................................46 Governance in Ethnically Mixed Cities........................................................................20 Governing the Transatlantic Conflict over Agricultural Biotechnology: Contending Coalitions, Trade Liberalisation and Standard Setting ........................................................................................................82 Governmentality, Biopower, and Everyday Life ....................................................62 Grabham, Emily ........................................................................................................................19 Grace, Victoria ............................................................................................................................15 Grant, Claire .................................................................................................................................86 Grant, David.................................................................................................................................46 Greco, Monica............................................................................................................................58 Green, Gill ......................................................................................................................................27 Green, Judith ...............................................................................................................................29 Greenberg, Miriam .................................................................................................................52 Greene, Helen Taylor ............................................................................................................89 Greenslade, Helen ...................................................................................................................82 Greer, Chris ...................................................................................................................................85 Gregory, Susan ...........................................................................................................................28 Grey, Sandra.................................................................................................................................45 Grimson, Alejandro ................................................................................................................38 Grodin, Michael A. .................................................................................................................32 Groff, Ruth ...........................................................................................................................47, 61 Growth Cultures: The Global Bioeconomy and its Bioregions ...................82 Grundmann, Reiner ...............................................................................................................62 Grundy, Emily M.D. ...............................................................................................................26 Gruskin, Sofia ..............................................................................................................................32 Guardiola-Rivera, Oscar ......................................................................................................43 Guiraudon, Virginie ................................................................................................................26 Gundhus, Helene Oppen ..................................................................................................84 Guthrie, Doug ............................................................................................................................37 Gyler, Louise .................................................................................................................................13

H Haas, Michael ..............................................................................................................................41 Habermas: Rescuing the Public Sphere ......................................................................48 Habermas: The Key Concepts ...........................................................................................63 Habib, Samar ...............................................................................................................................17 Hacking Capitalism: The Free and Open Source Software Movement .................................................................................................................................84 Hall, John R. ..................................................................................................................................53 Hall, Stuart .....................................................................................................................................53 Haller, Max ....................................................................................................................................46 Hamilton, Jennifer A..............................................................................................................43 Hamlin, Cynthia Lins .............................................................................................................47 Hammersley, Martyn ......................................................................................................2, 35 Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance: A Comparative Analytical Approach .......................................74 Handbook of Genetics & Society ....................................................................................82 Handbook of Public Communication of Science and Technology ...........83 Handbook of Quality of Life in the Enlarged European Union ..................25 Handbook of Restorative Justice: A Gobal Perspective ....................................90 Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education..............................................31 Handling Death and Bereavement at Work ...........................................................74 Hannah-Moffat, Kelly............................................................................................................14 Hannigan, John..........................................................................................................................80 Han-Pile, Beatrice .....................................................................................................................56 Hans-Peter Blossfeld...............................................................................................................40 Hantrais, Linda ...........................................................................................................................26 Haran, Joan ...................................................................................................................................82 Harney, Stefano .........................................................................................................................71 Harris, Anita ..................................................................................................................................34 Harris, Jan .......................................................................................................................................85 Harrison, Eric ...................................................................................................................................6 Hart, Mark ......................................................................................................................................72 Hartman, Chester........................................................................................................................7 Hartmann, Michael ....................................................................................................................7

Fahey, Tony ...................................................................................................................................25 Falola, Toyin ........................................................................................................................21, 50 Families in Asia: Home and Kin .......................................................................................23 Families in Today’s World: A Comparative Approach ......................................22 Family and Individual Development, The .................................................................24 Family in the Middle East: Ideational Change in Egypt, Iran and Tunisia ...............................................................................................................................23 Family Life and Youth Offending: Home is Where the Hurt is ...................24 Farrington, David P. ...............................................................................................................86 Fashion ..............................................................................................................................................52 Fashion Theory: A Reader ....................................................................................................51 Fastest, Highest, Strongest: A Critique of High-Performance Sport .......68 Feagin, Joe ...........................................................................................................................21, 22 Feagin, Joe R................................................................................................................................22 Fechter, Anne-Meike .............................................................................................................50 Feiner, Susan ................................................................................................................................73 Feinstein, Leon ...........................................................................................................................33 Feixa, Carles .................................................................................................................................53 Female Homosexuality in the Middle East: Histories and Representations...........................................................................................................17 Female Sex Trafficking in Asia: The Resilience of Patriarchy in a Changing World ....................................................................................................................16 Feminism, Domesticity and Popular Culture ..........................................................13 Feminism, Economics and Utopia: Time Travelling through Paradigms ..................................................................................................................................73 Feminism and Empire: Women Activists in Imperial Britain, 1790–1865 ..............................................................................................................................10 Feminist Cultural Studies of Science and Technology ......................................84 Feminist Movements in Contemporary Japan .......................................................14 Fennell, Shailaja .........................................................................................................................35 Ferguson, Harvie.......................................................................................................................75 Ferus-Comelo, Anibel ...........................................................................................................39 Field, John ......................................................................................................................................25 Fifty Key Sociologists: The Contemporary Theorists ..........................................63 Fifty Key Sociologists: The Formative Theorists .....................................................63 Financialization At Work: Key Texts and Commentary...................................71 Fine, Michelle ..............................................................................................................................34 Fine, Robert ..................................................................................................................................42 Fischer, Eileen ..............................................................................................................................72 Fischer, Nancy................................................................................................................................7 Fit for Consumption: Sociology and the Business of Fitness........................66 Fitzpatrick, Michael ................................................................................................................29 Fitzpatrick, Peter .......................................................................................................................56 Fixing Families: Parents, Power, and the Child Welfare System ...............26 Flag, Nation and Symbolism in Europe and America ......................................42 Flam, Helena ................................................................................................................................48 Flaquer, Lluis ................................................................................................................................72 Fleetwood, Steve ............................................................................................................60, 74 Fleming, Bruce ...........................................................................................................................48 Fletcher, Astrid E. .....................................................................................................................26 Flores, Juan ....................................................................................................................................49 Florida, Richard ..........................................................................................................................79 Food and Culture: A Reader ...............................................................................................51 Foran, John ....................................................................................................................................45 Ford, Michele ....................................................................................................................71, 72 Ford, Nicholas J. ........................................................................................................................68 Formal and Informal Work: The Hidden Work Regime in Europe ...........72 Formation of Critical Realism, The: Mervyn Hartwig interviews Roy Bhaskar..............................................................................................................................61 Fortier, Anne-Marie.................................................................................................................19 Foucault ............................................................................................................................................56 Foucault, Sport and Exercise: Power, Knowledge and Transforming the Self ........................................................................................................68 Foucault’s Law ..............................................................................................................................56 Foundations and Futures of Education Series ........................................33, 35 Foundations of Female Entrepreneurship, The: Women in Business in Mid-Victorian London ............................................................................73 Fowler, Bridget ...........................................................................................................................64 Framing Places: Mediating Power in Built Form ..................................................79 Francis, Becky ..............................................................................................................................35 Francis, D.W. ...................................................................................................................................2 Frank, Jeff ...........................................................................................................................................9 Frankfurt School Perspectives on Globalization, Democracy, and the Law .............................................................................................................................46 Fraser, Nancy ..................................................................................................................................6 Freaks, Geeks, and Cool Kids ................................................................................................2 Friedrichs, Jürgen .....................................................................................................................80 From Pauperism to Human Rights.................................................................................48 Frontiers in the Economics of Gender ..........................................................................73 Frontiers of Social Psychology Series .......................................................................76 Froud, Julie ....................................................................................................................................71 Fuchs, Christian .........................................................................................................................83 Fuente, Eduardo de la ..........................................................................................................53 Future of Gay Rights in America, The.............................................................................9 Fyfe, Nick ........................................................................................................................................77

www.routledge.com/sociology

INDEX

Idea of a Social Science and Its Relation to Philosophy, The .....................60 If Only I Had a Brain: Deconstructing Brain Injury ...........................................31 Ignatiev, Noel ..............................................................................................................................19 Immigrant Families in Contemporary Society .......................................................24 Immigration Policy in Europe: The Politics of Control......................................26 Impact of Inequality, The: How to Make Sick Societies Healthier ..............6 In Defence of Objectivity ......................................................................................................47 In Pursuit of Sustainable Development: New Governance Practices at the Sub-National Level in Europe ................................................46 Inclusion and Exclusion in the Global Arena ..........................................................40 Indigeneity in the Courtroom: Law, Culture, and the Production of Difference in North American Courts...............................................................43 Indigenous Peoples and Politics Series...................................................................43 Information Society Reader, The .....................................................................................85 Information Society, The .......................................................................................................84 Inglis, David ..................................................................................................................................53 Inglis, Tom .....................................................................................................................................38 Ingraham, Chrys .......................................................................................................................22 Inkelas, Karen Kurotsuchi ..................................................................................................21

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Inner City Poverty in Paris and London .....................................................................80 Inoguchi, Takashi............................................................................................................45, 46 Institutionalization of Social Welfare, The: A Study of Medicalizing Management...............................................................................................6 Interdisciplinary and Health ...............................................................................................31 International Criminology: A Critical Introduction .............................................89 International Human Rights: A Comprehensive Introduction ....................41 International Legal Governance of the Human Genome, The ..................82 International Library of Sociology Series .............19, 40, 48, 53, 55, 56, 59, 63, 64, 74, 80, 81, 85, 86 International Migration & Citizenship Today ........................................................49 International Migration of Health Workers, The .................................................50 International Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport Series.............................................................................................................................................67 Internet and Society: Social Theory in the Information Age .......................83 Intersectionality and Beyond: Law, Power and the Politics of Location.......................................................................................................................................19 Intimate Fatherhood: A Sociological Analysis ........................................................23 Intimate State - Love-Marriage in Delhi, The........................................................24 Introducing the New Sexuality Studies: Original Essays and Interviews ......................................................................................................................................7 Introduction to Language and Society, An ..............................................................55 Introduction to Sociology, An: Feminist Perspectives ...........................................2 Iranian Studies Series ............................................................................................................56 Irwin, Katherine .........................................................................................................................16 Irwin, Sarah ...................................................................................................................................24 Isin, Engin F. .................................................................................................................................45

J Jackson, Stevi ...............................................................................................................................17 Jacobs, Susie .................................................................................................................................14 Jacobsen, Knut A......................................................................................................................70 Jagger, Gill .....................................................................................................................................10 Jaidi, Larabi ....................................................................................................................................38 Jakobsen, Liselotte ...................................................................................................................60 Jankowski, Nicholas W. ...........................................................................................................4 Jarvie, Grant..................................................................................................................................68 Jasanoff, Sheila ...........................................................................................................................85 Jatrana, Santosh ........................................................................................................................50 Jayne, Mark ...................................................................................................................................79 Jean Baudrillard: Against Banality .................................................................................57 Jean Baudrillard: Theory’s Destiny .................................................................................63 Jeffcutt, Paul .................................................................................................................................72 Jefferson, Tony ............................................................................................................................53 Jeffreys, Elaine ................................................................................................................................9 Jeffreys, Sheila ...................................................................................................................44, 77 Jemelin, Christophe................................................................................................................79 Jenkins, Richard................................................................................................................42, 75 Jenkins, Robert ...........................................................................................................................41 Jenks, Chris ..........................................................................................................................26, 64 Jensen, Per .....................................................................................................................................72 Jewish Eating and Identity Through the Ages .......................................................70 Jo-Anne Dillabough ................................................................................................................35 Johal, Sukhdev ............................................................................................................................71 Johnson, Heather Beth............................................................................................................7 Johnson, Paul ..................................................................................................................................9 Johnson, Pauline .......................................................................................................................48 Johnston, R.J. ...............................................................................................................................80 Joinson, Adam ............................................................................................................................84 Jones, Adam........................................................................................................................46, 48 Jones, Branwen Gruffydd ..................................................................................................47 Jones, Ian Rees............................................................................................................................30 Joseph, Johnathan ...................................................................................................................47 Judaken, Jonathan ...................................................................................................................20 Judd, Donald ...............................................................................................................................47 Judith Butler in Conversation: Analyzing the Texts and Talk of Everyday Life ......................................................................................................................10 Judith Butler: Sexual Politics, Social Change and the Power of the Performative....................................................................................................................10

K Kabeer, Naila................................................................................................................................16 Kaehne, Axel ................................................................................................................................46 Kamali, Masoud ........................................................................................................................20 Karatzogianni, Athina .................................................................................................45, 85 Karen, David ................................................................................................................................64 Karlsson, Jan ch. ........................................................................................................................60 Karner, Christian .......................................................................................................................21 Karvonen, Erkki ..........................................................................................................................85 Kaufmann, Vincent .................................................................................................................79 Kay, Alison ......................................................................................................................................73 Keeping Faith: Philosophy and Race in America..................................................20 Keil, Roger ......................................................................................................................................80 Keith, Michael .............................................................................................................................21 Kellehear, Allan...........................................................................................................................80 Kelleher, David ...........................................................................................................................31 Kendall, Frances E. .....................................................................................................................7 Kennedy, Barbara M. ............................................................................................................81 Kenway, Jane................................................................................................................................74 Kesby, Mike ...................................................................................................................................26 Kessler, Gabriel ...........................................................................................................................38 Key Ideas in Criminology Series ..................................................................................88

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Hartwig, Mervyn.............................................................................................................60, 61 Hasegawa, Miki.............................................................................................................................6 Hass, Jeff ..........................................................................................................................................70 Haunting the Knowledge Economy ...............................................................................74 Hayden, Patrick..........................................................................................................................46 Health, Healthcare, Wellbeing and Poverty ............................................................31 Health, Risk and Vulnerability ...........................................................................................29 Health and Inequality ................................................................................................................6 Health and Social Research in Multiethnic Societies ........................................21 Health Capital and Sustainable Socioeconomic Development..................31 Heaphy, Brian ..............................................................................................................................59 Heberle, Renee ...........................................................................................................................15 Hegemony: A Realist Analysis ...........................................................................................47 Hegemony: Studies in Consensus and Coercion ..................................................63 Held, David ...................................................................................................................................40 Hellermann, Pauline von .......................................................................................................4 Henriques, Ursula .....................................................................................................................70 Henry, Ian .......................................................................................................................................68 Her Husband was a Woman!: Women’s Gender-Crossing in Modern British Popular Culture..................................................................................13 Herdt, Gilbert .................................................................................................................................9 Herman, Didi ...............................................................................................................................19 Hesmondhalgh, David .........................................................................................................54 Hetherington, Kevin ..............................................................................................................78 Higgs, Paul ....................................................................................................................................30 Hill, Richard...................................................................................................................................89 Hindley, Jane ................................................................................................................................40 Hirsch, H.N. .....................................................................................................................................9 Hislop, Donald............................................................................................................................73 History of Women as Investors.........................................................................................73 HIV/AIDS: Global Frontiers in Prevention/Inervention ....................................28 Hodkinson, Paul ........................................................................................................................53 Hofäcker, Dirk .............................................................................................................................40 Holloway, Julian .........................................................................................................................80 Hollows, Joanne ........................................................................................................................13 Hollway, Wendy ........................................................................................................................17 Holmes, John G.........................................................................................................................76 Holmes, Mary..............................................................................................................................10 Holmqvist, Mikael .......................................................................................................................6 Holton, R.J. ....................................................................................................................................80 Home ..................................................................................................................................................80 Hoop Dreams on Wheels: Disability and the Dedicated Wheelchair Athlete .................................................................................................................5 Horlick-Jones, Tom ..................................................................................................................82 Horton, Hayword .....................................................................................................................18 Hortulanus, Roelof ......................................................................................................................6 How the Irish Became White .............................................................................................19 Howard, Adam ...........................................................................................................................35 Howarth, David .........................................................................................................................48 Howe, Cymene .............................................................................................................................9 Howe, P. David...........................................................................................................................67 Howson, Richard ......................................................................................................................63 Hsung, Ray-May ........................................................................................................................74 Hubbard, Phil ..............................................................................................................................80 Huemer, Gerhard .....................................................................................................................74 Hughes, Rhidian ........................................................................................................................26 Hull, Carrie ....................................................................................................................................47 Hulme, David ..............................................................................................................................31 Human Cloning in the Media: From Science Fiction to Science Practice .....................................................................................................................82 Human Cost of African Migrations, The ...................................................................50 Human Emotions: A Sociological Theory ..................................................................59 Human Genes and Neoliberal Governance: A Foucauldian Critique ....83 Human Rights ...............................................................................................................................48 Hunt, Geoffrey............................................................................................................................52 Hunt, Stephen ............................................................................................................................70 Hunter, Margaret L. ...............................................................................................................21 Hunter, Rosemary ....................................................................................................................16 Huppauf, Bernd .........................................................................................................................83 Husbands, Christopher T...................................................................................................80 Hylton, Kevin ...............................................................................................................................66

Key Ideas in Geography Series .....................................................................................80 Key Ideas Series..................................................................9, 25, 37, 42, 43, 48, 75 Key Sociologists Series .....................................................................................57, 63, 64 Khagram, Sanjeev ....................................................................................................................36 Kilminster, Richard ..................................................................................................................63 Kim, Kiheung ...............................................................................................................................32 Kim, Marlene ...............................................................................................................................74 Kim, Min Jeong..........................................................................................................................11 Kindon, Sara .................................................................................................................................26 King, Dave ........................................................................................................................................4 King, Debra...................................................................................................................................48 King, Mary .....................................................................................................................................62 Kirkham, Mavis ..........................................................................................................................31 Kirsch, Max ...................................................................................................................................40 Kirton, Gill ......................................................................................................................................74 Kitzinger, Jenny ..........................................................................................................................82 Klijzing, Erik ..................................................................................................................................40 Klinkhammer, Gritt .................................................................................................................39 Kofman, Eleonore ....................................................................................................................79 Korczynski, Marek ....................................................................................................................74 Korieh, Chima J. ........................................................................................................................15 Kornstein, Susan G. ................................................................................................................17 Kotarba, Joe .....................................................................................................................................2 Kottak, Conrad ...........................................................................................................................22 Kraemer, David C. ...................................................................................................................70 Kraft, Alison...................................................................................................................................82 Krishnadas, Jane ........................................................................................................................19 Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth...........................................................................................................30 Kuppuswamy, Chamundeeswari .................................................................................82 Kurian, Priya .................................................................................................................................45 Kurz, Karin .....................................................................................................................................40 Kutty, Nandinee K......................................................................................................................5

L Labonté, Ronald ........................................................................................................................29 Laboring On: Birth in Transition in the United States.....................................17 Lahav, Gallya ................................................................................................................................26 Lal, David ........................................................................................................................................84 Laliberte, Andre .........................................................................................................................45 Landman, Todd ...............................................................................................................40, 48 Landscape and Race in the United States ...............................................................21 Landsman, Gail ..........................................................................................................................27 Langenhove, Luke van .........................................................................................................25 Languages of Sexuality, The ..................................................................................................8 Lansford, Jennifer E. ...............................................................................................................24 Lanteigne, Marc ........................................................................................................................45 Lareau, Annette .........................................................................................................................33 Lash, Scott .....................................................................................................................................64 Lason, David ................................................................................................................................31 Late Modernity and Social Change: Reconstructing Social and Personal Life ..................................................................................................................59 Latin America and Contemporary Modernity: A Sociological Interpretation ..........................................................................................................................62 Latino Communities: Emerging Voices - Political, Social, Cultural and Legal Issues Series .......................................................................6, 50 Latsis, John Spiro ......................................................................................................................47 Laurence, Anne ..........................................................................................................................73 Laustsen, Carsten B......................................................................................................56, 64 Lawrence W. Sherman .........................................................................................................86 Lawson, Clive ..............................................................................................................................47 Lawson, John ...............................................................................................................................29 Lawson, Julie ................................................................................................................................60 Lawson, Tony ..............................................................................................................................60 Learning Privilege: Lessons of Power and Identity in Affluent Schooling ....................................................................................................................................35 Leaver, Adam ...............................................................................................................................71 Lechner, Frank J. .......................................................................................................................38 Ledwith, Sue ................................................................................................................................74 Lee, Maggy ...................................................................................................................................86 Lee, Sangheon............................................................................................................................74 Lee, Susan H. ...............................................................................................................................74 Lee, Terence .................................................................................................................................56 Lehoux, Pascale .........................................................................................................................48 Leisure and Class in Victorian England: Rational Recreation and the Contest for Control, 1830-1885 ..............................................................6 Lemert, Charles ......................................................................................................36, 37, 64 Leonardi, Danilo .......................................................................................................................54 Lever, Annabelle ........................................................................................................................43 Levidow, Les .................................................................................................................................82 Levitt, Peggy ................................................................................................................................36 Lewens, Tim .................................................................................................................................64 Lewis, Richard, Jr. .....................................................................................................................22 Lieten, G.K. ...................................................................................................................................24 Life in Poverty Neighbourhoods: European and American Perspectives...............................................................................................................................80 Limits of Rationality The New Individualism, The: The Emotional Costs of Globalization .............................................................................64 Lin, Jan ..............................................................................................................................................80 Lin, Nan .................................................................................................................................73, 74 Linton, April ..................................................................................................................................39 Listening to Harlem: Gentrification, Community, and Business ...............80 Literacy and Globalization: Reading and Writing in Times of Social and Cultural Change....................................................................................40

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

M Mac An Ghaill, Mairtin ........................................................................................................35 McCabe, Darren .......................................................................................................................74 McCann, Deirdre......................................................................................................................74 McCaughey, Martha .............................................................................................................13 McCulloch, Andrew ..................................................................................................................6 McCulloch, Jude .......................................................................................................................47 MacDonald, Cameron .........................................................................................................74 McDonald, Ian ...........................................................................................................................67 McDonogh, Gary ...........................................................................................................37, 38 Machielse, Anja .............................................................................................................................6 MacKenzie, Doris Layton ...................................................................................................86 McKie, Linda ................................................................................................................................28 Mackie, Vera .................................................................................................................................14 McLeod, Julie ...............................................................................................................................35 McNeil, Maureen ...........................................................................................................82, 84 McNeill, Donald ........................................................................................................................79 Mcneill, Patrick ..............................................................................................................................3 Madge, Charles .........................................................................................................................80 Madibbo, Amal Ibrahim .....................................................................................................21 Madsen, Frank ............................................................................................................................41 Magnus, Edda .............................................................................................................................16 Maguire, Edward R. ...............................................................................................................87 Maguire, Jennifer Smith .....................................................................................................66 Maguire, Joseph ........................................................................................................................65 Maid In China: Media, Mobility, and a New Semiotic of Power .............72 Maiguashca, Bice .....................................................................................................................39 Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare Series.........................................6 Majumdar, Boria .......................................................................................................................68 Making Realism Work: Realist Social Theory and Empirical Research ......................................................................................................................................60 Making Sense of Race, Class, and Gender: Commonsense, Power, and Privilege in the United States ..........................................................21 Making Sense of Sports .........................................................................................................67 Malcolm, Dominic ..................................................................................................................68 Maloney, William A. ...............................................................................................................48 Malow, Robert ............................................................................................................................28 Maltby, Josephine ....................................................................................................................73 Managing Modernity: Politics and the Culture of Control ...........................48 Managing Social Research: A Practical Guide ..........................................................4 Managing the Monstrous Feminine: Regulating the Reproductive Body ...............................................................................................................17 Mander, Rosemary ..................................................................................................................31 Mangen, Steen ..........................................................................................................................26 Mansell, Robin ............................................................................................................................84 Mansfield, Louise......................................................................................................................65 Mansson, Katarina...................................................................................................................45 Marchetti, Raffaele ..................................................................................................................42 Marier, Patrik ...............................................................................................................................45 Marks, Stephen P. ....................................................................................................................32 Markula-Denison, Pirkko ....................................................................................................68 Marriage in Contemporary Japan ..................................................................................24 Marsden, Chris ...........................................................................................................................54 Marsh, Ian ............................................................................................................................46, 86 Marshall, P. David ....................................................................................................................54 Martin, Michael E. ......................................................................................................................6 Martin, Patricia Yancey ........................................................................................................17 Maruna, Shadd ..........................................................................................................................88 Marxism, Cultural Studies and Sport...........................................................................67 Marxism and Realism: A Materialistic Application of Realism in the Social Sciences.........................................................................................................47 Matravers, Matt .........................................................................................................................48 Matthews, Roger ......................................................................................................................25 Maurrasse, David......................................................................................................................80 Max Weber and His Contempories Max Weber and the Dispute over Reason and Value.....................................................................................................63 Max Weber on Capitalism, Bureaucracy and Religion ....................................63 Max Weber, Rationality and Modernity ....................................................................64 Max Weber’s Insights and Errors ....................................................................................64 May, Vivian M. ...........................................................................................................................16 Measuring Human Rights ....................................................................................................40 Media, Cultural Control and Government in Singapore, The ...................56 Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series .........................................56 Media, Culture and Society in Iran: Living with Globalization and the Islamic State ........................................................................................................56

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Media and Cultural Transformation in China .......................................................56 Media and Middle Class Moms, The ...........................................................................22 Media and Social Theory, The ..........................................................................................54 Media Bias in Reporting Social Research?: The Case of Reviewing Ethnic Inequalities in Education .................................................................................35 Mediating Nature ......................................................................................................................80 Medical Sociology and Old Age: Towards a Sociology of Later Life ......30 Medicalization of Cyberspace, The ...............................................................................81 Meeks, Chet.....................................................................................................................................7 Meerman, Jacob .......................................................................................................................72 Meeuwesen, Ludwien..............................................................................................................6 Mele, Christopher....................................................................................................................80 Melin, Harri ...................................................................................................................................85 Mellor, J.R.......................................................................................................................................80 Melville, Gaynor ........................................................................................................................86 Men and Masculinities: Critical Concepts in Sociology ..................................17 Men and the War on Obesity: A Sociological Study.........................................30 Men and their Health: Masculinity, Social Inequality and Health..........30 Men Speak Out: Views on Gender, Sex, and Power .........................................11 Merchant, Carolyn ..................................................................................................................80 Merguior, J.G. .............................................................................................................................64 Merrin, William ..........................................................................................................................63 Messenger, Jon C. ...................................................................................................................74 Miah, Andy....................................................................................................................................81 Michelson, Grant......................................................................................................................73 Middtelstadt, Jennifer ...........................................................................................................25 Midgley, Clare ............................................................................................................................10 Migration and Health in Asia............................................................................................50 Miller, Max ....................................................................................................................................63 Millington, Steve ......................................................................................................................80 Mills, Melinda .............................................................................................................................40 Milner, Murray...............................................................................................................................2 Milovanovic, Dragan .............................................................................................................25 Minichiello, Victor ...................................................................................................................31 Minority within a Minority: Black Francophone Immigrants and the Dynamics of Power and Resistance ...............................................................21 (Mis)recognition, Social Inequality and Social Justice ........................................6 Mitchell, Donald .......................................................................................................................80 Mixed Race Studies: A Reader...........................................................................................22 Mobile Technologies of the City ......................................................................................85 Mobility and Technology in the Workplace .............................................................73 Modern Nutrition Science Series ................................................................................32 Modood, Tariq ...........................................................................................................................48 Mody, Perveez ............................................................................................................................24 Mol, Annemarie ........................................................................................................................28 Mollenkopf, John H. ..............................................................................................................80 Molotch, Harvey .......................................................................................................................53 Monaghan, Lee F. ....................................................................................................................30 Monahan, Torin.........................................................................................................................85 Montagna, Nicola ...................................................................................................................44 Montgomery, Martin ............................................................................................................55 Mooney, Annabelle ................................................................................................................37 Moore, Lindsey ..........................................................................................................................14 Moran, Antony...........................................................................................................................38 Morling, Miriam Salzer........................................................................................................53 Morocco: Globalization and Its Consequences ....................................................38 Morrall, Peter...............................................................................................................................27 Morris, Lydia ................................................................................................................................41 Morris-Reich, Amos ................................................................................................................62 Morrow, Ross ..................................................................................................................................8 Motlagh, Mitra M. ..................................................................................................................31 Multicultural Horizons: Diversity and the Limits of the Civil Nation ....19 Multicultural Nationalism ....................................................................................................42 Multiculturalism, Muslims and Citizenship: A European Approach .......48 Multilevel Analysis of Individuals and Cultures........................................................3 Multiracial Families ...................................................................................................................22 Multi-Sited Ethnography: Problems and Possibilities in the Translocation of Research Methods ...........................................................................4 Munck, Ronaldo........................................................................................................................40 Munro, Vanessa ............................................................................................................................9 Munshi, Debashish .................................................................................................................45 Murdock, Graham ...................................................................................................................82 Murphy, Joseph .........................................................................................................................82 Murphy, Ray .................................................................................................................................45 Murray, Warwick.......................................................................................................................40 Muslims in the West after 9/11: Religion, Politics and Law .......................69 Musterd, Sako .............................................................................................................................80 Mythological State and its Empire, The.....................................................................46

N Nadasen, Premilla ....................................................................................................................25 Nadesan, Majia ..........................................................................................................................62 Naming Race, Naming Racism ........................................................................................20 National-Cultural Autonomy and its Contemporary Critics ........................48 Nationalism and Everyday Life.........................................................................................40 Nations Matter: Culture, History and the Cosmopolitan Dream ............43 Nature and Sociology .............................................................................................................59 Nazio, Tiziana..............................................................................................................................23 Nazroo, James Y. .......................................................................................................................21 Neal, Mark Anthony ..............................................................................................................53 Negotiating Decolonization in the United Nations: Politics of Space, Identity, and International Community.....................................21, 48

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Negotiating the Global: Women’s Movements in Brazil and the Transnational Feminist Public......................................................................................11 Nelson, Margaret .....................................................................................................................24 Neo-Materialism: From Bio Power to Social Movements ..............................62 Netherlands, The: Globalization and National Identity ................................38 Networked Cities Series ......................................................................................................85 Neubeck, Kenneth J..................................................................................................................7 Nevins, Joseph ............................................................................................................................48 New, Caroline .............................................................................................................................60 New Approaches in Sociology Series ..............9, 21, 24, 31, 48, 69, 74 New Black Man ...........................................................................................................................53 New Genetics, New Identities ...........................................................................................82 New Genetics, New Social Formations .......................................................................82 New Social Theory Reader, The .......................................................................................57 New Sociology of the Health Service, The ...............................................................26 New Sociology Series ...................10, 21, 26, 37, 40, 52, 53, 70, 75, 77 Newburn, Tim ............................................................................................................................88 Newton, Tim................................................................................................................................59 Next Wave Cultures: Feminism, Subcultures, Activism ...................................34 Nichols, Geoff .............................................................................................................................68 Nihilism .............................................................................................................................................43 Niklas Luhmann: Law, Society, Justice ........................................................................62 Nilan, Pam .....................................................................................................................................53 Nimni, Ephraim ...............................................................................................................42, 48 No Place Like Home: Organizing Home-Based Labor in the Era of Structural Adjustment .......................................................................................................74 Nomikoi Critical Legal Thinkers Series ...................................................................62 Non-Representational Theory: Space, Politics, Affect ......................................59 Non-Traditional Occupations, Empowerment, and Women: A Case of Togolese Women ...........................................................................................74 Norbert Elias: Post-Philosophical Sociology .............................................................63 Nordenstreng, Kaarle ...........................................................................................................85 Norman, Bari Meltzer...........................................................................................................17 Norrie, Alan ..................................................................................................................................60 Norris, Christopher .................................................................................................................60 Nottridge, Harold E. ..............................................................................................................80 Novas, Carlos ..............................................................................................................................85 Novelli, Mario .............................................................................................................................39 Novkov, Julie ................................................................................................................................43 Nussbaum, Martha .................................................................................................................24 Nyers, Peter ..................................................................................................................................45

O Ó Tuathail, Gearóid ................................................................................................................48 Oberschall, Anthony..............................................................................................................48 Obesity: Dietary and Developmental Influences .................................................32 Obesity: Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, and Prevention ............................32 Obituary as Collective Memory, The ............................................................................64 O’Brien, Martin ..........................................................................................................................80 O’Connor, Jane Catherine ................................................................................................56 O’Halloran, Kerry .....................................................................................................................31 O’Ifekwunigwe, Jayne ..........................................................................................................22 Okeke-Ihejirika, Philomina E. ..........................................................................................15 Olick, Jeffrey K............................................................................................................................64 Oliver, Melvin ..............................................................................................................................21 Olson, Daniel V.A.....................................................................................................................70 Olympic Media: Inside the Biggest Show on Television .................................65 Olympics, The: A Critical Reader.....................................................................................65 O’Malley, Pat ...............................................................................................................................14 Omi, Michael ...............................................................................................................................21 On Argentina and the Southern Cone: Neoliberalism and National Imaginations .....................................................................................................38 On Christian Belief: A Defence of a Cognitive Conception of Religious belief in a Christian Context ..................................................................47 On Death and Dying ..............................................................................................................30 On Privacy .......................................................................................................................................43 On the Edges of Development: Cultural Interventions ...................................45 On Waiting .....................................................................................................................................61 Ontology of Sex...........................................................................................................................47 Operation Gatekeeper: The Rise of the ’Illegal Alien’ and the Remaking of the U.S.-Mexico Boundary ..............................................................48 Oram, Alison ................................................................................................................................13 O’Reilly, Karen................................................................................................................................3 O’Riordan, Kate .........................................................................................................................82 O’Riordan, Tim...........................................................................................................................82 Ormrod, James ...........................................................................................................................84 Ornelas, Nuno Miguel Martins.....................................................................................47 Outhwaite, William.................................................................................................................47 Overcoming Disabling Barriers: 18 Years of Disability and Society .......35 Overing, Joanna ...........................................................................................................................2 Ozturk, Hatice .............................................................................................................................12

P Paddison, Ronan .......................................................................................................................77 Pain, Rachel ..................................................................................................................................26 Panitch, Melanie .......................................................................................................................24 Pankhurst, Donna ....................................................................................................................16 Papen, Uta .....................................................................................................................................40 Parenting for the State: An Ethnographic Analysis of Non-Profit Foster Care ................................................................................................................................24 Parfitt, Tudor ................................................................................................................................77 Parker, David ................................................................................................................................77

Loader, Brian D. ........................................................................................................................85 Local Cells, Global Science: Embryonic Stem Cell Research in India...............................................................................................................................................82 Lock, Margaret ...........................................................................................................................82 Logic of Care, The: Health and the Problem of Patient Choice ................28 Logics of Critical Explanation in Social and Political Theory ......................48 Lomell, Heidi Mork .................................................................................................................84 Lopez, Gerardo ..........................................................................................................................34 Lopez, Maria Pabon ...............................................................................................................34 Lough, Joseph W.H. ...............................................................................................................70 Love, Heterosexuality and Society .....................................................................................9 Lovell, Terry ......................................................................................................................................6 Lowndes, Joseph .......................................................................................................................43 Lucy, Sam .......................................................................................................................................77 Lutzker, Adam .............................................................................................................................73 Lyon, David ...................................................................................................................................41

www.routledge.com/sociology

INDEX

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Promised Land, The?: The Lives and Voices of Hispanic Immigrants in the New South ....................................................................................50 Prostitution, Politics & Policy .............................................................................................25 Psychology of Lifestyle, The: Promoting Healthy Behaviour........................28 Public Administration and Public Policy Series................................................31 Puoskari, Ensio ............................................................................................................................85 Purcell, Mark ................................................................................................................................42

Q Quah, Stella ..................................................................................................................................23 Qualitative Complexity: Ecology, Cognitive Processes and the Re-Emergence of Structures in Post-Humanist Social Theory ...............64 Quantum Theory and Flight from Realism: Philosophical Responses to Quantum Mechanics ...................................................................................................60 Queer Inclusion in the United Methodist Church ...............................................69 Queer Political Performance and Protest......................................................................9 Quest for Jewish Assimilation in Modern Social Science, The ....................62 Questioning Cities Series ...................................................................................................80

R Race, Colonialism and the City ........................................................................................80 Race, Crime, and Justice: A Reader ...............................................................................89 Race, Culture, and Education: The Selected Works of James A. Banks.......................................................................................................................35 Race, Ethnicity and Social Theory: Theorizing the Other .............................20 Race, Gender, and the Politics of Skin Tone ...........................................................21 Race, Law, and American Society: 1607-Present................................................87 Race and American Political Development ..............................................................43 Race and Economic Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century ..................74 Race and Ethnicity: Culture, Identity and Representation ............................21 Race and Ethnicity: The Key Concepts........................................................................20 Race in Contemporary Medicine .....................................................................................31 Racial Attitudes and Asian Pacific Americans: Demystifying the Model Minority .............................................................................................................21 Racial Discrimination: Institutional Patterns and Politics..............................20 Racial Exclusionism and the City: The Urban Support of the National Front ........................................................................................................................80 Racial Formation in the United States: From the 1960s to the 1990s ..................................................................................................................................21 Racism and Education: Coincidence or Conspiracy? ........................................34 Racist America: Roots, Current Realities and Future Reparations Remaking America with Anti-Racist Strategies ...............................................22 Radical Ecology: The Search for a Livable World ................................................80 Rai, Rajesh ......................................................................................................................................50 Ramcharan, Bertrand G. ....................................................................................................41 Ranis, Sheri ....................................................................................................................................33 Rape Work: Victims, Gender, and Emotions in Organization and Community Context ...........................................................................................................17 Rapport, Nigel ...............................................................................................................................2 Rational Choice Theory: Resisting Colonisation ...................................................60 Ray, Larry ........................................................................................................................................37 Read, Janet ....................................................................................................................................27 Realism, Discourse and Deconstruction .....................................................................47 Realism and Racism: Concepts of Race in Sociological Research ............60 Realism and Sociology ............................................................................................................47 Realist Perspectives on Management and Organisations.............................60 Realist Theory of Science, A ................................................................................................81 Reassessing Gender and Achievement: Questioning Contemporary Key Debates ..........................................................................................35 Reay, Diane .......................................................................................................................................5 Recapturing Democracy: Neoliberalization and the Struggle for Alternative Urban Futures ..............................................................................................42 Reclaiming Reality: A Critical Introduction to Contemporary Philosophy .................................................................................................................................61 Reconstructing Motherhood and Disability in the Age of Perfect Babies ..........................................................................................................................27 Reeves, Peter ................................................................................................................................50 Reflexive Ethnography: A Guide to Researching Selves and Others .........3 Regalia, Ida ....................................................................................................................................74 Reger, Jo ..........................................................................................................................................17 Regulating New Forms of Employment: Local Experiments and Social Innovation in Europe ...............................................................................74 Rehabilitation ................................................................................................................................88 Reich, Jennifer A. ......................................................................................................................26 Rejecting Refugees: Political Asylum in the 21st Century .............................49 Relationships and Resources Series..................................................................23, 28 Religion and Everyday Life ...................................................................................................70 Religion in Contemporary China: Revitalization and Innovation ............69 Religious Toleration in England: 1787-1833 .........................................................70 Research Methods.........................................................................................................................3 Researching Cities ......................................................................................................................77 Researching Families and Communities: Social and Generational Change ........................................................................................................................................23 Reshaping Social Life ...............................................................................................................24 Residential Segregation Patterns of Latinos in the United States, 1990–2000 .................................................................................................................................6 Resistance Through Rituals: Youth Subcultures in Post-War Britain .....53 Rethinking Europe: Social Theory and the Implications of Europeanization ....................................................................................................................64 Rethinking Gender and Youth Sport ............................................................................67 Rethinking Globalizations Series ..............................................................38, 39, 40 Rethinking Marxism: From Kant and Hegel to Marx and Engels ............60

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Parker, Lyn .....................................................................................................................................71 Parker, Richard............................................................................................................................53 Parker, Robert Nash ..................................................................................................................3 Parry, Jim .........................................................................................................................................65 Participatory Action Research Approaches and Methods: Connecting People, Participation and Place .....................................................26 Pascale, Celine-Marie ............................................................................................................21 Paterson, Mark ...........................................................................................................................53 Paterson, William B. ...............................................................................................................39 Patil, Vrushali......................................................................................................................21, 48 Patomaki, Heikki .......................................................................................................................60 Pattaroni, Luca ...........................................................................................................................79 Paulicelli, Eugenia ....................................................................................................................55 Pawlett, William.........................................................................................................................57 Peace Operations and Human Rights .........................................................................45 Peacebuilding: From Concept to Commission .......................................................41 Pearce, Jenny ...............................................................................................................................28 Penal Populism.............................................................................................................................88 Pension Politics: Consensus and Social Conflict in Ageing Societies .....45 People’s Property, The?: Power, Politics, and the Public ................................80 Persistent Inequality: Contemporary Realities in the Education of Undocumented Latina/o Students ...........................................................................34 Personality and Social Behavior.......................................................................................76 Perspectives in Sociology ..........................................................................................................2 Perspectives on Gender Series .........................................................11, 17, 24, 26 Perspectives on Health and Human Rights .............................................................32 Peters, Peter Frank ..................................................................................................................53 Petersen, Alan ...................................................................................................................29, 77 Pfau-Effinger, Birgit .................................................................................................................72 Pflieger, Géraldine ...................................................................................................................79 Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, Andreas .................................................................62 Phillipines, The: The Philippines: Mobilities, Identities, and Globalization ................................................................................................................38 Phillips, Layli .................................................................................................................................17 Phillipson, Chris .........................................................................................................................26 Philosophical Investigation of Rape, A ........................................................................15 Philosophy of Language and Challenge to Scientific Realism ....................60 Picca, Leslie ...................................................................................................................................22 Pickett, Kate .....................................................................................................................................6 Pidgeon, Nick..............................................................................................................................82 Pierson, John ................................................................................................................................31 Pike, Elizabeth .............................................................................................................................65 Pinch, Steven ...............................................................................................................................79 Piper, Heather .............................................................................................................................32 Plato Etc: Problems of Philosophy and their Resolution .................................61 Platt, Lucinda ..................................................................................................................................6 Play, Creativity, and Social Movements ........................................................................9 Playing the Identity Card: Surveillance, Security and Identification in Comparative Perspective ...........................................................................................41 Plows, Alexandra ......................................................................................................................82 Plummer, Ken .............................................................................................................................86 Poash, John Michael ..............................................................................................................47 Policy Discourses, Gender, and Education: Constructing Women’s Status .....................................................................................................................35 Political and Social Thought in Post- ...........................................................................46 Political Economy of European Social Democracy, The: A Critical Realist Perspective .........................................................................................47 Political Economy of Families, Work and Globalization, The: Interdisciplinary Perspectives........................................................................................73 Political Evil in a Global Age: An Arendtian Perspective ................................46 Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the United States and Canada .............................................................................................................46 Political Justice and Religious Values ............................................................................69 Politics of Antisocial Behaviour, The: Amoral Panics.........................................47 Politics of Cyberconflict, The ..............................................................................................85 Politics of Regret, The: On Collective Memory and Historical Responsibility ...........................................................................................................................64 Politics of Resistance in a Global Era, The: The Theory and Practice of Social Movements ......................................................................................39 Pollack, Detlef .............................................................................................................................70 Poortinga, Wouter ...................................................................................................................82 Poortinga, Ype H. ........................................................................................................................3 Pope, Cynthia .............................................................................................................................28 Porpora, Douglas V. ...............................................................................................................70 Possibility of Naturalism: A Philosophical Critique of the Contemporary Human Sciences.................................................................................60 Postcolonial African Cities: Imperial Legacies and Postcolonial Predicament .............................................................................................................................79 Powell, Jason ................................................................................................................................28 Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World: Social Movements, Networks and Hierarchies ................................................45 Power at Work: How Employees Reproduce the Corporate Machine ......................................................................................................................................74 Practicing Culture.......................................................................................................................51 Pratt, Andy.....................................................................................................................................72 Pratt, John ......................................................................................................................................88 Praxis and Politics: Knowledge Production in Social Movements ............48 Pregnancy, Risk and Biopolitics: On the Threshold of the Living Subject..........................................................................................................................................32 Preuss, Harry G..........................................................................................................................32 Pringle, Richard .........................................................................................................................68 Problem of Health Technology, The ..............................................................................48 Problems of an Urban Society: The Social Framework of Planning .......80

Revitalizing Causality: Realism about Causality in Philosophy and Social Science ...............................................................................................................61 Revolutionary Thought and Radical Movements Series ..........................80 Revolutionizing Education: Youth Participatory Action Research in Motion..........................................................................................................................................34 Rex, John .........................................................................................................................................80 Reynolds, Jill .................................................................................................................................12 Rhodes, Carl .................................................................................................................................73 Rhodewalt, Frederick ............................................................................................................76 ’Rice Plus’: Widows and Economic Survival in Rural Cambodia...............74 Rich, Emma .........................................................................................................................29, 81 Rief, Silvia........................................................................................................................................52 Rightist Multiculturalism: Core Lessons on Neoconservative School Reform ..........................................................................................................................................34 Rights: Sociological Perspectives......................................................................................41 RIPE Series in Global Political Economy Series.................................................44 Risk, Vulnerability and Everyday Life ............................................................................52 Risk and the War on Terror.................................................................................................44 Risk: Philosophical Perspectives ........................................................................................64 Ritchie, Ian .....................................................................................................................................68 Ritchie, Lorrene Davis ...........................................................................................................32 Robb, Simon ................................................................................................................................74 Roberts, John Michael ..........................................................................................................60 Robinson, Andrew ...................................................................................................................45 Robinson, Kathryn...................................................................................................................14 Robinson, William I. ...............................................................................................................40 Robles, Rowena .........................................................................................................................21 Rodgers, B. ..........................................................................................................................26, 48 Rodriguez, Nancy ....................................................................................................................87 Role of Autism in Shaping Society, The ......................................................................29 Role of Religion in Modern Societies, The.................................................................70 Romaniuk, Peter ........................................................................................................................41 Rose, David ......................................................................................................................................6 Roseneil, Sasha ..............................................................................................................................7 Rossteutscher, Sigrid..............................................................................................................48 Rothman, Barbara Katz .......................................................................................................17 Rousseau, George S. .................................................................................................................8 Rousseau and Weber ...............................................................................................................64 Routledge, Paul .........................................................................................................................48 Routledge Advances in Criminology Series ..............................................24, 47 Routledge Advances in European Politics Series ............................................45 Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Series ....................................................................................25, 45, 46 Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Series .........................................................................................................................73 Routledge Advances in Middle East and Islamic Studies Series ........23 Routledge Advances in Research Methods Series ............................................4 Routledge Advances in Social Economics Series ............................................72 Routledge Advances in Sociology Series ................................................................6, 8, 9, 13, 23, 24, 35, 39, 40, 46, 48, 52, 53, 55, 56, 62, 63, 64, 70, 72, 74, 80, 84 Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies Series .....................................49 Routledge Classics Series ............................................................18, 19, 20, 24, 60 Routledge Companion to Feminism and Postfeminism ..................................11 Routledge Companions Series ......................................................................................11 Routledge Contemporary China Series .......................................................45, 69 Routledge Contemporary Human Geography Series ................................40 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series......................................................50 Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City Series .................................................................................................................................79 Routledge Critical Studies in Sport Series ..............................65, 66, 67, 68 Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy Series ..................................73, 74 Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics Series ................9, 71 Routledge Innovations in Political Theory Series .............17, 45, 46, 48 Routledge International Studies in Business History Series ...................73 Routledge International Studies of Women and Place Series ...............................................................................................................14, 16, 17, 50 Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research Series .......................................74 Routledge Introductions to Environment Series ............................................63 Routledge Key Guides Series ......................................................2, 20, 37, 44, 63 Routledge Philosophers Series ......................................................................................56 Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Series............................45, 48 Routledge Research in Education Series ...............................................................35 Routledge Research in Employment Relations Series.................................74 Routledge Research in Gender and Society Series .........14, 15, 17, 72 Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society Series .....................................................................................................83, 84, 85 Routledge Research in Literacy Series .....................................................................40 Routledge Research in Population and Migration Series ........................50 Routledge Research in Race and Ethnicity Series ..........................................20 Routledge Siena Studies in Political Economy Series .................................73 Routledge South Asian Religion Series ...................................................................70 Routledge Student Readers Series .................................................................2, 17, 22, 26, 44, 51, 58, 75, 85 Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations Series .....................................72 Routledge Studies in Critical Realism Series...................................31, 47, 61 Routledge Studies in Development and Society Series ........24, 45, 62 Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Relations in Context Series ................................................................................................................73 Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship Series .................................................72 Routledge Studies in Global Competition Series...........................................72 Routledge Studies in Human Geography Series ..................................26, 62 Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security Series ..........................................69

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

INDEX

S Sabates, Ricardo ........................................................................................................................33 Sacred Ecology .............................................................................................................................78 Sadovnik, Alan R. .....................................................................................................................35 Saegert, Susan ............................................................................................................................78 Salmenniemi, Suvi ...................................................................................................................16 Samarasinghe, Vidyamali...................................................................................................16 Sanders, Bill ..................................................................................................................................53 Saraceno, Chiara ......................................................................................................................25 Sassen, Saskia ..............................................................................................................................40 Sauerteig, Lutz ...............................................................................................................................9 Savage, Mike ...................................................................................................................................6 Savery, Lynn .................................................................................................................................47 Sawer, Marian .............................................................................................................................45 Schein, Richard ..........................................................................................................................21 Scheuerman, William E. ......................................................................................................46 Schonpflug, Karin ....................................................................................................................73 Schrank, Andrew ......................................................................................................................39 Schroeder, Jonathan ..............................................................................................................53 Schroeder, Jonathan E. ........................................................................................................74 Schuerkens, Ulrike ...................................................................................................................39 Schwartz, Regina ......................................................................................................................60 Schweizer, Harold ....................................................................................................................61 Science Images and Popular Images of the Sciences .......................................83 Science in Society: An Introduction to Social Studies of Science..............85 Sciences of Homosexuality in Early Modern Europe, The .................................8 Scientific, Clinical and Commercial Development of the Stem Cell, The: From Radiobiology to Regenerative Medicine ............82 Scientific Realism and Human Emancipation ........................................................61 Scott, John ..............................................................................................................................2, 63 Scott, Sue .......................................................................................................................................17 Scourfield, Jonathan ..............................................................................................................26 Scraton, Phil .................................................................................................................................47 Seale, Clive .......................................................................................................................................2 Secrecy and Silence in the Research Process: Feminist Reflections .........14 Segregation: The Rising Costs for America .................................................................5 Seidler, Victor Jeleniewski ........................................................................................17, 40 Seidman, Steven ................................................................................................................7, 57 Self and Social Relationships, The .................................................................................76 Self-Identity and Everyday Life .........................................................................................75 Selling Us the Fortress: The Promotion of Techno-Security Equipment for Schools ......................................................................................................35 Selwood, Sara .............................................................................................................................54 Semati, Mehdi ............................................................................................................................56 Sennett, Richard .......................................................................................................................51 Service Work: Critical Perspectives .................................................................................74 Sex and Sexuality in China ....................................................................................................9 Sex Markets: A Denied Industry ......................................................................................71 Sex Research and Sex Therapy: A Sociological Analysis of Masters and Johnson ............................................................................................................8 Sexing the Soldier: The Politics of Gender and the Contemporary British Army ..............................................................................................................................12 Sexual Justice / Cultural Justice: Critical Perspectives in Political Theory and Practice............................................................................................................17 Sexual Orientation Discrimination: An International Perspective...............9 Sexualities, Work and Organizations...........................................................................73 Sexuality...............................................................................................................................................9 Sexuality, Culture and Health Series ........................................................................53 Sexuality and the Law: Feminist Engagements .......................................................9 Shakespeare, Tom....................................................................................................................31 Shani, Giorgio .............................................................................................................................49

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Shaping Sexual Knowledge: A Cultural History of Sex Education in Twentieth Century Europe.................................................................................................9 Shapiro, Thomas.......................................................................................................................21 Sharrock, W.W. ..............................................................................................................................2 Sheller, Mimi ................................................................................................................................85 Shepard, Benjamin.....................................................................................................................9 Sherry, John F. .............................................................................................................................72 Sherry, Mark .................................................................................................................................31 Shuman, Amy .............................................................................................................................49 Shumar, Wesley .........................................................................................................................35 Sikh Nationalism and Identity in a Global Age ...................................................49 Silva, Elizabeth Bortolaia .......................................................................................................6 Simonds, Wendy.......................................................................................................................17 Single Woman, The: A Discursive Investigation ...................................................12 Skelton, Christine .....................................................................................................................35 Slater, Don .....................................................................................................................................85 Slevin, Kathleen F. ...................................................................................................................16 Smith, Greg ..................................................................................................................................63 Smith, John ...................................................................................................................................64 Smith, Kylie ...................................................................................................................................63 Smith, Miriam .............................................................................................................................46 Smith, Neil ...........................................................................................................................42, 80 Smith, Richard G. ....................................................................................................................63 Sociability, Sexuality, Self: Relationality and Individualization .....................7 Social and Cultural Anthropology: The Key Concepts ........................................2 Social Capital ......................................................................................................................25, 73 Social Capital and Associations in European Democracies: A Comparative Analysis ........................................................................................................48 Social Class in Europe: An Introduction to the European Socio-Economic Classification .........................................................................................6 Social Construction of Disease, The: From Scrapie to Prion........................32 Social Construction of Life Course, The ......................................................................28 Social Economy of Single Motherhood, The: Raising Children in Rural America ..........................................................................................................................24 Social Economy, The: Working Alternatives in a Globalizing Era ............39 Social Exclusion ...............................................................................................................................6 Social Fabric of the Networked City, The ..................................................................79 Social Identity ...............................................................................................................................75 Social Inequalities (Re)formed: Consulting Pupils about Learning ............5 Social Isolation in Modern Society ....................................................................................6 Social Issues of Ageing ...........................................................................................................26 Social Justice: A Reader ..........................................................................................................25 Social Movements: A Reader .............................................................................................44 Social Movements and Activism .................................................................................44 Social Movements and Activism in the USA ...........................................................44 Social Movements: The Key Concepts.........................................................................44 Social Networks: An Introduction ......................................................................................4 Social Research Methods: A Reader .................................................................................2 Social Research Today Series .............................................................................................4 Social Sciences and the Military: An Interdisciplinary Overview ..............48 Social Sciences: The Big Issues.............................................................................................2 Social Theory of the Nation-State, A: The Political Forms of Modernity beyond Methodological Nationalism ...........................................60 Social Work Skills Series ......................................................................................................31 Society ................................................................................................................................................62 Society for the Study of Human Biology Series ..............................................26 Sociology, Religion and Grace...........................................................................................70 Sociology, Work and Industry............................................................................................70 Sociology and Health: An Introduction for Health Practitioners ..............27 Sociology of Education: A Critical Reader .................................................................35 Sociology of Elites, The ..............................................................................................................7 Sociology of Health & Illness Reader: A Reader ...................................................26 Sociology of Risk and Gambling Reader, The ........................................................53 Sociology of Scientific Knowledge, The .......................................................................84 Sociology of Urban Living, The ........................................................................................80 Sociology: The Basics ..................................................................................................................2 Sociology: The Key Concepts ................................................................................................2 Sociology through the Projector ......................................................................................56 Söderberg, Johan .....................................................................................................................84 Solomos, John ...................................................................................................................20, 22 Sound Moves: iPod Culture and Urban Experience ...........................................55 South, Nigel .................................................................................................................................86 South Asian Diaspora, The: Transnational Networks and Changing Identities.............................................................................................................50 South Asian Religions on Display: Religious Processions in South Asia and in the Diaspora ................................................................................................70 Southern, Alan............................................................................................................................72 Spaces of Social Exclusion .......................................................................................................6 Spatial Turn, The: Interdisciplinary Perspectives..................................................62 Speer, Susan A. ..........................................................................................................................17 Spencer, Stephen .....................................................................................................................21 Sport, Culture and Society: An Introduction...........................................................68 Sport, Sexualities and Queer/Theory ...........................................................................68 Sport and Crime Reduction: The Role of Sports in Tackling Youth Crime..............................................................................................................................68 Sport and Gender Identities: Masculinities, Femininities and Sexualities ..................................................................................................................................68 Sport and Society: Elizabeth to Anne ..........................................................................68 Sport and Society Reader, The .........................................................................................64 Sport Histories: Figurational Studies of the Development of Modern Sports ........................................................................................................................68 Sport in the Global Society Series..............................................................................68

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

Sport Studies Reader, The ....................................................................................................68 Sport Tourism ................................................................................................................................68 Squires, Gregory ..........................................................................................................................7 Stables, Andrew ........................................................................................................................46 Staeheli, Lynn ..............................................................................................................................80 Staples, David .............................................................................................................................74 Stark, Agneta ...............................................................................................................................16 State of Feminist Social Work, The ................................................................................32 States of Knowledge: The Co-production of Science and the Social Order ..............................................................................................................................85 Statistical Modelling for Social Researchers: Principles and Practice............................................................................................................................................4 Stehr, Nico .....................................................................................................................................62 Steiner, Niklaus ..........................................................................................................................49 Stenner, Paul ................................................................................................................................58 Stimson, Blake ............................................................................................................................53 Strachan, Peter ...........................................................................................................................84 Strangleman, Tim ....................................................................................................................71 Strom, Elizabeth A. .................................................................................................................80 Strøm, Steinar .............................................................................................................................71 Stronach, Ian ...............................................................................................................................32 Stroschein, Sherrill ..................................................................................................................20 Structure and Agency in the Neoliberal University ............................................35 Studies in African American History and Culture Series ..........................15 Studies in Asian Americans Series.....................................................................19, 21 Studying Human Rights ........................................................................................................48 Studying Society: The Essentials .........................................................................................4 Stychin, Carl ....................................................................................................................................9 Subcultures Reader, The ........................................................................................................53 Sudbury, Julia ..............................................................................................................................17 Sufis in Western Society: Global Networking and Locality...........................39 Sullivan, Dennis .........................................................................................................................90 Sun, Wanning .............................................................................................................................72 Suppression of Dissent, The: How the State and Mass Media Squelch USAmerican Social Movements ..............................................................48 Surfing and Sex: Infiltrating Masculine Domains ..........................................34 Surfing and Social Theory: Experience, Embodiment and Narrative of the Dream Glide .....................................................................................68 Surveillance ...........................................................................................................................79, 88 Surveillance and Security: Technological Politics and Power in Everyday Life ............................................................................................................................85 Sustainability and Security within Liberal Societies: Learning to Live with the Future ............................................................................................................46 Sustainable Business in Service Companies: Lessons from IKEA...............73 Swartz, Teresa Toguchi........................................................................................................24 Systemic Racism: A Theory of Oppression ...............................................................21 Szakolczai, Arpad .....................................................................................................................70 Szczygiel, Bonj............................................................................................................................17

T Taking Culture Seriously Series .....................................................................................51 Tambini, Damian ......................................................................................................................54 Tarling, Roger .................................................................................................................................4 Tarrant, Shira .....................................................................................................................11, 17 Taylor, Marcus.............................................................................................................................38 Taylor, Paul ....................................................................................................................................85 Teaford, Jon C. ...........................................................................................................................79 Technological Communities and Networks: Triggers and Drivers for Innovation .........................................................................................................................74 Technological Economy ..........................................................................................................85 Technologies of Insecurity: The Surveillance of Everyday Life ....................84 TenHouten, Warren D. ........................................................................................................63 Tesser, Abraham ........................................................................................................................76 Thayer, Millie ...............................................................................................................................11 Theodosius, Catherine .........................................................................................................30 Theories of Crime .......................................................................................................................86 Theories of Race & Racism: A Reader..........................................................................22 Theories of the Information Society ..............................................................................81 Theorizing Sexual Violence..................................................................................................15 Therborn, Gôran.......................................................................................................................23 There is No Such Thing as a Natural Disaster: Race, Class, and Hurricane Katrina .........................................................................................................7 Thinking in Action Series .........................................................................................43, 61 Thirlaway, Kathryn ..................................................................................................................28 Thomas, Helen ...........................................................................................................................75 Thomassen, Lasse ....................................................................................................................63 Thomson, Michael ..................................................................................................................13 Thrift, Nigel ..................................................................................................................................59 Thurer, Shari L............................................................................................................................17 Tifft, Larry .......................................................................................................................................90 Time, Innovation and Mobilities: Travels in Technological Cultures .....53 Toke, Dave .....................................................................................................................................84 Tokuhiro, Yoko............................................................................................................................24 Tomlinson, Alan.........................................................................................................................68 Tomsen, Stephen .....................................................................................................................47 Tonkiss, Fran .................................................................................................................................74 Towards a Normative Theory of the Information Society.............................83 Towards a Welfare State .......................................................................................................26 Toynbee, Jason ...........................................................................................................................54 Toyota, Mika ................................................................................................................................50 Trans-Atlantic Migration: The Paradoxes of Exile ...............................................50 Transcendence: Critical Realism and God ................................................................70

Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Series .........................................................................................................................73 Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society Series .........................................................................................................................83, 84, 85 Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought Series ...........................................................................7, 46, 48, 53, 56, 61, 62, 63 Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations Series.............................................................................................................................................74 Routledge Studies in the History of Science, Technology and Medicine Series ....................................................................................................................32 Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy Series .....................74 Routledge Studies in the Social History of Medicine Series ....................9 Routledge Studies on China in Transition Series ..............................................9 Routledge Sufi Series.............................................................................................................39 Routledge Urban Reader Series ....................................................................................80 Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science Series ............46 Routledge/ESA Studies in European Societies Series ...........................6, 52 Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy of the Welfare State Series ................................................................................................45, 74 RoutledgeFalmer Reader in Gender and Education, The ...............................35 RoutledgeFalmer Readers in Education Series .................................................35 Routledge/UNRISD Research in Gender and Development Series.............................................................................................................................................16 Rouvroy, Antoinette ...............................................................................................................83 Rowe, Gene ..................................................................................................................................82 Ruggiero, Vincenzo ................................................................................................................44 Ruiz, Vicki L. .................................................................................................................................23 Rumford, Chris .................................................................................................................40, 64 Rutterford, Janette...................................................................................................................73 Ryan-Flood, Róisín ...................................................................................................................14

www.routledge.com/sociology

INDEX

U Udis-Kessler, Amanda ...........................................................................................................69 Uluorta, Hasmet M. ...............................................................................................................39 Understanding Social Change Series.......................................................................40 Understanding Society through Popular Music .......................................................2 Understanding the Social Dimension of Sustainability ...................................62 Understanding Weber .............................................................................................................64 Understanding White Privilege: Removing Barriers to Authentic Relationships Across Race ..................................................................................................7 Unequal Europe: Social Divisions in an Old Continent...................................45 Unequal Sisters: An Inclusive Reader in US Women’s History ...................23 Unterhalter, Elaine ...................................................................................................................35 Upton, Dominic ........................................................................................................................28 Urban Community, The: A World Perspective .......................................................80 Urban Fears and Global Terrors: Citizenship, Multicultures and Belongings After 7/7 ..........................................................................................................40 Urban Politics Reader, The ..................................................................................................80 Urban Sociology and Urbanized Society ...................................................................80 Urban Sociology Reader, The ............................................................................................80 Urry, John .......................................................................................................................................85

V Vale, Lawrence............................................................................................................................77 Valentine, Christine ................................................................................................................28 Valocchi, Stephen ....................................................................................................................44 Van de Vijver, Fons J.R. ...........................................................................................................3 Van Esterik, Penny ...................................................................................................................51 Van Hemert, Dianne A. ..........................................................................................................3 van Langenhove, Luke .........................................................................................................25 Vannini, Phillip ...............................................................................................................................2 Vershchagina, Alina ................................................................................................................73 Vertovec, Steven .......................................................................................................................37 Viney, Rachel ................................................................................................................................54 Violence, Prejudice and Sexuality ...................................................................................47 Violence of Incarceration, The ..........................................................................................47 Violent Femmes: Women as Spies in Popular Culture .....................................12 Virtually Criminal: Crime, Deviance and Regulation Online .......................85 Visual Consumption .................................................................................................................74 Visual Worlds .................................................................................................................................53 von Hellermann, Pauline .......................................................................................................4

Waddington, Ivan ....................................................................................................................68 Waddington, Kathryn ...........................................................................................................73 Waiton, Stuart .............................................................................................................................47 Walklate, Sandra .......................................................................................................................86 Wallace, Claire ...............................................................................................................................2 Walls, John .....................................................................................................................................82 Walsh, Adrian ..............................................................................................................................68 Walsh, Anthony .........................................................................................................................87 Walters, Pamela B....................................................................................................................33 War on the Family: Mothers in Prison and the Families they Leave Behind............................................................................................................................24 Warburton, Nigel ........................................................................................................................4 Ward, James..................................................................................................................................73 Ward, Tony ....................................................................................................................................88 Warde, Alan .....................................................................................................................................6 Warf, Barney.................................................................................................................................62 Warren, Dorian ..........................................................................................................................43 Warren, Tracey ...........................................................................................................................71 Washington, Robert E. .........................................................................................................64

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates for e-mail updates in your field

Waters, Malcolm .......................................................................................................................40 Watson, Sophie ..........................................................................................................................80 Watson, Tony J. ..........................................................................................................................70 Watts, Rob .....................................................................................................................................89 Way Class Works, The: Readings on School, Family, and the Economy ...............................................................................................................................5 Wayne, Marta..............................................................................................................................12 ’We Are Not Garbage!’: The Homeless Movement in Tokyo, 1994-2002 ..................................................................................................................................6 Webb, Peter ..................................................................................................................................55 Weber and the Persistence of Religion: Social Theory, Capitalism and the Sublime ....................................................................................................................70 Webster, Frank ..................................................................................................................81, 85 Weeks, Jeffrey ....................................................................................................................7, 8, 9 Weingart, Peter ..........................................................................................................................83 Weir, Lorna ....................................................................................................................................32 Weis, Lois ...........................................................................................................................................5 Welfare in the United States: A History with Documents, 1935-1996 ...............................................................................................................................25 Wellard, Ian ...................................................................................................................................67 Welsh, Brandon C. ..................................................................................................................86 Welsh, Ian ...................................................................................................................44, 48, 62 West, Cornel.................................................................................................................................20 Westwood, Robert...................................................................................................................73 Whannel, Garry .........................................................................................................................66 When Sex Became Gender ..................................................................................................17 When Welfare Disappears: The Case for Economic Human Rights...........7 Where Stuff Comes From: How Toasters, Toilets, Cars, Computers and Many Other Things Come To Be As They Are ......................................53 Whimster, Sam .................................................................................................................64, 72 White, Renee T. .........................................................................................................................28 White, Rosie ..................................................................................................................................12 White, Vicky ..................................................................................................................................32 White Lives: The Interplay of ’Race’, Class and Gender in Everyday Life ............................................................................................................................22 White Weddings: Romancing Heterosexuality in Popular Culture ..........22 Whitehead, Stephen ..............................................................................................................17 Whiteness: An Introduction ................................................................................................18 Whitty, Monica T. ....................................................................................................................84 Why Liberals and Conservatives Clash: A View from Annapolis ..............48 Wickham, James ........................................................................................................................45 Wider Social Role for Sport, A: Who’s Keeping the Score? ...........................65 Wilkinson, Iain...................................................................................................................29, 52 Wilkinson, Richard ......................................................................................................................6 Williams, Gareth........................................................................................................................31 Williams, Karel ............................................................................................................................71 Williams, Matthew ..................................................................................................................85 Williams, Peter ............................................................................................................................80 Willmott, Peter ...........................................................................................................................80 Wilmott, Robert .........................................................................................................................47 Wilson, Jeremy M. ...................................................................................................................87 Winant, Howard ........................................................................................................................21 Winch, Peter .................................................................................................................................60 Wind Power and Power Politics .......................................................................................84 Winnicott, D.W. .........................................................................................................................24 Winter, Trish .................................................................................................................................12 Woehr, Ulrike ...............................................................................................................................14 Womanism, Literature, and the Transformation of the Black Community, 1965–1980 ................................................................................................15 Womanist Reader, The: The First Quarter Century of Womanist Thought.......................................................................................................................................17 Women, Clubs and Associations in Britian ..............................................................17 Women, Employment and Organizations ................................................................74 Women, Science, and Technology: A Reader in Feminist Science Studies ..........................................................................................................................................12 Women and Labour Organizing in Asia: Diversity, Autonomy and Activism ............................................................................................................................72 Women and Psychology Series ................................................8, 12, 13, 17, 77 Women and the Labour Market......................................................................................72 Women and Work in Indonesia .......................................................................................71 Women’s and Gender History Series .......................................................................13 Women’s Health and Social Change ...........................................................................30 Women’s Mental Health: A Comprehensive Textbook ....................................17 Women’s Movements: Flourishing or in Abeyance? ..........................................45 Wong, Cindy................................................................................................................................38 Wood, Joanne V. .......................................................................................................................76 Woodiwiss, Anthony ..............................................................................................................48 Woodward, Kath ................................................................................................................2, 68 Woodward, Rachel ..................................................................................................................12 Woodward-Lopez, Gail ........................................................................................................32 Work and Society: Sociological Approaches, Themes and Methods .....71 Working Time Around the World: Trends in Working Hours, Laws, and Policies in a Global Comparative Perspective.........................74 World Trade Organisation and Protest Movements, The: Altering World Order? .......................................................................................................39 World We Have Won, The: The Remaking of Erotic and Intimate Life ................................................................................................................................7 Wright, David .................................................................................................................................6 Wright, Melissa W. ..................................................................................................................17 Wyer, Mary ....................................................................................................................................12

E-mail: sociology@routledge.co.uk for more information

Transcendence: Philosophy, Literature, and Theology Approach the Beyond .........................................................................................................................................60 Transformations Series .....................................................................7, 12, 14, 32, 84 Transforming Masculinities: Men, Cultures, Bodies, Power, Sex and Love ...........................................................................................................................17 Transnational and Comparative Research in Sport: Globalisation, Governance and Sport Policy ......................................................................................68 Transnational Organized Crime ......................................................................................41 Transnational Studies Reader, The: Intersections and Innovations .......36 Transnationalism ........................................................................................................................37 Traxler, Franz................................................................................................................................74 Trench, Brian................................................................................................................................83 Triandafyllidou, Anna ............................................................................................................48 Tritter, Jonathan Q. .................................................................................................................60 ’Trouble City’: Korean-Black Conflict in Post-Insurrection Los Angeles ...............................................................................................................................19 Troubling Gender in Education ........................................................................................35 Troy, P.N. .........................................................................................................................................80 Truth, Lies and Trust on the Internet...........................................................................84 Tsung-hsi Fu .................................................................................................................................26 Turkey: Producing Globalization Locally ...................................................................38 Turner, Bryan S. ...............................................................................................................31, 45 Turner, Jonathan H. ................................................................................................................59 Turner, Stephen P. ...................................................................................................................63 Turton, Jackie ...............................................................................................................................14 Twentieth Century Music and the Sociology of Modern Culture.............53 Two-Faced Racism: Whites in the Backstage and Frontstage ....................22 Tyler, Melissa ...................................................................................................................................2 Tyner, James .......................................................................................................................22, 38 Tzanelli, Rodanthi ....................................................................................................................56

Y Yancey, George Alan .............................................................................................................22 Yeates, Nicola ..............................................................................................................................25 Yeoh, Brenda S.A. ....................................................................................................................50 Young, Craig ................................................................................................................................80 Young Citizens and New Media: Learning for Democratic Participation .............................................................................................................................56 Young Citizens in the Digital Age: Political Engagement, Young People and New Media ...................................................................................85 Young People and Sexual Exploitation: Hard to Reach and Hard to Hear .........................................................................................................................................28 Yount, Kathryn ...........................................................................................................................23 Youth Crime and Youth Culture in the Inner City ..............................................53 Youth Culture and Sport: Identity, Power, and Politics ...................................68 Youth Cultures: Scenes, Subcultures and Tribes ..................................................53 Yu, Haiqing....................................................................................................................................56

Z Zapata-Barrero, Ricard .........................................................................................................48 Zygmunt Bauman .....................................................................................................................64

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eBooks are only available to order online

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form in centre of catalogue

Up to 29/02/08: +44 (0)1264 343071 From 01/03/08: +44 (0)1235 400400

NOTES

100

www.routledge.com/sociology

orderform_standard:Layout 1

12/2/08

13:28

Page 1

ORDERING INFORMATION other catalogues

On the following pages you can:

Free catalogues are available for all main subjects below. For other subject areas please email info@routledge.co.uk. Simply tick the relevant box(es), complete your name and address on the order form and return to: Routledge, Freepost SN926, Andover, Hants, SP10 5BR

• order books direct or from your local bookstore?

A-Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418792308 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418807002 Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418659007 Archaeology and Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418807309 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418757208 Architecture and Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418854907 Architecture History and Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398777 Art and Visual Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418936009 AS/A2 Student Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418401118 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418787205 Asian Studies Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418399729 Asian Studies Textbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418231609 Built Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398807 Business and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398821 Cardiovascular Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418680100 Cavendish Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397411 Chinese Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418439104 Civil Engineering Books and Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418907009 Classical Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418782002 Classics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418905900 Colloquials Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418339602 Criminology Books and Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418786109 Cultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418947609 Development Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418940907 Disability of Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418770306 Distance Education and Educational Technology. . . . . . . . 9780418675502 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418931806 Education Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418922101 Education Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397171 Education Research and Scholarly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398869 English Language and Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418902509 Europa Regionals Survey of the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400111 European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418648704 Film and Television Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418468906 Garland Lab Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216125 Gender and Sexuality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418940204 Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400708 Healthcare Medical Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418770108 Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418402696 History Books for Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418943205 Human Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418910405 Japanese Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418761908 Jewish and Israeli Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418791806 Landscape Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418444900 Language Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418282106 Lawrence Erlbaum Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418402092 Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216484 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418936306 Medieval and Early Modern History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418778609 Middle East and Islamic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418277709 Modern History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216668 Museum and Heritage Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418902806 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418415603 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418291702 Physical Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418220108 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418726402 Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400784 Politics and International Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418112342 Practical and Professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418114834 Race and Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418401880 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400241 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418857908 Research in Law and Law and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418217863 Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397169 Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608 Science, Technology and Society. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418601006 . SEN Inclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218020 Shakespeare and Renaissance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418584606 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418221105 Southeast Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418802205 Sport and Exercise Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418763803 Sport and Exercise Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418938904 Sport and Leisure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418939307 Sports Coaching and Physical Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418193709 Sports Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418206300 Sports Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418209707 Strategic Security and Military Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418930106 Student Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418749302 Theatre and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418790809 Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418747704 Urban Studies and Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418838907

satisfaction guaranteed We are confident that you will be happy with any book ordered directly from us. If you are not entirely satisfied, simply return the book in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund the cost of the book in full.

• make textbook inspection copy requests Lecturers can use the order form to request up to three books marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ within this catalogue. See inside for conditions.

• make library recommendations Use the order form to give your librarian details of books that you would like to recommend.

• order journals Complete the journals order form to subscribe to any of our authoritative journals, or to request a free sample copy.

You might also be interested in: • ordering online This printed version of the catalogue includes only a selection of our titles in Sociology. For a complete listing in this and all our other subject areas, visit our website and order online. Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch. visit us at

www.routledge.com

• dedicated subject websites We have a number of dedicated websites to reflect our range of book publishing. For a full list of subject areas please visit: www.routledge.com/subject_resources.asp

• eBooks Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online. eBooks make studying and research extremely flexible. You can choose to rent a book - 'eSubscribe' - for periods ranging from a day up to 6 months, to suit your own needs and budget. For example, if you chose a single chapter from a title as set reading for your students, they could access it online for as little as £1. Alternatively, if they wanted to print or copy and paste pages or chapters, they could do that using 'ePrint' for around 5 - 10p per page. Finally, anyone researching a topic can save time by searching for words or phrases across the full content (not the marketing blurb) of all our eBooks in seconds. Try the DX 'Full Content' Search at

www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk

• sales inquiries: info@routledge.co.uk (sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email. To order online please visit www.routledge.com )

• other subject catalogues See the box opposite to order FREE catalogues for all main subject areas. You can order by post or go green – go online at www.routledge.com, download a pdf and get your catalogue instantly

TRADE CUSTOMERS’ REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTION For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agents and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: http://www.routledge.com/representatives

www.routledge.com/sociology

orderform_standard:Layout 1

12/2/08

13:28

Page 2

INSPECTION COPY REQUESTS

HOW TO ORDER JOURNALS

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6707

CALL +44 (0) 20 7017 5544

INTERNET www.routledge.com/inspection

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 5198

EMAIL Sociology@routledge.co.uk

INTERNET www.informaworld.com/journals

POST

EMAIL tf.enquiries@informa.com

- Please return to the address below for authorisation

Gemma-Kate Hartley Inspection Copy Requests, Routledge, Taylor & Francis Ltd, 2, Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, OX14 4RN

PERSONAL DETAILS

POST

- Return this form to:

Routledge Customer Services T&F Informa UK Ltd Sheepen Place, Colchester, Essex, CO3 3LP

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

If posting please fill in your details below SURNAME

Please send me a free sample copy of with a view to subscription

FIRST NAME

INSTITUTION/COURSE

I would like to subscribe to START DATE OF COURSE

ISSN LEVEL OF COURSE

PERSONAL DETAILS

NO OF STUDENTS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

SURNAME

ADDRESS

FIRST NAME

DEPARTMENT

INSTITUTION

POSTCODE

VAT NUMBER (EU member States)

TELEPHONE

Up to 3 paperback titles are available for 60 days inspection for lecturers considering adopting the books. If you adopt a book and expect 10 or more students to buy a copy, you may keep the book free of charge if you complete and return a comments form.

ADDRESS

TOWN

COUNTY

We will then expect your bookshop to order at least 12 copies of the title. Otherwise you must pay the full price of the book/s or return them in mint condition. Please note that inspection copies are not sent out before the month of publication and are sent out at our discretion.

POSTCODE

COUNTRY

TELEPHONE

TITLE

SIGNATURE

DATE

ISBN

SELECT PAYMENT METHOD (please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)

TITLE

PAYMENT ENCLOSED Cheques or bank drafts should be made payable to Informa UK Limited and be drawn on a UK or US bank.

ISBN

CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type)

TITLE MASTERCARD

VISA

AMEX

SWITCH

ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)

EXPIRY DATE

ISBN

SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card

ISBN: 978-0-418-22110-5

SOCI0801 A B C

ISBN: 978-0-418-22110-5

SOCI0801 A B C

orderform_standard:Layout 1

12/2/08

13:28

Page 3

HOW TO ORDER BOOKS These books are available from your regular supplier. If you find it more convenient, please use this form to order directly from us.

CALL (credit cards) +44 (0) 1235 400524

If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6699 INTERNET www.routledge.com

All prices are net in the UK and subject to change without notice

POST

EMAIL info@routledge.com

- Return this form to:

(sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email. To order online please visit www.routledge.com)

Taylor & Francis Group FREEPOST SN926 Direct Book Orders 2, Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, OX14 4BR (only affix stamp if posting from outside UK)

If posting please fill in your details below and complete the form

PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

eBooks are only available to order online at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

POSTAGE AND PACKING UK

EUROPE

REST OF WORLD

Min charge of £1, Max Charge £10 NEXT DAY +£6.50*

Min charge of £2.95, Max Charge £20 NEXT DAY +£6.50

Min charge of £6.50, Max Charge £30

5% of total order

15% of total order

10% of total order

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Prices and publication dates are subject to change SURNAME

SELECT PAYMENT METHOD FIRST NAME

(please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)

DEPARTMENT

(my ref number)

PLEASE SEND ME A PRE-PAYMENT INVOICE

CHEQUE payable to Taylor & Francis £ INSTITUTION

CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type) VAT NUMBER (EU member States)

MASTERCARD

ADDRESS

VISA

AMEX

SWITCH

ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)

TOWN

EXPIRY DATE

COUNTY

SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card

POSTCODE

COUNTRY

Please tick this box if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system Please tick this box if you would like to receive mailings from Taylor & Francis Group companies

TELEPHONE

SIGNATURE

DATE

ORDER BOOKS OVERLEAF

ISBN: 978-0-418-22110-5

SOCI0801 A B C -

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

SURNAME

FIRST NAME

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE

DEPARTMENT

COURSE(S) FOR WHICH THE BOOK/S WOULD BE RELEVANT

I RECOMMEND YOU PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED

orderform_standard:Layout 1

12/2/08

13:28

Page 4

ORDER BOOKS HERE QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK

POSTAGE (see below)

GRAND TOTAL £

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION

I RECOMMEND YOU PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED OVERLEAF

A flexible and dynamic resource for teaching, learning and research

Taylor & Francis eBooks provide quick and efficient access to the right material at the right time, where and when you want it.

• Choose from over 17,000 eBook titles – Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioural Sciences, STM and Law – from some of the world’s leading imprints • Use a special ‘reader’ application that displays the text, page by page – without scrolling – on the screen of your PC, laptop or handheld device • Quickly locate a reference such as a date, place name or event – and then bookmark the information

To find out more about the full range of eBooks available visit www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk For further information on library subscriptions and purchases go to www.ebooksubscriptions.com

...reading will never be the same again

Highlights

Page 57

Page 44

Page 4

Page 70

Page 75

Page 50

Page 22

Page 36

Page 78

2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Fax: 020 7017 6031 Email: sociology@routledge.com www.routledge.com/sociology

Tel: 020 7017 6000